Respell Uncommon Accidentals

Version 01.56.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 26 Sep 2023)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Respell Uncommon Accidentals respells certain accidentals that are avoided in some musical styles. It will find and respell B# to C, E# to F, Cb to B and Fb to E. It can also respell double and triple accidentals. It assumes you know what you are doing in running it, and makes no judgments, but the author would like to remind the user that there are many musical situations where an E# is perfectly appropriate, and using this plug-in would produce incorrect musical notation. __You can run the Mark Enharmonic Pitches plug-in if you just want to know if you have these kinds of pitches in your score. __New in version 1.3: __This version shows both consecutive and displayed bar numbers in Sibelius 4, and has a new option to locate: write to text file or trace window uncommon accidentals without changing the score. __Updated 25 Feb 2014 to fix endless loop when processing written names in transposing instruments. Changed some dialog defaults. __ Updated 8 September 2017 to speed up the progress bar, and hopefully the entire plugin when run on large scores. __Updated 29 September 2017 speed up plus in Sib 8.3 and later changes made in a part will only affect that part __Updated 26 September 2023 Version 01.56.00. Restored coloring post Sib 8_3

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Arrange Voicings

Version 02.03.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Jazz arranger David O'Rourke has contributed this document, which describes how to create great jazz voicings using the Arrange feature and the Jazz Arrange styles in Sibelius 3 and 4.

Download Writing for Saxophone using Jazz Arrange styles in Sibelius (1.35MB)

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Arrange Brass Voicings

Version 01.12.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Jazz arranger David O'Rourke has contributed this document, which describes how to use Bob Zawalich's Arrange Brass Voicings plug-in. You will also need the Arrange Voicings plug-in by Bob Zawalich.

Download BrassVoicing.pdf (1.2MB)

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Extract Parts From Folder

Version 01.03.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in extracts parts from all the scores in the selected folder.

Updated 20 Feb 2020. Version 01.03.00. Updated text used for version display.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Coloring

Version 01.60.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 01 Jun 2019)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in removes all colors or a single specified color from objects in the open score, turning them back to their default color (i.e. black).

Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

Updated 01 June 2019. Version 01.60.00. Fix processing colored rests.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Apply Named Color

Version 01.14.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 23 Jan 2024)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plug-in allows you to color any selection of objects using a set of named colors. Simply select the objects you want to color, run the plug-in, and choose the desired color from the drop-down list. __Updated 13Feb2015 to respell version name; no code change, no update of version number. __Updated 14 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects __Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects. __Updated 01 June 2019. Version 01.06.00. Fix processing colored rests __Updated 29 July 2019. Version 01.08.00. Add ability to set opacity/Color Alpha Channel, and to trace color and opacity of selected objects. __Updated 22 Feb 2020. Version 01.09.00. Allow white as a color. __Updated 6 June 2021. Version 01.11.00. Code restructured to allow being called by other plugins. No new features. __Updated 23 June 2021. Version 01.12.00. Bug fixes. __Updated 2 May 2023. Version 01.13.00. Fixed crashing bug when something unexpected was selected. Made “trace results” optional, adding a checkbox to the dialog. Default is to not trace the number of changes. __Updated 22 January 2024. Version 01.14.00. Made list of colors a full size list. Added ability to edit RGB values for colors.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove All Coloring

Version 01.02.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in resets all colored objects in the open score back to their default colors (i.e. black).

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Locate Colored Objects

Version 01.40.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 01 Jun 2019)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in creates a log file listing the location of every colored object in the selected score.

New in version 1.3:

  • When run in Sibelius 4, now handles bar number changes

For Sibelius 5 or later, you can use Find Colored Objects or Filter Colored Objects instead of generating this log file.

Updated 01 June 2019. Version 01.40.00. Fix processing colored rests

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Intervals From Keys

Version 01.10.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Find Intervals From Keys calculates the intervals needed to transpose from one key to another. The calculated intervals can then be used in Notes > Transpose. It also provides information on how to produce intervals that Notes > Transpose cannot produce directly.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Multirests and Empty Bars

Version 04.30.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 22 Aug 2019)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Multirests and Empty Bars creates a text file showing the locations of:

  • Multirests and their terminators (for the entire score; process parts as separate files)
  • Empty bars (bars without notes)
  • Empty bars without bar rests (probably notation errors)
  • Occupied bars
  • Irregular bars (whose length differs from the time signature)

This information may be useful for proofreading, for determining why multirests split, or for managing rehearsals and allocation of players to instruments. Copyists may also find it to be useful.

Changes in version 3.6:

  • Now handles unsaved scores, or scores with \"untitled\" in their filenames

Changes in version 3.16:

  • Fix to show terminators of certain 1-bar \"multirests\"
  • Added warning about multirests that are split by Auto Layout options

Changes in version 3.0:

  • A new option, Multirests in Selected Staves Only. Previously, all staves in the score were checked, and multirests were reported only when the multirest was present in all staves. This was intended to report only on multirests that could be visible at the moment that the plugin was run. To check a specific staff, you had to extract a part. With the new option (on by default), you can check individual staves in the full score. (The multirests will still not be visible in the score until you extract a part). Note that even when the Selected Stave option is selected, the system staff is checked as well, since contents of the system staff (system text like composer and title and headers) often influence the breaking of multirests.
  • Since the plug-in is used most often to check multirests, the empty bar checkboxes are now off by default.
  • A number of minor bugs have been fixed.

Changes in version 3.12:

  • When run in Sibelius 4, the plug-in makes a better determination of what terminates a multirest
  • When run in Sibelius 4, if there are bar number changes present, the log file will show both the \"displayed\" and \"consecutive\" bar numbers

Changes in version 3.1:

  • There was an error that if you choose the \"selected staves only\" option, but have no selection, it continues but only processes the system staff, with the result that the multirests are wrong. Now fixed.

Changes in version 3.5:

  • Can now detect hidden objects that do not break multirests (Sibelius 4.1 only)
  • Adds staff name to location of object breaking a multirest
  • Updated 14 July 2016. Added the ability to treat a single bar followed by a multirest as a 1-bar multirest, thus showing its terminator. This will help the common case of a single bar being split from a multirest.

    Updated 29 September 2017. Optimized progress bars to speed up processing large scores; also change log file creation to buffer writing for better speed.

    Updated 22 August 2019. Version 04.30.00. Significant rewrites to improve speed for large scores. Writes to the trace window are not buffered, and there is an option to show only totals and subtotals. New option to show bars that are empty for an entire system.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Copy Signatures To New Score

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in copies all the time and key signatures from the current score into a new score.

To use the plug-in, open the score from which you want to copy the key and time signatures, choose the plug-in from Sibelius\'s menus, then follow the on-screen instructions.

Updated 21 February 2007: Can now also copy metronome marks from the current score to the new score.

Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

Narrow Two Voices

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in controls the horizontal note offset in passages which use voice 1 and voice 2 simultaneously. There are three actions predefined (you can define and save more actions for yourself):

  • Default Rules of Sibelius: This essentially behaves identically to Sibelius, but corrects some known problems: a unison of two semibreves shows now two noteheads, and so does a unison of e.g. a dotted minim and an undotted crotchet.
  • Narrow Mode: In situations where voice 2 goes above voice 1, move the voice 2 notes to the left. This allows a more dense note typesetting and is used in particular in organ and piano music.
  • Arpeggio Mode: If you have fast arpeggios running in voice 1 while voice 2 doubles the first note of each arpeggio with a longer note, it is common that the noteheads on the first beats are typeset overlapping.

To use the plug-in, make a passage selection (i.e. a single box), then choose Narrow Two Voices from the Plug-ins menu and follow the on-screen instructions.

Changes in v2.0 (updated 29 August 2005):

  • Plug-in now requires use of the Preferences plug-in, so will only run in Sibelius 4
  • Added wizard with three pre-defined modes, to select your job with two clicks
  • Added font metrics for Helsinki font
  • improved offset mechanism for several combinations of dotted/undotted notes

Changes in v1.20 (updated 17 November 2004):

  • Now possible to force noteheads to overlap, even if their shape differs (useful for arpeggio-like passages where the first note is played with longer notes in a second voice)
  • Added fixes for the positioning of unison semibreves and dotted notes in one voice at the same pitch as undotted notes in another
  • Added a full set of user options

Plug-in written by Hans-Christoph Wirth.

Mark Enharmonic Pitches

Version 02.05.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Mark Enharmonic Pitches allows you to specify a color for individual pitches, using separate colors for enharmonically equivalent pitches (such as F#/Gb). You can use it to apply a \\\"spectrum\\\" of unique colors for each pitch, or use it for proofreading and analysis.

Double sharps and flats are colored the same as an enharmonic pitch (Gx -> A) and quartertones are colored as the nearest flat or sharp. You can, however, select a color from the double/quartertone lists, and all double accidentals or quartertones will get the same color, regardless of pitch.

This plug-in can be useful for locating any \\\'mispelled\\\' accidentals, such as F# where you might expect Gb. The Sibelius filters do not allow you to distinguish between enharmonically equivalent pitches, but this plug-in will do that.

It does not explicitly generate a log file showing marked objects, but it allows you to call the Locate Colored Objects plug-in to do so. (If that option is chosen, a recent version of Located Colored Objects must be downloaded as well).

Updated 26 April 2016 to allow colors to be added to individual notes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Move Pitches to Transposed Mid-Line

Version 02.01.65
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plug-in transposes music on the selected staff or staves to the center staff line and can change the style of the notehead (e.g. to create slashes). It puts the notes in the right place for transposed instruments. __Fixed in v 1.56: __Corrected to handle some enharmonic misspellings. Added the ability to move either type of slashed noteheads at the same time. __Fixed in v1.50: __Now respects partially selected bars, rather than processing them as if fully selected __Fixed in v1.20: __You can now specify any supported notehead to be the only notehead moved. Previously, only normal noteheads could be specified. __Fixed in v1.15.0: __instrument handling changed so that new instruments are dealt with automatically (3.1 instruments are handled properly) __transposition changes handled __Updated 21 Feb 2009 version 2.0: __New option to move to center line of concert score, rather than transposed score __Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup __Updated 17 October 2022. Version 02.01.00. Major code restructuring to allow plugin to be called by RunPluginEntry_cu. Added New Macro/Plugin button to generate and store RunPluginEntry_cu command lines. __Updated 24 January 2024. Version 02.01.40. Added notehead styles 27 (Large stemless slash) and 28 (Large slash with stem). Internal changes to allow better calling from other plugins using New macro/plugin. __Updated 03 March 2024. Version 02.01.65. Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Split Bar Rests

Version 01.30.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 26 Jul 2020)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in converts any bar rests in the selection to rests of shorter durations. The duration of the smaller rests will be one per beat, with the beat length determined by the time signature. This can be handy if you want to see the contents of irregular bars, or for other obscure reasons.

New in v1.04:

  • The plug-in can now split bar rests into other than beat-sized units. One can now spcify the size of the rest to use as well as how to dispose of any excess.

Updated November 15, 2007:

Now properly splits all bars rests if rests are present in more than one voice

Updated June 7, 2008. Version 1.10. New option to split rests only in irregular bars.

Updated June 24, 2008. Version 1.15. If a bar is too small for a single rest of the requested size, the largest possible rest is now written, rather than skipping the bar.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Updated 28 February 2010 to optionally select entire score if there is no passage selection.

Updated 25 July 2020. Version 01.30.00. Added option to replace a bar rest with a normal rest of the same duration where possible. It will try undotted through triple dotted durations to try to match the bar size. If there is not a single-note match, the plugin will use the closest-sized single note it could find, and fill the remainder of the bar with whatever rests Sibelius finds appropriate.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Multirest Line

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in allows you to replace a selected multirest with a line, e.g. a wavy line (as used in percussion parts to indicate that the player should simply play for that number of bars).

To use the plug-in, first set the multirest display to Blank in House Style > Engraving Rules > Bar Rests, then select the multirest in which you want to use a line, and run the plug-in.

Updated 20 Mar 2009 to run in Sibelius 5

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Plug-in written by Peter Hayter and Bob Zawalich.

Count Notes

Version 01.05.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Count Notes counts the number and type of notes and rests in a selection, and list counts by bar and in total. It will also display the durations of the counted notes.

Updated 29 January 2007: Now has an option to display the number of notes or chords on an instrument by instrument basis.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fix Tied Notes Live Playback

Version 01.02.01
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in processes notes and corrects problems with the Live Playback Original Duration in tied notes. If the Live Playback duration in a tied note has been set such that it ends either before or after the notational duration (i.e., if the note is a quarter note/crotchet, and Live Playback only plays for an eighth note/quaver), the note can playback incorrectly (the following note it is tied to will play with a separate attack). To prevent that, the Live Playback duration is set to the notational duration less the Live Start Position in those cases, so the tied note playback stops exactly at the end. A log file of changes will be written.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

German Chord Names

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 2.x, Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in converts chord symbols text in your score between the German (B = B flat, H = B) and standard (Bb = B flat, B = B) conventions for chord symbols. This is useful when e.g. wanting to transpose German chord symbols (convert them to standard chord symbols, transpose, then convert them back to German chord symbols).

Updated August 9, 2008 to handle alternate flat symbol in Sib 5.

Updated 20 October 2014 to mark them as usable through Sibelius 7.5. No code changes were made. Note that the plugin will only work with Legacy Chord Symbols, and that the Engraving Rules-Chord Symbols-Language feature is a better way to show German chord symbol names.

Plug-in written by Gunnar Hellquist.

Add or Replace System Text

Version 01.86.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 28 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in can write up to three items of system text (e.g. Title, Copyright, Composer, etc.) to all the scores in a folder. It is able to replace any existing text if required.

Updated May 22, 2008 to work with user-defined styles in Sibelius 4 and 5.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Updated 7 June 2012 to add quiet opening checkbox to open scores from earlier versions with default options.

Updated 28 May 2018. Internal code cleanup. No new features.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Reverse Text

Version 02.00.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 23 Apr 2018)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Reverse Text reverses the order of text in each selected Text, Lyric, or System Text object. It will not reverse the orderof a sequence of objects, but just the text within single objects. If you want objects in the system staff (like Title Text) reversed, create a system (double blue box) selection.

One use for this might be to reverse Hebrew or Arabic text.

This plug-in does not handle multi-line text well; it is best to split such items into separate text objects for each line. (Multi-line items will reverse, but the line separator will be lost).

Updated 22 April 2018. Now handles line feeds, and adds several new options for reversing letters, words, or lines.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

French Chord Names

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 2.x, Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in converts chord symbols text in your score between the French (sol-fa) and standard (Bb = B flat, B = B) conventions for chord symbols. This is useful when e.g. wanting to transpose German chord symbols (convert them to standard chord symbols, transpose, then convert them back to French chord symbols).

Updated 20 October 2014 to mark them as usable through Sibelius 7.5. No code changes were made. Note that the plugin will only work with Legacy Chord Symbols, and that the Engraving Rules-Chord Symbols-Language feature is a better way to show French chord symbol names.

Plug-in written by Tim Watson.

Multirest Text

Version 01.81.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Multirest Text builds a text string out of 2 user-typed pieces of text and the optional multirest number, so you can add text like \\\\\\\"Play 3 times\\\\\\\" automatically to a multirest.

There are a number of centering options possible (see the Help screen for details), but it generally works best with text styles that are defined as centered. There are 2 \\\\\\\"built-in\\\\\\\" styles (Lyrics and Lyrics(chorus)), and you can also type in the name of any text style you wish.

Some sample text styles are defined in the included MultirestTextStyle.lib house style. Import the text styles from this house style, and two new entries will appear in the built in style list (Multirest center (Times) and Multirest center (Inkpen). You can also define your own styles, named Multirest center3 through Multirest center6, and these will also show up in the list. They are assumed by the plugin to be centered in both directions.

You can use uncentered styles and make adjustments by clicking on the Advanced button and using the fields in that dialog.

Updated 19 April 2009 to fix failure to handle custom text styles in Sib 5.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Number Multirest Bars

Version 02.05.00
Added 22 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in adds text containing numbers for the range of bars contained in multirests. You can change the location of the text by changing its text style. You can specify text to precede or follow the bar numbers and a character to separate them.

For example, if bars 2 through 5 are a multirest, and you choose the defaults, you will see the text (2 - 5) below the staff at bar 2.

New in v2.05:

  • Custom text styles work in Sibelius 4, and there is a new option to center the text if a centered text style is used.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

List Plug-ins

Version 01.51.00
Added 29 Aug 2005 (last updated 15 May 2020)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in writes a list of plugin names and numbers, sorted by name, to the trace window. If you have a lot of plug-ins, it makes it easier to find the plugin you want to assign a shortcut to, since the list on the Menus and Shortcuts page of File > Preferences is sorted by plug-in number.

Updated 17January2015. Added option to show full plugin path name for any loaded plugins so you can see if you will currently run a shipping or user version of a plugin. Sort by name is probably the useful option.

Updated 8 March 2019. Version 01.30,00. Sped up listing. Added ability to see all plugins, shipping plugins only, or user-installed plugins only.

Updated 20 March 2019. Version 01.40.00. Fixed plugin numbers when only shipping or only user plugins are listed.

Updated 15 May 2020. Version 01.51.00. Tidied up a bit, added option to not display plugin numbers, which are rarely useful.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts (Windows only)

Added 03 Sep 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Did you ever want to assign keyboard shortcuts to your favourite plug-ins which do not change each and every time you install a new plug-in or change anything else in your plug-ins folder? If so, the Fixed Shortcuts plug-in is the right tool to use.

Assign from Sibelius one single shortcut to this plug-in, e.g. F5. Whenever Sibelius should decide to scramble shortcuts, only update this single shourtcut, F5 for the Fixed Shortcut plug-in.

You can define up to 26 plug-ins to be called by Fixed Shortcuts. These are accessed with the 26 letters A..Z. Develop your own memorizing scheme, and access your favourite plug-ins with a sequence of three keys which will no longer change. What about:

  • F5 c RET to call Cresc./Dim. Playback
  • F5 r RET to call Remove All Highlights
  • F5 s RET to call Split Bars

Of course you can always read the list on the screen, in case you forgot the chosen shortcut. Defining the 26 favourite plug-ins is only one additional keystroke away.

Updated 16 October 2010 by Corwin Newall
Now includes a 25% faster sort method which will be of great assistance to Sibelius 4 or 5 users who may have slower processors.

Plug-in written by Hans-Christoph Wirth & Corwin Newall.

Fill With Slurs

Added 14 Sep 2005 (last updated 22 Mar 2017)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in allows you to quickly fill string passages with legato slurs. Create a multiple selection consisting of all notes where a slur should start. The plug-in will insert for each selected note a slur which ends on the note preceding the next selected note.

The plug-in is prepared to work properly with selections containing notes from different voices or instruments.

Plug-in written by Hans-Christoph Wirth.

Edit Instrument Names

Version 02.22.10
Added 02 Dec 2005 (last updated 18 Aug 2021)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in allows you to edit the full and short instrument names, even if the name is empty, and difficult to click on. It creates a list of the instrument names (both the current visible name and the name when the instrument was created) of all staves in a score, and lets you change them.

It attempts to maintain font changes in the instrument name (such as the Opus Text change to b in Clarinet in Bb). You should check such names carefully, however.

Rewritten in February 2009 to allow up to 30 instruments to be updated one one dialog screen, and have multiple screens for more instruments.

Updated 23 February 2009 to improve tabbing order when there is more than 1 column of instruments.

Description edited - no longer works in v4

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

Updated 17 January 2012 to make dialog text fit better in Sib 7.

Updated 28 May 2018. Cleanup and bug fixes

Updated 16 August 2019. Version 02.21.00. This is a major update. For Sibelius 6 or later, the main dialog now retains formatting information for all instrument names, which was not previously available. There is also a new Format names button that will take you to a new dialog where you can apply preset formatting patterns to names. You can edit or add new formatting presets. In Sibelius 7.1.3 or later you can multiselect instruments and apply formatting to all selected instruments at once.

Updated 22 Feb 2020. Version 02.22.00. Removed unintended debug trace.

Updated 17 August 2021. Version 02.22.10. Set initial focus to first edit box in dialog.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hide Duplicate Rests

Version 01.18.00
Added 21 Dec 2005 (last updated 29 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in hides (but does not delete) rests that duplicate a rest (of the same position and duration) in another voice. It requires Sibelius 4.1 or later.

Updated 2 November 2009 to allow dialog to be hidden and results reporting to be optional

.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 dialog control changes

Updated 28 May 2018. Fixed some Sib 7 memory issues.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hide Rests in Voice

Version 02.03.00
Added 21 Dec 2005 (last updated 29 Mar 2021)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in hides (but does not delete) selected rests in any chosen voice(s). It requires Sibelius 4.1 or later.

Updated 2 December 2011 to select hidden or shown rests (in Sib 5 or later) so they can easily be deleted if desired.

Updated 29 March 2021. Version 02.03.00.

Changes for use in commands plus speedup for large scores. You can now hide the dialog after the first time in a session, and the results of the hide will only be shown if you check a checkbox, and they are traces rather than message boxes. The progress bar is also removed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Duplicate Hit Points

Version 01.04.00
Added 22 Dec 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in removes hit points with the same label and time as another hit point in the score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Chord Symbol No Superscript

Version 01.35.00
Added 12 Jan 2006 (last updated 19 Feb 2019)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Changes the numeric characters, flat, or sharp symbols in chord symbols to a font of your choice in which the characters are not superscripted. The most likely replacement font choices are Opus PlainChords or Inkpen2 Text, but you can type in any font you like. There is no way for the plug-in to validate the existence of the font, so please type carefully!

Only single numbers will be changed, not stacked digits. Do not use the \\\'flat\\\' option if you are using lower case \\\'b\\\' characters that are not flat symbols, as all lower case \\\'b\\\'s will be changed.

By default, all numbers and accidentals will have the font applied. If you need more control over which characters change, use Advanced Options, which allows you to have, for example, only numbers or accidentals not in extensions un-subscripted. So as an example, you could have Abmaj7b5, and in Opus Chords font all the numbers and accidentals are superscripted. By applying various options, the b following the A can be normal, but the b following the 7 can be subscripted; the 7 can be un-subscripted, while the 5 can be subscripted.

The resulting text objects can have multiple fonts; if you add new chords, they changes will not be applied, but the plug-in can be re-run as needed.

Since any font can be typed in, you can choose different fonts with the proper characteristics to add superscripts rather than removing them, and other options as well.

While this does work in Sibelius 5, it should rarely be needed. Its function is taken by the Chords(superscript root accidental) Word menu in the Chord Symbol text style.

Updated 1 Feb 2015 to respell menu name. No code change.

Updated 18 February 2019 changed version number on download page to match file (01.35.00)

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

List Scale Tones

Version 01.50.00
Added 24 Jan 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin lists the scale tones and non-scale tones for a number of scale types and all roots with 1 or fewer accidentals; these can be displayed in English, German, French or Spanish, and a sample can be written as notation in a score. It is possible to change how non-scale tones are spelled, and to add and edit definitions of new scales.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Apply Color To Text In Style

Version 01.08.00
Added 27 Feb 2006 (last updated 13 Mar 2021)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Apply Color To Text In Style allows you to specify a named color and a text style, and apply the color to all selected text, system text, and lyrics object whose style matches the specified style.

The latest version of the plug-in fixes a problem with coloring system text that was not in a passage selection.

Updated 13Feb2015 to respell version name; no code change, no update of version number.

Updated 13 March 2021. Version 01.08.00. Fixed truncation of text in dialogs.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Create Score Database

Added 27 Feb 2006 (last updated 22 May 2019)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Create Score Database can be run on a folder of Sibelius scores, and generates a text file suitable for opening in e.g. Microsoft Excel or Access, listing the salient information about the scores in that folder (and, optionally, its subfolders), including:

  • Complete path and filename
  • Contents of Score Info fields
  • Time signature
  • Key signature
  • Instrumentation

and more.

The plug-in was updated on 2 March 2006 to fix a problem with incorrectly logging scores with minor key signatures.

Plug-in written by David Stafford.

Score Original Version

Version 01.80.20
Added 29 Mar 2006 (last updated 17 Jan 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Score Original Version displays (in the trace window) the version of Sibelius under which the score was originally created.

Updated January 23, 2009. Under Sibelius 5.0 or later the plugin will now also display the score modification date and time in local (rather than GMT) time..

Updated July 24, 2010. A warning is given that an imported House Style may update the internal version number. Under Sibelius 6 or later, both the file creation and last modification dates are now shown, also with warnings.

Updated July 26, 2010 to tidy up the warning text.

Updated 24 August 2011 to add ability to process all open scores or a folder of scores.

Updated 21 June 2012 to display currently running Sibelius version number.

Updated 17 February 2018. Added score title to information. Changed formatting to be more compact. Marked plugin as only running from Sib 6 or later, which has been true for a while.

Updated 17 February 2018. Added progress bar and ability to process a range of scores from a folder.

Updated 20 December 2019. Version 01.80.00. Updated to handle ProgramVersion variable format change.

Updated 17 January 2020. Version 01.80.20. Improvements made to handling version numbers from 2018 and 2019 versions of Sibelius Ultimate.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Trace Hidden Objects

Version 01.02.00
Added 19 Apr 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in writes to the Trace Window the locations of all objects in the score (or current part) that have been hidden, which can be useful when proof-reading your score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Lower & Raise Pitch Chromatically

Version 01.51.00
Added 24 Apr 2006 (last updated 17 Jul 2017)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Raise Chromatic Pitches raises the pitch of any selected notes by 1 half-step (semitone). Lower Chromatic Pitches lowers the pitch of any selected notes by 1 half-step. The note spelling (such as C# vs. Db) is determined by Sibelius. It should be comparable to what you would get if you entered the same pitch on a MIDI keyboard.

These are intended as a chromatic replacement for Up and Down Arrow, which move pitches diatonically. Typically, one would assign each plug-in to a shortcut key so it could be run with a single keystroke. Please be aware that if you assign shortcuts to plug-ins and download more plug-ins, the shortcuts will shift to different plug-ins and you will need to reset them.(Edit - this has been fixed in the most recent update when run in Sibelius 5.2)

Warning: unlike Up and Down Arrow, these plug-ins cannot move individual notes within chords. If you select any notes within a chord, all the notes in the chord will be moved! (Edit - this has been fixed in the most recent update when run in Sibelius 5.2)

Quartertones will be moved to their closest half-step (semitone) in the desired direction. At that point running the plug-in again will move the notes by a half-step (semitone).

Articulations and Live Playback data are retained in the moved notes.

Updated October 31 2008. If these plugins are run in Sibelius 5.2 or later, most of the limitations are removed. Individual notes within a chord can now be moved, and the problem with plugin shortcuts instability was fixed in Sibelius version 5.2.

Updated 17 July 2017 to support Magnetic Glisses in Sibelius 8.6 and later. Note however that these plugins should not be needed in Sibelius 7.5 and later, since chromatic transposition is now supported using the Shift PgUp/PgDn keys.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Respell For Wrong Clef

Version 02.00.00
Added 24 Jul 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in might be very useful if needed. It can help e.g., after Photoscore or some other converter misreads a clef, but reads the notes in the correct location (so Sibelius will interpret them incorrectly). It lets you specify the wrong clef and the right clef, and then transposes the notes appropriately.

The plug-in will now handle alto, tenor, and French violin clefs, in addition to bass and treble.

Cautionary accidentals will be lost, and in some keys this can result in incorrect accidentals after transposition. Users should proofread accidentals carefully.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Get User Folder Names

Version 01.33.03
Added 15 Aug 2006 (last updated 07 Apr 2023)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in lists the full path names of the various Sibelius User folders in a form for copying. This can be useful when determining where to place plug-ins, manuscript papers, house styles and other such files. **** Updated 11 February 2010 to give correct paths for Vista and Windows 7 **** Updated 8 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility **** Updated 15 August 2011 to correct some Sib 7 folder names and to add the likely locations of Example Scores for Sib 6 and later. **** Updated 1 August 2015 to add locations of shipping plugins. **** Updated 15 February 2017. Included default scores folder. **** Updated 19 February 2020. Version 01.32.00. Added User Editable Files base folder to list of folders. This is the folder that is the parent folder for most of the user-editable files such as plugins, house styles, and manuscript papers. You can copy the folder name from the edit box and paste in into Windows Explorer or Finder to access all the child folders and files. **** Updated 21 February 2022. Version 01.33.00. Added OS Version. Fixed 23 Feb 2022 to deal with incorrect OS Version numbers. **** Updated 5 April 2023. Version 01.33.02. Fixed incorrect Desktop **** Updated 7 April 2023. Version 01.33.03. Added folder validator to check if folder exists.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Rhythm Section Assistant

Added 25 Aug 2006 (last updated 15 Mar 2019)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Rhythm Section Assistant is designed for writing jazz or any other music that uses slashes and rhythmic cues. The author says:

"While writing a big band chart in Sibelius, I found that I spent a lot of time hiding playback-only passages and creating slashes and rhythmic cues in other voices. This plug-in is intended to automate those tasks.

The plug-in includes on-screen help: just click the Help button in the main plug-in dialog.

Updated 15 March 2019. No code change; marked to be useable up to current Sibelius version so Install will pick it up.

Plug-in written by Ross Lafleur.

Combine Rests Empty Voices

Version 01.00.00
Added 30 Aug 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Combine Rests Empty Voices combines rests in a voice that contains only rests. It creates the largest single rest possible. It also hides the rests in empty voices for all voices later than the first voice containing notes or rests.

>p>Updated 21 June 2010. For Sib 5 or later, the plugin will now produce bar rests when possible, rather than just large rests.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Distribute Score Info

Version 01.50.00
Added 18 Sep 2006 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Distribute Score Info takes data from the File > Score Info Title, Composer, Lyricist, Subtitle, Dedication, or Copyright fields and replaces the contents of any existing Title, Composer, Lyricist, Subtitle, Dedication, or Copyright text items with this data. If no such text items exist, the plug-in will create an appropriate item in the first bar of the score. It can write out a wildcard for the data, or the data itself.

Updated 6 February 2014 to fix subtitle bug.

Updated 21 February 2012 to handle unsaved scores better.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fill Score Info

Version 01.38.00
Added 18 Sep 2006 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Fill Score Info will take data from edit boxes in a dialog and put them into the File > Score Info fields. It can be run on a single score or on a folder of scores.

It can also take Title, Composer, Lyricist or Copyright text in the score and put those into the corresponding Score Info fields. It can optionally fill only empty Score Info fields, and leave already filled ones alone.

If can be very useful for scores to be published on the web via Scorch (which require Score Info data, in order for the web page templates to look correct), and also as a starting point for database programs that can look at the Score Info fields, such as the Create Score Database plug-in.

Updated 26 April 2011. Include Subtitle and other fields not available in Sibelius 4. Now requires Sibelius 5 or later. For Sib 4, see Fill Score Info for Sibelius 4.

Updated 29 May 2011. New option (on by default) to maintain formatting in system text imported from the score. Useful for multi-line text. Be careful using this if you will generate Scorch files that use Score Info data, as formatting may not be accepted in all fields.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Get Page Count

Version 01.08.00
Added 15 Dec 2006 (last updated 10 Dec 2023)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Get Page Count stores the number of pages in a score (at the time the plug-in is run) into the Other Information field of the File > Score Info. This makes the number of pages available for use in text fields (such as \"Page x of y\") if the $MOREINFO wildcard is used. The full text would be \"Page $PAGENUM of $MOREINFO\". If the number of pages changes, the plug-in should be rerun, but any wildcards will be automatically updated. __Updated 4 April 2010. In Sib 6 or later, the plugin will store the page count both in the full score and in each part, so a footer containing the MOREINFO wildcard will be correct in the parts. __Updated 5 April 2010 to allow you to specify different Score Info locations for the page count data. __Updated 21 June 2012 to allow count to exclude Special Page Break title pages and following blank pages. __ As of Sibelius 7.1.3, you can use the NumPages wildcard, and this plugin should not be needed. ____Updated 10 December 2023. Version 01.08.00. This update adds a fixed offset adjustment to the number of pages, after discovering that in some cases the plugin gets the wrong answer when determining the number of title and other blank pages before the first bar in the score. If the full score and every part have the same number of leading blank pages, you can use the offset instead of the title page adjustment. In that case use a negative adjustment. Since the plugin processes the full score and all parts, this will not help if the score and parts have different numbers of leading blank pages. __The traced outputs gives more information about the number of pages the plugin is detecting. __My current impression is that some bug in Sibelius is confusing the number of blank pages.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Dream Sequence

Added 25 Jan 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in will open a folder of scores and play them back in turn, either sequentially (with an option to loop) or randomly (with an option to control the number of intermediate scores to be played until a particular score may be played again.)

Updated 5 September 2009 by Bob Zawalich for compatibility with Sibelius 6. Note that this plugin will run in Sibelius 4 and 6, but not Sibelius 5.

Plug-in written by Andrew Moschou.

Enumerate Instruments

Added 13 Feb 2007 (last updated 24 Aug 2018)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in will enumerate consecutive, similar instrument names in a score, useful to have e.g. Flute 1, Flute 2, Flute 3, Oboe 1, Oboe 2, etc. as instrument names in the score.

The plug-in will handle instruments with multiple staves (e.g. Piano, Harp) correctly and running the plug-in again after changing the instrumentation will update the ordinal numbers. The plug-in won't be able to identify where multiple players would read from a single staff (e.g. Horn 13, 24); the user should manually put this in.

Plug-in written by Andrew Moschou.

Find Irregular And Misfilled Bars

Version 01.08.00
Added 22 Apr 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in displays (in the plug-in trace window) any bars whose length and time signature do not match (irregular bars), and also any misfiled bars, which are bars that have missing rests, so that the sum of the lengths of the notes and rests (in each voice) do not match the length of the bar.

Misfilled bars can come from deleting rests, or when using scores generated by an errant plug-in or file converter.

Updated 2 May 2007: the plug-in now handles grace notes and notes within tuplets.

Updated 21 Feb 2013: Plugin now treats completely empty bars (no notes, rests, tuplets or bar rests in any voice as misfilled. It also handles misfilled tuplets better.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Instrument List

Version 01.15.00
Added 05 May 2007 (last updated 01 Mar 2018)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in adds a list of the instruments at the start of the selected staves as a text item at the start of the score.

You can choose which elements will appear in the list, and the order in which they will appear.

Updated 29 November 2009. Now places the text at the start of the selection if any, fixes a bug with the title text, adds Instrument changes for Sib 5+, and allows you to specify if the list will appear in the score or in a part.

Updated 27 July 2010. Under Sib 6, it can now insert the instrument list onto a Sib 6-style title page.

Updated 26 August 2017. New option to omit empty staves, plus dialog was rearranged to make it clearer that list can go either to the title page or the score but not both.

Updated 28 August 2017. Fixed Omit Empty Staves Option. Added options to trace lists and to Not show dialog for this session, which makes it easier to use with Run Plugin on Score and Parts.

Updated 1 March 2018. Can now write to either the title page or to any blank pages that immediately follow it (there is a list box of available blank pages). The text styles, though listed in English, will now work correctly in other languages. The destination and the hide state radio buttons are now independent. At the end of the plugin the text object for the list will be selected and brought into view. Writing the Instrument List to the plugin Trace window is now optional.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Bar Rests In Empty Voices

Version 01.05.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 15 Mar 2020)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds bar rests to chosen empty voices in selected bars (empty voices contain neither notes, rests, nor tuplets).

Updated 21 March 2010 to allow result display to be turned off.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 dialog control changes

Updated 22 Feb 2020. Version 01.04.00. Handle completely empty bars when there is a passage selection.

Updated 14 March 2020. Version 01.05.00. Changed to handle discontiguous passage selection (a selection where some staves are excluded from the middle of the selection).

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Bookmark

Version 01.63.01
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 22 Sep 2023)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Lets you add, delete, and go to hidden text objects (or hitpoints) that will function as bookmarks. The bookmark will stay at the same location when music is added, deleted or reformatted. Bookmarks can also be navigated to using the Go To plugin. __Updated 9 November 2009 to allow Comments in Sib 6 to be used as bookmarks __Updated 25 May 2010 to handle out-of-range hitpoint bookmarks. __Updated 5 November 2011 to make the main dialog work more smoothly. __Updated 6 November 2011 to fix Delete All. __Updated 6 April 2013 to fix bug in Delete. __Updated 22 September 2023. Version 01.63.01. This plugin has been greatly sped up and is much more usable on large scores. Hit points can make good bookmarks. There is new dialog text on how to hide them, and there is now a checkbox that can bring up the Edit Hitpoints dialog in Sibelius Ultimate 2021.2 or later, so you can uncheck the Display checkboxes and hide all hitpoints.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Go To

Version 01.52.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 04 Jul 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Lets you navigate to rehearsal marks, hit points, bar number changes, bookmarks (as created in the Bookmark plugin), special barlines, or dynamics.

Updated April 30, 2008 to allow Go To Special Barlines.

Updated July 28,2008 to select the previous search object relative to the start of selection and to add Go To Dynamics, which shows the currently active dynamic.

Updated December 19,2008 to fix problems with Dynamics if there was no initial selection.

Updated 14 Feb 2009. Fix if only barline selected and disable lists if empty.

Updated 24 August 2009 You can now just type in a target (such as a Rehearsal Mark name, as well as finding it in a list.

Updated 28 August 2009 You can now type letter/number names for bracketed Rehearsal Marks.

Updated 30 August 2011. Fix bug if selected objects chosen and there was no selection; add text to Restore button.

Updated 1 September 2015. Corrections to Go To Selected Objects

Updated 7 February 2016 fixed GO To button so it closes dialog as intended.

Updated 26 April 2016. Improved bring into view for selected objects.

Updated 8 May 2016 to greatly speed up go to selected objects in Sib 6 and later.

Updated 5 June 2016 to fix a bug preventing objects at the same location from being listed separately.

Updated 24 April 2017. Fixed crash for selected objects in system staff. Renamed Go To to Go To and Close for clarity. Added Help button.

Updated 7 May 2018. Added Trace List button most useful for tracing selected objects. Also sped up some operations that displayed progress bars.

Updated 4 July 2018. Fixed bug in selected objects list that allowed duplicates, which yielded incorrect results.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Other

Version 03.25.50
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 05 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Adds filters for symbols, notehead styles, tied notes, time signatures, and grace notes, as well as a filter to text styles (defaulting to Technique). __Updated October 9, 2007. Now filters special barlines as well. __Updated March 19, 2008. Noteheads default to number rather than name. __Updated April 22, 2008. Minor notehead dialog change. __Note: This version of the plugin requires Sibelius 5.2 __Updated August 5, 2008 to allow Deselect __Updated September 16, 2008 to filter note pitches and allow results to not appear. __Updated November 5, 2008 to filter colored (non-black) objects. __Updated August 29, 2009 to filter notes in parentheses (bracketed property). __Updated September 9, 2009 to simplify the user interface and add a filter for quartertones. This version will only run in Sibelius 6. For Sib 5, use Filter Other for Sibelius 5. __Updated February 22, 2010 to filter for Expression text Dynamics, (such as bold mf) which is defined at the moment as expression text that contains a font change, as such texts do, typically to Opus Text. __Updated 13 April 2010 to filter for Clefs __Updated 4 September 2010 to filter for notes under tuplets and tuplets and notes under tuplets. __Updated January 10, 2011 to filter for key signature changes. Note this will not filter the original key signature, just changes. It will filter one staff key sigs as well as those for all staves. Key signatures live in the system staff and the individual staves, and both are filtered, so the count will be one more that what you see selected. __Updated 13 March 2011 to add filter for MIDI messages __Updated 26 August 2011 to filter notes with tremolos, including buzz rolls. __Updated 22 December 2013 to fix a bug and to add text styles present in the score to the list of filterable text styles. __Updated 12 May 2015 to clarify that Note Pitches chromatic uses the written pitch, rather than the sounding pitch. __Updated 21 May 2015 to add filtering for Colored Notehead styles and pick up only the notehead styles currently in use in the score when filtering on notehead styles. __Updated 7 February 2016 added filter for Magnetic Layout settings. __Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects __Updated 12 November 2016 to work with updated Colored Notehead Styles plugins; it will now also find the color White. __Updated 24 April 2017. Text style list now only shows styles that can be filtered. Trace Object Location now includes pages number. __Updated 13 May 2017. Fixed crashing bug involving hash table. __Updated 19 March 2018. Require Sib 6.2 minimum. __Updated 01 June 2019. Version 03.06.00. Fix processing colored rests when filtering colored objects. __Updated 16 September 2019. Version 03.07.00. Added filters for Notes with Normal Accidentals, Cautionary Accidentals, Bracketed Accidentals, Hidden Accidentals, and (for Sib 7.1.3 and later only) Visible Accidentals. __Updated 16 January 2020. Version 03.09.00. Added filter for Notes with Ties-Into, including filtering for tie styles (solid, dashed, dotted, any). Tied notes can now also be filtered for tie styles. __Updated 22 April 2020. Version 03.10.00. Added filter for Notes with LV Ties, including filtering for tie styles (solid, dashed, dotted, any). __Updated 17 May 2021. Version 03.20.00. __Added 3 "Bars"-class options to match bars with Notes in more than 1 voice, bars with chord symbols, and bars with lyrics. These will return the number of matches, and one objects in each bar will be selected to serves as the filter results. __ the plugin has also been restructured internally, and the dialog has been laid out differently. __There is now an option to hide the dialog after the first time in a session, and it supports the plugin Run Plugin Hide dialog, which allows the plugin to run with no dialog at any time, at your own risk, of course. Be sure the dialog settings are appropriate before using this option. __Updated 18 May 2021. Version 03.21.00. Changed results to only trace, not use message box. __Updated 31 May 2021. Version 03.22.00. Added filters for notes on lines and notes on spaces. __Updated 17 July 2021. Version 03.23.00. Fixed some errors in table lookup and added Filter Notes By Duration filter. __Updated 12 October 2022. Version 03.25.00. Added Filter Ny Number of Notes. Major code restructuring to allow plugin to be called by RunPluginEntry_cu. Added New Macro/Plugin button to generate and store RunPluginEntry_cu command lines. __Updated 24 July 2023. Version 03.25.10. Changed call to utils.IsPluginFileAvailable which did not exist, to call Rethythm.IsPluginFileAvailable, which exists in an accessible shipping plugin. __Updated 02 March 2024. Version 03.25.40. Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib. __Updated 05 March 2024. Version 03.25.50. Fixed bug in command line generation that casues its action to always be select. Bug did not affect normal usage.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Custom Filter

Version 01.70.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 13 Sep 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

A filter that will filter lines as written, but which is designed to be modified. Change the condition in the IsDesiredObject method. The remaining code will filter objects that pass the IsObjectDesired test.

Updated October 10, 2007 to filter for Highlights rather than lines (Edit-Filter can filter lines).

Updated 17 April 2016 to check for empty selections as ask to select entire score.

Updated 03 October 2019. Version 01.40.00. This plugin now will run only in Sibelius version 6.2 or later. It is now completely in the public domain, so that any code within the file may be used in and other plugins without attribution (or support).

As before this plugin is intended to be a template for making your own filtering plugins. I recommend making a copy of the plugin and changing the value of the variable "_PluginMenuName" to be the new plugin name. If you install the plugin "Copy Plugin", it will make a copy of any other plugin and update _PluginMenuName if that variable is available.

In most cases all you should need to change is the code in the method "IsDesiredObject" to produce a new filter. This trick is knowing exactly what to ask for, but at least the structure of getting objects and selecting them will be taken care of by the existing code. Happy filtering!

Updated 10 October 2019. Version 01.50.00. Changed default code to filter for Text, System Text, and Lyrics.

Updated 22 August 2021. Version 01.60.00. Made tracing of results options based on the global variable g_fTraceResults. Made results a Trace call rather than a message box. Made minor code cleanups.

Updated 13 September 2021. Version 01.70.00. Fixed crashing bug when the plugin was run with no selection and user asked to select the entire score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Objects In Bar

Version 01.30.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 08 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds filters for objects by their Type property (Rehearsal Mark, Text, NoteRest, Instrument Change, etc).

Updated October 16, 2007 to also filter HighLights

Updated June 8, 2008 to filter BarNumbers and to allow objects not in the list to be used.

Updated August 5, 2008 to use better defaults.

Updated August 29, 2008 to look in system staff for system objects even without a system selection.

Updated September 9, 2008 to clean up user interface (all entries are now visible at once), and you can type a case-insensitive prefix to select in the list.

Updated 5 April 2012 to add Guitar Scale Diagrams to the list of objects to filter.

Updated 28 August 2016. Added Annotations to list of objects to filter.

Updated 7 May 2018. Added options for All Lines, All Staff Lines and All System Lines, in addition to individual line types.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Rehearsal Mark

Version 01.15.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Finds the following (default) or previous rehearsal mark (if any), starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plug-in with no selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Bar Number Change

Version 01.15.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Finds the following (default) or previous bar number change (if any), starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plug-in with no selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Empty Text Strings

Version 01.53.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 06 Nov 2019)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Deletes truly empty text strings, which were probably put into a score by a plug-in or file converter. These are usually not a problem, but if they are, this will clean them up.

Updated Jan 1, 2009 to add staff info to trace.

Updated Jan 11, 2009 to fix bug that deleted *all* text if the all-spaces checkbox was unchecked.

Updated 12 Feb 2009 to restructure some code.

Updated 16 May 2009 to allow empty and spaces only strings to be deleted separately, and also added a trace-only option

Updated 28 May 2018. Bug fixes.

Updated 6 November 2019. Version 01.53.00. It will now look for empty or all-spaces strings of all 3 text types: text, system text, and lyrics, in both the system staff and regular selected staves. This handles some weird cases where system text ends up in a regular staff.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Colored Objects

Version 01.51.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 01 Jun 2019)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Finds the following (default) or previous occurrence of an object of a chosen color starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction or color, run the plugin with no selection.

From Sibelius 8.3 on, use Filter Colored Objects to locate the objects and Go To > Selected Objects or Browse Selected Objects to navigate among them, so that notes can be individually colored.

Updated 28 May 2018. Tidy dialog.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Duplicate Text Lines Symbols

Version 01.20.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Deletes copies of text objects, lines, or symbols that have the same properties and location as another object of the same type.

Updated 19 March 2018. Internal code cleanup, no change in results.

Updated 21 March 2018. For System objects, the Y offset field, which is not valid, is no longer used to evaulate duplicate objects.

Updated 8 August 2019. Version 01.10.00. For Sibelius 6 and later:

1. The plugin will now bring up a dialog, which can be hidden after the first time run in a Sibelius session.

2. It will now delete page-aligned system text that is in different bars on the same page, and so would overlap on the page.

3. The dialog will let you trace any duplicates that could be deleted.

4. If you are not deleting the duplicates, you can have the duplicate objects selected when the dialog ends. You could then use the Browse Selected Objects plugin to inspect the duplicates. Note that if you run the plugin again on these selected objects you will not get the correct results, since the original objects are not selected. To delete duplicates after selecting duplicates, repeat the original selection before running this plugin.

Updated 21 Feb 2020. Version 01.20.00. Removed commas from menu name;no code change.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Rests With Bar Rests

Version 01.01.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 22 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds bar rests to voices in selected bars which contain rests, but neither notes, nor tuplets. Essentially replaces multiple rests with a bar rest as appropriate. Optionally skips bars of small duration (user can select the minimum duration).

Updated 22 Feb 2020. Version 01.01.00. Added more internal options for deciding the state of the rests in a bar.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Move System Objects For Delete Bar

Version 01.50.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is an update of Copy Text For Delete Bar. Copies any system objects (such as Title, Composer, or Instrument name at top left, time signatures, key signatures, rehearsal marks) from one bar to another.

Typically you will copy from bar 1 to bar 2 when you want to delete bar 1 without losing the system objects. If a bar number is duplicated in the score (because of bar number changes), you will need to make a selection that excludes the duplicate of any bars you want to process.

Updated 15 May 2010 to fix incorrect copying of time signatures from pickup bars and special barlines

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Split Multirests

Version 01.60.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 29 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Breaks up multirests at various intervals using true split multirest breaks (the previous version used hidden text).

Updated June 7, 2008 to allow multirests to be split before and after irregular bars

Updated February 7, 2009 to add a separate option to split all multirests and to allow totals notification to be inhibited.

Use this version for Sibelius 5 and later. For Sibelius 3 and 4, use Split Multirests for Sibelius 4.

Updated 28 May 2018. Fixes and improvements.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Change Case

Version 01.60.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 26 Nov 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Changes the case of text in a score. It will only convert the letters A..Z or a..z; it cannot handle accented characters. It can change text to UPPER CASE, lower case, tOGGLE cASE or Word Initial Case. It can change various types of text objects, including system text, lyrics, instrument names and score info data. It can be run on a single score or on a folder of scores.

Unlike earlier versions, multiple line text will be retained as will any internal formatting (fonts or bold/italic, etc.).

Updated March 26, 2008 to allow changing the case of non-English characters, thanks to the MakeChangecase plugin (included in the zip file) which was generously contributed by Andrew Moschou. These include accented, Greek, and Cyrillic characters.

Please note: do not use this plugin on bold Expression text or chord symbols, or any other text that uses a font that does not have matching upper and lower case letters in the traditional locations.

Updated February 7, 2009 to change the Instrument Names code to only use special flat accidentals for lower case b if it follows A, B, D, or E.

Updated April 20, 2009 to put the MakeChangeCase plugin back in the zip file

Updated 29 Sept 2011 to rename file on download page.

Updated 26 November 2017. Changed list of text styles to be the styles used in the current score. Now allows a non passage selection to be used when processing text styles. Automatically skips Dynamics text.

Now requires Sibelius 6 or later. For earlier version use Change Case for Sibelius 4.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich and Andrew Moschou.

Set Play On Pass

Version 01.15.10
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__(Edited on 12 February 2024 to work differently. See notes from that date.) Toggles (default), disables, or enables all 8 passes of Play on Pass for any selected objects. To change the option from Toggle, run the plugin with no selection. It will change *all* selected objects, so it will often be useful to filter just the items you want to change. __ Updated January 15, 2008 to add a "Show dialog" flag to the dialog so it can be run with the dialog always visible. The flag is on by default so it will always appear the first time the plugin is run. __Updated 31 January 2012 to give options for individual passes. __Updated 21 May 2016 so you can cancel the dialog when run with no selection and the setting changes will still be recorded. __Updated 10 March 2021. Version 01.13.00. Dialog layout changes. Removed progress bar. Do Not Show Dialog will reset at the start of each Sib session. __Updated 12 February 2024. Version 01.15.00. This version just has 8 checkboxes to set on and off, as in the Inspector. The old version had On/Off/Toggle buttons that really did not make a lot of sense. I think this is simpler, clearer, and more useful. As before, there is a Do Not Show Dialog checkbox, and the dialog will always appear if you run the plugin with not selection. Checkbox settings are remembered over Sibelius sessions. __Updated 3 March 2024. Version 01.15.10. Change to disable debug trace and to refresh inspector.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Restore Tempo

Version 01.15.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Restores the tempo at the start of the selection to the end of the selection. It can be used for “a tempo”.

Updated 18 December 2011 to add in missing variable.

Updated 19 December 2011. New option for text style, options saved across Sibelius sessions, new warning text.

Updated 21 December 2011. Fixed bug that gave wrong values if time signature changes within the selection range.

Updated 22 December 2011. Changed the way a beat is calculated to match what Sibelius does for current tempo.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete or Update Title Page

Version 01.20.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Deletes title pages that use hidden bars (with staff type or instrument changes). Also deletes Sib 5 Special Page Break title pages or selected blank pages.

Can also convert title pages created using hidden staff changes into Sib 5 Special Page Break pages. Manual adjustment of position of text will be required.

Renamed from Update Title Page on November 27, 2007

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Pedal Lines

Version 01.06.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Reads MIDI pedal control messages and converts them to pedal lines. You must make a passage selection. It will convert pairs of ~C64 (sustain pedal), ~C66 (sostenuto pedal) or ~C67 (soft pedal) messages, and will optionally delete the messages. You can choose pedal line styles for different controllers.

Updated 2 October 2011 to fix error message that said "false" instead of "0".

Updated 18 October 2011 to ignore (with warnings) unmatched OFF messages and to create short lines for any unmatched ON messages. This lets the plugin do more with scores where the MIDI message are not properly matched, but if you see messages, check the output VERY carefully, because some pedal lines will surely be the wrong position or the wrong length. I recommend not having the plugin delete MIDI messages if you see warnings, so you can do better manual adjustments.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Inverse Select Notes

Version 01.01.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Selects any unselected notes in a chord consisting of more than 1 note, and unselects previously selected notes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Exchange Staff Contents

Version 01.40.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 26 Apr 2021)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Swaps the contents of 2 selected staves. If two staves are selected, they will be swapped. If more than two staves are selected, the top and bottom staves are swapped.

Updated 1 July 2012 to fix problems with irregular bars and some unusual selection.

Updated 4 November 2012 to fix problems with partially selected bars. Thanks, Laurence! Please note that you should not use dragged-box passage selections with this plugin - use keyboard or click-shift click selecting instead.

Updated 31 May 2018. Added option to make octave changed when exchanging between octave-transposing instruments, such as piccolo or guitar, or exchanging an instrument with a treble clef with an instrument that has a bass clef, as in the staves of a piano. A PDF file explaining this is included in the zip file. The option is off by default. If you hide the dialog after the first run, and want to set the option you can run the plugin with no selection, which will bring up a dialog and let you change the settings. The settings are not retained across Sibelius sessions. Thanks to Ilkay Bora Oder for suggesting this, and the Robert Puff and Philip Rothman for trying it out.

Updated 25 August 2018. Version 01.30.00. Added ability to swap the first and last bars in a passage selection in a single staff. The bars must be fully selected and must be the same size.

Updated 26 April 2021. Added support for Run Plugin Hide Dialog.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Create Insert Symbol Plugin

Version 02.07.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 29 Sep 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Lets you create and install new plug-ins that, when run, will insert a chosen symbol of a chosen size into a score. If you assign a shortcut to the new plug-ins, you will have, in effect, a way to assign a shortcut to an individual symbol.

The generated plugins will be put by default in the Zymbols subfolder of your user Plug-ins folder. The name will include the symbol name, the size, its attachment status, and its position offsets.

In order to assign shortcuts to the newly-created plug-ins, you must first close and restart Sibelius, so the new plug-ins will be loaded.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Updated April 13, 2009. Added the ability to choose vertical position of a staff symbol relative to a selected note.

Updated 22 July 2009. Added ability to center a symbol horizontally in a bar, and also the ability, in Sib 6, to turn off Magnetic Layout for inserted symbols

Updated 13 October 2010. Fixed bug that ignored clef change in bar 1.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

Updated 22 October 2011 to fix Sib 7 file changes.

Updated 7 March 2016 to have default be symbol be first selected symbol, if any.

Updated 28 November 2017 to add Find In List

Updated 29 September 2018 to fix missing error message if text not found. Version 02.07.00.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Insert One Symbol

Version 01.85.00
Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Inserts a symbol to a selected location. It is meant to have a shortcut assigned to it, to give Sibelius the ability to effectively assign a shortcut to a symbol. Updated to list Sibelius 5 symbols.

To determine which symbol will be inserted, a dialog comes up the first time you run the plugin in a session, or if you run the plugin with no selection. The dialog lets you select a symbol, its size, and whether it is attached to a system or a staff. The dialog lets you put several symbols into a list, which is saved across Sibelius sessions. By re-running it and selecting a different symbol, you change the symbol that will be inserted when Insert One Symbol is run.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Updated April 13, 2009. Added the ability to choose vertical position of a staff symbol relative to a selected note. Also, Insert One Symbol Show Dialog is no longer required. Now the dialog comes up the first time you run the plugin in a session, or if you run the plugin with no selection. A checkbox on the dialog will let you run the plugin with no dialog showing.

Updated 22 July 2009. Added ability to center a symbol horizontally in a bar, and also the ability, in Sib 6, to turn off Magnetic Layout for inserted symbols

Updated 13 October 2010. Fixed bug that ignored clef change in bar 1.

Use this version for Sibelius 5 and later. For Sibelius version 4 use the plugin Insert One Symbol for Sibelius 4.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Custom Find

Version 01.51.00
Added 17 Oct 2007 (last updated 28 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

A plugin that will find Highlights as is, but which is designed to be modified. Change the condition in the IsDesiredObject method. The remaining code will find objects that pass the IsObjectDesired test.

Finds starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plugin with no selection.

Updated 28 May 2018. Minor bug fix.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Highlights

Version 01.50.00
Added 17 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Finds the following (default) or previous occurrence of a Highlight starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plugin with no selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hidden Instrument Change

Version 01.80.00
Added 22 Oct 2007 (last updated 24 Sep 2020)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds an instrument change to No instrument(hidden).

This is equivalent to using Create > Other > Instrument Change > Others > No instrument (Hidden) with no clef and no warning text. Assign a shortcut if you will use it often.

Updated 22 October 2009. This update restores the original instrument after a passage selection, which it did before Sibelius 6.1

Updated 5 January 2010. This update lets a change at the start of the first bar hide the initial clef. Also, if you run with no selection it brings up some options to allow you to choose warning text.

Updated 24 March 2010 minor bug fix.

Updated 27 April 2010.

Note that there are 2 ways that the plugin might not restore the original instrument as of Sibelius 6.2. The first is if you make a non-passage (blue box) selection. So if you want the restoration, always make a passage selection. The second way is if you select a single bar, and have turned off the Note Input Preference Restore Original Item After Single Bar Selection. If you want the plugin to restore the original instrument, you must turn this preference on.

Updated 15 May 2010. New option to Always restore instrument in single bar selection (on by default).

Updated 24 September 2020. Added the ability to apply the change to all selected staves, not just the first one. Only actually selected staves will be processed, so you can use a discontiguous selection.

Run the plugin with no selection to see an options dialog. By default the plugin will skip staves hidden by Focus On Staves, or staves all of whose bars are hidden by Hide Empty Staves in the range of the selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Rehearsal Marks to Double Barlines

Added 08 Nov 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in simply creates a rehearsal mark on every double barline in your score.

Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

Bracket Expression Text

Version 01.88.00
Added 15 Nov 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Puts brackets or parentheses (or any chosen character(s)) around selected expression text. It is especially useful for bold expressions entered with the ctrl or cmnd key, since those involve a font change.

Updated 7 November 2009 to add spacing around 'f' characters to avoid collisions with the brackets. Sib 6.1 is recommended, though it will work in Sib 5.

Updated 23 Feb 2011. It now allows you to process Expression dynamic text (which starts with a font change, and is typically bold) separately from normal expression text. It also allows to to use bold brackets for dynamics only or for all expressions.

Updated 21 November 2011 to handle dynamics correctly in Sib 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Cresc Dim Lines

Version 01.64.00
Added 15 Nov 2007 (last updated 25 Jun 2021)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds crescendo and/or diminuendo lines and optional expression text to a selection.

You can include Expression Text if desired; if the edit boxes are blank, only the line(s) will appear. Type or select an appropriate font if you want bold expression text.

To increase the amount of space surrounding the characters, increase the Rhythmic space per character (quarter note = 256 units). This may expand the output past the selection. It cannot be expanded past the end of the score.

You may still need to adjust horizontal spacing using arrow keys.

This will run in Sib 4, but some features are missing and text and lines will not align as well as in Sib 5

Updated April 4, 2008 (version 1.20) to allow choice of line type at each position, so you can reverse the dynamics

Updated 1 December 2011 to handle Sib 7 fonts.

Updated 10 January 2012 to allow more line type.

Updated 24 August 2014 to retract lines over barlines and add an option to specify space between 2 lines if no text is used, and to process a single note or the first note in a selection.

Updated 4 February 2014 to fix crash in Sib 5 and 6.

Updated 2 February 2016, adding straight, dotted and dashed lines to the list. These behave differently from the dynamics lines and the horizontal position is not very good, but it is too complex to fix right now. It might at least get you in the ballpark with such lines.

Updated 2 February 2016 to fix not bold text bug

Updated 4 June 2016 fixed some crashing typos when there was no text with the lines.

Updated 19 April 2021. Version 01.63.00. Added ability to hide dialog.

Updated 25 June 2021. Version 01.64.00. Fixed some issues with enabling edit controls when the line type changed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Create Blank Page

Version 01.02.00
Added 14 Dec 2007 (last updated 02 Mar 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds one or more blank pages before or after a selection. (This is somewhat redundant because it just adds a Special Page Break, but it avoids having to select a barline and is comparable to Create Title Page).

Updated 3 March 2018. Fixed bug that might happen if using a multiple selection where items were selected out of chronological order.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Lyric Extension Lines

Version 01.70.00
Added 14 Dec 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Changes all final syllables or single word lyrics to apply to 1 note, thus removing the extension lines. May be useful if note values have changed.

Updated 17 December 2011. Added ability to center of left justify syllables and ability to remove only durationally short extension lines.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Batch Transpose

Version 01.20.00
Added 09 Jan 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Transposes a score or folder of scores by interval, by key, or by using an Instrument Change to a transposing instrument. Designed to transpose lead sheets for C instruments into transposing instruments, but can be useful in a variety of transposing situations.

Updated 29OCtober 2010 to fix incorrect handling of octave.

Updated 25 June 2012 to fix double transposing of initial key sig, and fix by Interval when transposing down.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Scordatura

Version 01.54.00
Added 03 Mar 2008 (last updated 27 Jul 2023)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plug-in creates a scordatura staff for a stringed instrument in an altered tuning. Effectively it maps pitches so that they appear as if the notes were in standard tuning. __More specifically, it maps a [string, position] value from an altered tuning to the note that represents the same [string, position] value in standard tuning. Example: D2 on the low D string on a DADGAD tuned guitar is string 6 fret 0. In standard tuning, string 6 fret 0 is E2. So the plugin will rewrite the note D2 [in a notation staff] to be E2. __A scordatura staff will not play back the way you might like it to. __Check Google for scordatura if you are not clear what that means. If you are not clear on whether you want to use this you should probably not. __WARNING: this plugin will completely rewrite the selected staves. Save and maybe make a copy of your score before running. Make a copy of the original notation staff, and run the plugin on that copy. __You must specify the standard tuning and altered tuning used, in the form Sibelius uses for editing staff types. __There are lists of common instruments in the dialog, and if what you want is not in the list, find something close and modify it. Be careful to get the octaves correct. One other way to get the pitches for strings is to enter the notes for the open strings in a notation staff, then select each note and look for the name in the Notes pane of the Properties Window. __See Help for more information, including a discussion of the ambiguity of scordatura. __Updated 27 Feb 2009 to replace .plg file with .zip file __Updated 28 May 2018. Fixed message typo. __Updated 20 July 2018 Version 1.52.00. Improved error handling for dialog input. Added Cajun Fiddle tuning. __Updated 21 July 2018 Version 01.53.00. Removed unintended debug tracing. __Updated 27 July 2023. Version 01.54.00. Pitch names must now be in UPPER CASE. Flat accidentals work.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Save Score With Date

Version 01.20.00
Added 17 Mar 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin saves a copy of the current score, combining the current date and/or time with the file name. The original score remains open and unchanged. This is useful for making date-stamped backup scores. The plugin requires a simple one-time setup to determine the format of the date on your machine. It allows you to choose one of a number of formats for the saved file name (such as file_03132008.sib or 081303_file.sib), and it will remember your preferences.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Loop Selection

Version 01.15.00
Added 24 Mar 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin will let you loop playback by adding marker and jump text to the start and end of the selection. If you play the score within the markers, playback will loop. The default target name is the first selected bar number.

By default, marker/jump text only jumps to the start or end of a bar; to loop partial bars, select the text and turn off \\\'Jump at bar end\\\' in the Property Window Playback pane.

In Sibelius 5, the plugin can delete any marker or jump text in the selection or in the score.

To make it more obvious which notes will loop, you may want to add a highlight or color to the selected notes.

Updated November 24, 2008 to fix problems deleting hidden markers and all markers in score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Highlight Entire Selection

Version 01.10.00
Added 07 Apr 2008 (last updated 19 Feb 2019)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds a highlight to all selected staves, rather than just the top staff (which is what Create Highlight does). The highlight is not continuous, but is one Highlight line per selected staff.

Updated April 10, 2008 to allow coloring the highlight, and to delete selected highlights in addition to adding them. There is now a dialog that can be turned off after the first display.

Updated April 12, 2008 to fix endpoint on single bar selections

Updated 31 May, 2010 to include Comment user colors if Comments are present

Updated 17 May 2018. Highlights are now retracted to the end of the last bar if the entire bar is selected, rather than running over into the following bar.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Selected Highlights

Version 01.03.00
Added 10 Apr 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Removes any highlight lines within the current selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Time Signature For Irregular Bars

Version 01.85.00
Added 13 Apr 2008 (last updated 16 Nov 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Adds a time signature appropriate to the length to an irregular bar, so that irregular bars are made regular. It can also trace the locations of irregular bars. __It also puts an appropriate time signature into the following *regular* bars where this is required. Its goal is to end up with a score where every bar has a size that matches an explicit time signature. __It will not always spell the time signature correctly (it only looks at the length of a bar, not the notes it contains). The lowest denominator is 4, so it will not generate 3/2 or 2/2, but other than that, it picks the simplest fraction, so it will always choose 3/4 over 6/8 and 6/4 over 12/8. __If there is no initial time signature, it will add one. __Updated 20 March 2011 to add an option to choose 6/8 rather than 3/4 and 12/8 over 6/4. __Updated 6 February 2012 to add option to use cautionary accidentals - on by default. __Updated 16 November 2022. Version 01.85.00. General cleanup and improvement of code. Added ability to removed added time signatures when they are no longer needed. This plugin will now run only in Sibelius 6.2 or later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Reposition Dynamics

Version 01.07.00
Added 14 Apr 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Processes Expression text and hairpins for \"vocal\" staves, which expect dynamics to go above, rather than below the staff. It will also move dynamics on non-vocal staves to the bottom of the staff.

If it finds dynamics in the wrong location relative to the center staff line, it will move them to the corresponding location on the opposite side of the center staff line.

This is useful for scores with a mix of vocal and non vocal staves.

It does not change the text or line style, but moves the objects as you would by dragging them by hand; \"Reset Position\" will restore them to their original position. It will not change the position of objects that are already on the correct side of the center line.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Deleted Rests

Version 01.08.00
Added 20 Apr 2008 (last updated 25 Feb 2016)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Looks for places where rests have been deleted rather than hidden, and will add rests back. By default it will hide the added rests.

It can also trace the locations of deleted rests

Updated 24 Feb 2016 to prevent unwanted duplication of non-note objects.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Trombone Slide Positions

Version 02.02.00
Added 21 Apr 2008 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds possible slide positions for selected Bb/F trombone notes in the range from F an octave below the bass stave to the Bb an octave above it.

You can specify which voices should be marked.

Plug-in written by Ian Cugley.

Cautionary Time Signatures

Version 01.08.00
Added 22 Apr 2008 (last updated 15 Jan 2018)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Forces all selected time signatures to use cautionary or to not use cautionary.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Updated 15 January 2018. Reset Note Spacing is now done for affected bars.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fix TAB Collisions

Version 01.13.00
Added 29 Apr 2008 (last updated 13 Jul 2017)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Looks on a TAB staff for places where there are 2 or more notes on the same string and the same starting position in a bar, and it tries to move notes to different strings.

It can trace the location of any notes it moves.

It won\'t try if there are more notes than strings. It tries to correct notes that have no string assignment. It will skip grace notes and unison notes with the same duration (though the location of skipped unison notes will be traced).

Updated 10 July 2017. Support added for magnetic glisses in Sib 8.6 and later

Updated 13 July 2017. Remove unused code.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Pickup Bar

Version 01.77.00
Added 09 May 2008 (last updated 02 Apr 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds a pickup bar of a specified length before a specified bar. It moves any system objects (title, copyright, time signature, etc.) formerly attached to the following bar to the pickup bar.

Specify the pickup bar length by choosing from the list box or typing the first letter or number (key) in the list, with optional plus signs or spaces separating multiple entries.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Updated 15 May 2010 to fix incorrect copying of special barlines.

Updated 29 November 2011 to add . (dot) as an allowable duration.

Updated 24 January 2012 to fix issues with bar number changes.

Updated 26 February 2012 to fix dialog text overflow in Sib 7

Updated 14 March 2012 to add warnings where score starts with a page number change or with hidden staves.

Updated 19 October 2012. For Sib 7.1.3 and later, the plugin will now restore the Hide Empty Staves state of all the staves that were hidden before adding the pickup bar.

Updated 2 April 2018. Internal code changes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Pipe Ornaments

Version 01.40.00
Added 11 Jun 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Add bagpipe grace note ornaments before a selected note. Choose a named ornament from a list (Doublings, Embellishments, Piobaireachd, Grace Notes, Custom) or customize your own ornaments. Customized ornaments are saved across Sibelius sessions.

Updated June 17, 2008 to fix problems when the \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\"do not show dialog\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\" button is active

Updated August 5, 2008 to make dialog come up initially by default

Updated February 2, 2009 to add explanation for editing custom entries.

Updated 31 December 2010 to match changes made in the Bagpipes suite

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Merge Bars

Version 01.50.00
Added 29 Jul 2008 (last updated 28 Aug 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5 and Sibelius 6

Merges adjacent bars into a single larger bar.

It requires a passage (blue box) selection of at least 2 bars. Any unselected portions of the first and last bars selected will be split off as separate bars.

Any blank pages attached to barlines that are merged will be lost.

It can draw barlines where the barlines were, but their spacing must be adjusted manually. It can also reset bar numbering in the following bars.

One use is to simulate tuplets crossing a barline. Merge 2 bars so the tuplet crosses the former barline, then draw in a barline.

For Sibelius 7 and later, Merge Bars ships with Sibelius and is invoked from Home-Bars-Join. Use the shipping version rather than installing this plugin (which is an earlier version).

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Arpeggiate Chords

Version 01.06.00
Added 10 Aug 2008 (last updated 15 Jul 2017)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Writes out the pitches of notated chords (not chord symbols or diagrams) as separate notes so they can be clicked on and heard individually. It will generate a new instrument at the bottom of the score, and arpeggiate the notes of chords in the first selected staff.

*** Notes in tuplets and grace notes will not be arpeggiated.

Notes in different voices playing concurrently will be treated as part of the chord to be arpeggiated.

Rests can be hidden in the output instrument.

The arpeggiated notes will play at the same duration as the original chord; in some cases this will require the arpeggio to be placed in a tuplet. If this happens, all notes in the chord will be made into a single voice (otherwise the original voice is maintained).

Updated 15 July 2017 to handle nagnetic glisses in Sib 8.6 and later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Current Dynamics

Version 01.20.00
Added 03 Oct 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Displays the most recent dynamics marking (expression text or hairpin) for each staff in the score at the start of the selection. The list is in the debug trace window, which can stay on screen after the plugin runs.

Updated 7 October 2008 to allow multiple dynamics at same location and improve choice of dynamics for multi-stave instruments.

Updated 12 May 2009 to show multiple adjacent hairpins.

Updated 14 August 2011 to filter out some expression text that is unlikely to be dynamics

Updated 16 October 2012 to change Dynamics text to be recognized as Expression text that matches a list of dynamics words.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Counterpoint Intervals

Version 01.04.00
Added 23 Oct 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Calculates the intervals between notes in adjacent staves (in Fux-style counterpoint) and writes the interval below the upper staff in Lyrics text style. Intended for use by teachers writing counterpoint examples. Works only with single notes and one voice per staff.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Notes Tied To - Simple

Version 01.20.00
Added 03 Nov 2008 (last updated 29 Jun 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters notes in a selection that are the targets of a tied note, i.e., if one note is tied to a second note, the filter will select the second note.

This plugin will not catch all notes that are tied to. It assumes that the note with the ties immediately precedes its target, and so will miss arpeggiated notes tied to a block chord. It will also miss notes tied to from a note in a different voice. It general, for simple cases it works well, but please check all output carefully, and do not assume it is always correct.

This was intended for the use of selecting target notes in guitar tab, to make it easier to hide them, but there are likely many other uses as well. The Filter Other plugin has an option to filter tied notes, and these may find uses in tandem.

Updated 27 May 2010. A dialog was added, along with the ability to deselect as well as select notes.

Updated 5 April 2010. Changed initial test to allow plugin to run in Sibelius 5.25.

Updated 9 May 2016. Reworked the way tied to notes are calculated for better results and faster execution.

Updated 28 June 2018. Added option to filter tied-to notes only if the note was the first note in the first bar in a system. This helps find notes that are tied-to across system and page breaks.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Input Durations

Version 01.15.00
Added 12 Nov 2008 (last updated 28 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

The Input Durations plugins are a set of Sibelius plugins that allow you to enter notes into a score by specifying only the duration. The pitch is automatically chosen, typically to be the note on the center line of the staff.

These plugins can be useful if you want to enter drum rhythms, or if you want to enter rhythms and pitches in separate passes, entering the rhythms with these plugins and repitching to add pitches.

There are 9 plugins, 8 of which are mapped to a different ctrl/cmnd+ key on the numeric keypad. The durations entered are mapped to the familiar keypad keys (with the ctrl/cmnd key held down), from a whole note/semibreve (numpad 6) to a 32nd note/demisemiquaver (numpad 1), and optional plugins for 64th and 128th notes.

A PDF file in the zip file explains how to install and set up shortcuts for these plugins

Updated 14 November 2008 to fix an intermittent bug. All downloaders requested to download and replace the InputDuration.plg file (that is the only one that changed).

Updated 13 October 2010 to fix a bug involving clef changes in bar 1 of a score. The InputDuration.plg file is the only file that changed).

Update 28 May 2018 to replace corrupted zip file and add version number

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Create Add Text Plugin

Version 01.83.00
Added 21 Nov 2008 (last updated 19 Mar 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Lets you create and install a new plug-in that, when run, will insert a piece of text into the score. The properties of the text are taken from text (staff text, system text, or lyrics) that is selected when Create Add Text Plugin is run. If you assign a shortcut to the new plug-in, you will have, in effect, a way to assign a shortcut to an individual piece of formatted text.

The generated plugin will be put by default in the "Add Text" subfolder of your user Plug-ins folder. The name will include the text style and some of the text.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

In order to assign shortcuts to the newly-created plug-ins, you must first close and restart Sibelius, so the new plug-ins will be loaded.

Updated 13 December 2010 to transfer the show/hide state in both the score and parts (Sib 6 only). The zip file now contains 2 plugins one for Sibelius 5 only, the other for Sibelius 6 and later.

Updated 22 Oct 2011 to restore the Sib 5 version

Updated 6 February 2012 to fix crash when choosing system text.

Updated 12 Oct 2012 to reduce restrictions on user-defined text.

Updated 14 Feb 2015 to restore the Sib 5 version again...

Updated 19 March 2018. Some code cleanup including requiring Sib 6.2 to run rather than 6.0.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hide Specific Accidentals

Version 01.16.00
Added 05 Dec 2008 (last updated 09 Feb 2022)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin hides accidentals on selected notes with the specified pitches in any octave. It may be useful when you are simulating an unconventional key signature. Updated 24 August 2011 to tidy up the main dialog. Updated 18 May 2014 to allow hiding only visible accidentals in Sibelius 7.1.3 and later only. Updated 9 February 2022. Version 01.16.00. Added Naturals to accidentals to hide, added buttons to set of clear all accidentals, and changed matching to be language independent.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Pitch Class to Notes

Version 02.51.00
Added 13 Dec 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds pitch class numbers for selected notes, including quartertones.

You can specify which pitch to use for pitch class 0, and also mark classes 10 and 11 so they will not be confused with 1 and 0.

All pitch classes with be assigned to the voice \\\'all voices\\\'. If you use Lyrics style, each voice will be assigned to a different lyrics verse (voice 1 = Lyrics line 1, etc.), so the voices will be at different heights and may be filtered for, using the text style.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Change Selected Barlines

Version 01.07.00
Added 07 Jan 2009 (last updated 03 Dec 2022)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Adds a barline of a specified type to each bar in the selection, thus allowing multiple barlines to be changed at once. __It offers a special barline type called Default, which resets the barline in selected bars to the default barline type as defined in Engraving Rules. This is usually, but not always Normal. Normal adds in a Special Barline of type Normal, which is also what Create Barline in Sibelius does. __Updated 7 August 2009 to work with individually selected barlines as well as passage selections of bars __ Updated 24 August 2009 to fix problems with individual barlines __Updated 19 April 2021. Version 01.06.00. Improvements to handling of hiding dialog. __Updated 3 December 2022. Version 01.07.00. Changed dialog layout.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Go To Out Of Range Note

Version 01.52.00
Added 16 Jan 2009 (last updated 16 Mar 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Makes a list of all selected notes that are out of range for the instrument they are in, even after an instrument change. From within the plugin dialog you can navigate to any of the out of range notes, and when the dialog closes the chosen note will be selected. __If you have trouble seeing the selected note, use the up arrow to move it, then Undo, not down arrow, to restore the original pitch. __You can also copy the list to the trace window, for printing or relaxed study. __This plugin can be especially useful for people who cannot differentiate the red colors used by Sibelius for out-of-range notes. __Updated 12 Feb 2011. Added ability to go to notes based on the number of ledger lines. Also added an option to filter all the out or range or ledger lined notes in the selection. __Updated 18 March 2017. Added options to exclude Comfortable or Professional range. __Updated 3 August 2017 to speed up processing for large scores. __Updated 24 May 2020. Version 01.51.00. Fixed typo in error case. __Updated 15 March 2023. Version 01.52.00. Added checkboxes for only high or only low.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hidden Key Signatures

Version 01.21.00
Added 22 Jan 2009 (last updated 05 Sep 2021)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin turns the \\\"Hide\\\" property on or off for selected key signatures. This is the same as using the \\\"Hide\\\" property in Create Key Signatures.

This is a companion to the Cautionary Time Signatures plugin.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Updated 15 January 2018. Reset Note Spacing is now done for affected bars.

Updated 5 September 2021. Version 01.21.00. Changed code, for Sib 6.2 or later, which used to delete and rewrite KS changes, to just change the Show/Hide state instead. This is simpler and has fewer side effects, and should give better results with one-staff-only KS changes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Previous Rehearsal Mark

Version 01.15.00
Added 28 Jan 2009 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Finds the previous (default) or following rehearsal mark (if any), starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plug-in with no selection.

This is a companion to Find Rehearsal Mark, which by default finds the following Rehearsal Mark. Assign keys to each of these to easily switch directions.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Custom System Filter

Version 01.60.00
Added 16 Feb 2009 (last updated 22 Aug 2021)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

A filter that will filter objects in the System staff, even if the selection is not a system selection. By default it will filter for Tempo text, but it is designed to be modified. Change the condition in the IsDesiredObject method. The remaining code will filter objects that pass the IsObjectDesired test.

Updated 10 October 2019. Version 01.50.00. This plugin now will run only in Sibelius version 6.2 or later. It is now completely in the public domain, so that any code within the file may be used in and other plugins without attribution (or support).

As before this plugin is intended to be a template for making your own filtering plugins. I recommend making a copy of the plugin and changing the value of the variable "_PluginMenuName" to be the new plugin name. If you install the plugin "Copy Plugin", it will make a copy of any other plugin and update _PluginMenuName if that variable is available.

In most cases all you should need to change is the code in the method "IsDesiredObject" to produce a new filter. This trick is knowing exactly what to ask for, but at least the structure of getting objects and selecting them will be taken care of by the existing code. Happy filtering!

The default code will filter for Special Barlines.

Updated 22 August 2021. Version 01.60.00. Made tracing of results options based on the global variable g_fTraceResults. Made results a Trace call rather than a message box. Made minor code cleanups.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Color

Version 01.20.00
Added 03 Mar 2009 (last updated 01 Jun 2019)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Changes the color of all selected objects that match the original color to be the replacement color. It will only replace \\\'\\\'added\\\'\\\' colors, such as from Edit > Color or a plugin, not the built-in colors.

You can remove coloring by setting the replacement color to Black, or add colors by setting the original color to black.

If you want to replace the colors of system objects, such as Tempo text, run the plugin with a system (double purple box) selection.

Updated 24 June 2012 to fix version information.

Updated 13Feb2015 to respell version name; no code change, no update of version number.

Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

Updated 01 June 2019. Version 01.20.00. Fix processing colored rests

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Extend Slur / Extend Hairpin

Version 01.20.00
Added 19 Mar 2009 (last updated 22 Sep 2019)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin finds the line (usually a slur) that *ends* closest to the first selected note in each voice of the selection, and extends it to the note. The line must be attached to the same staff as the selected note(s). The line must either match the voice of the note or be set to \\\"all voices\\\".

If more than one line ends at the same point, the plugin will choose the one that started first, which tends to extend the outside slur when there are nested slurs.

The intended use is during note input, to extend an existing slur to cover recently added notes without leaving note input mode. It is useful to assign a keyboard shortcut to this plugin.

If the plugin is run with no selected notes or (non bar) rests, a dialog will appear to allow you to choose a different type of line to be extended (such as hairpins). To actually extend a line, close the dialog, select a note, and run the plugin again.

You may have to adjust the endpoint of lines other than slurs.

Extend Hairpin is also included in the .zip file. It is essentially the same plugin but defaults to finding Hairpins instead of Slurs.

Updated 27 February 2019. Version 01.10.00. Gave more space in dialog for text on Macs.

Updated 22 September 2019. Version 01.20.00. If the selection includes more than 1 staff, each staff will be processed separately, allowing you to extend multiple slurs or hairpins at once. Also hairpins no longer over-extend at the end of bars.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Note Names To Noteheads White

Version 02.05.00
Added 08 Apr 2009 (last updated 27 Jun 2023)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x and Sibelius 21.x

Works like the shipping Add Note Names to Noteheads plugin, writing the name of a note inside the notehead using the Opus Note Names font.

It also creates a stemless white colored note behind each note to block out the staff and leger lines.

You must install the included House Style, Opus Note Names No Leger.lib in your user House Style Folder (located at the same level as your user Plugins folder).

It will only work on a file that has notes only in voice 1. The visible notes will be changed to be in voice 3 (the white notes are in voice 1). You can rerun the plugin if you need to change notes that have been transposed.

Updated 29 June 2009 to handle notes within tuplets

Updated 17 November 2011. If running in Sibelius 6.1 or later, you must install the included House Style, Opus Note Names No Leger 6-1.lib in your user House Style Folder.

If you are running Sibelius 7.1.2 or later, you will be better results by using the shipping Add Note Names To Noteheads Plugin (Notations - Noteheads - Add Note Names).

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Trill Wiggly Lines

Added 14 Apr 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in removes the wiggly lines from selected trills in a score. If there is no initial selection, the user is given a choice of changing every trill or cancelling the operation.

Behind the scenes, the plug-in shortens the length of a trill\'s wiggly line to zero. As such, trills are maintained as \"line\" type elements and keep their ability to sound a trill during score playback.

Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman (edited by Bob Zawalich).

Insert Current Dynamics

Version 01.30.00
Added 16 Apr 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Will insert the most recent dynamic (expression text) into all selected bars, or optionally into selected bars that follow a system or page break, double barline, or Rehearsal Mark. The dynamics may be parenthesized.

It cannot determine where a system or page starts, but if you lock the score or put in explicit page and system breaks, dynamics can effectively be placed at the start of systems.

If you want bold expressions, you must specify a Music text font. Valid fonts include Opus Text and Inkpen2 Text.

Updated 26 May 2009 to allow dynamics to be placed in the first bar of a system or page, even if the file is unlocked, when run in Sibelius 6.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

Updated 23 Oct 2011. Music text font now initialized to the score music text font.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Trill Symbols with Trill Lines

Added 18 Apr 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in replaces trill symbols that don’t play back with trill lines that do playback. It handles the standard trill symbol “tr” as well as the bracketed trill symbol “(tr)”, which are replaced with a trill line without the wiggly line. If there is no initial selection, the user is given a choice of replacing every trill symbol or canceling the operation.

This plug-in is useful if you receive a score from another copyist that used trill symbols or for scores imported into Sibelius from some other programs.

Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

Color Harp Strings

Version 01.05.00
Added 27 Apr 2009 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This zip file contains 2 plugins: Color Harp Strings and Pitch Spectrum for Harp. These plugins are different approaches to coloring notes that are on a harp\\\\\\\'s C strings (pitches Cb, C, and C#) Red, and those on the F strings (Fb, F, and F#) Blue. This is sometimes done for introductory harp music, though some harpists like it for all their scores.

This would be fairly simple to do except for the fact that Sibelius colors all notes in a chord the same color.

These plugins offer solutions that will work in some cases, and offer at least a starting point when they cannot do all the coloring.

*Color Harp Strings* will color notes that are not in chords or intervals. It will color (using the mechanism of Edit > Color) single notes of the desired pitches, but will not color the same pitches in a chord. Instead, it traces the location of such pitches so you can find them to hand color after printing.

If chords are broken up so that each chord tone is in a different voice (quite tedious), all the notes can be colored with this plugin. This plugin has no problem differentiating enharmonically equivalent pitches (C#/Db, Cb/B, etc).

*Pitch Spectrum for Harp* uses the Sibelius Pitch Spectrum feature, which can color chord tones separately, but will not differentiate among enharmonically equivalent pitches (C#/Db, Cb/B, C/B#, F#/Gb. etc.). These would be colored the same, which can be a problem in harp music, which often contains enharmonic pitches. The plugin looks to see if there are conflicts. If so, it offers a choice of coloring each pair of the equivalent notes or not.

This plugin can completely color music with chords if there are no enharmonic notes.

Be sure you understand how Pitch Spectrum works (check the Reference and the plugin Help) before using this plugin, or you may be surprised.

Pitch Spectrum for Harp will not work in Sibelius 6, which removed the Pitch Spectrum feature. It will still work in Sibelius 5. Color Harp Strings does work (with the same limitations) in Sibelius 5 and 6.

Updated 20 February 2015. The plugin will now also color chords that consist only of notes on the C string or on the F string.

Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Enharmonic pitch

Version 01.19.00
Added 12 May 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Finds the next or previous occurrence of an note with a specified pitch starting from the start of the selection.

Unlike Edit Find, You can specify enharmonically equivalent pitches separately, such as G# and Ab, Cb and B, or Dbb and C. You can also look for either the Written pitch or the Concert pitch in a transposing score or part.

The zip file contains 2 plugins, both of which must be installed. Find Enharmonic Pitch Next finds the next occurrence of the specified pitch, and Find Enharmonic Pitch Previous finds the previous.

To choose pitch, octave, or whether to find Written or Concert pitch, run the plugin with no selection.

These plugins are dedicated to Gareth Glyn and Richie Vitale.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Combine Tied Notes and Rests

Added 08 Jun 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

If during the operation of this plug-in the Live Playback duration of a note needs to be truncated, the message that appears can be dismissed so that it does not appear again in that session.

Plug-in written by Sibelius Software.

Round Metronome Marks

Version 1.2
Added 13 Jun 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in examines the entire score and rounds metronome marks, turning for example q=60.0003 into q=60~q=60.0003. So only the display is rounded; the tempo for playback isn't changed.

It will treat metronome marks it finds in metronome text or tempo text. It ignores marks that are already preceded with a tilde.

There's an option to round the metronome marks to the nearest proper metronome value, or you can round to the nearest x decimal places.

Updated 15 October 2012: This version of the plug-in handles commas for decimal marks.

Updated 10 October 2013: New option to overwrite the old metronome mark with the new, rounded one.

Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

Play It Again!

Version 01.09.00
Added 19 Jun 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Repeats playback of a selection either continuously or a specified number of times without requiring changes to the score.

There are some quirks, described in Help. Mainly, the final note will be cut off, there is a gap at the start of the selection, and if the final note is not on a beat, the following note may be played. But it is very convenient to use, and may be useful.

Instead, you may try the Loop Selection plugin, which avoids most of the playback quirks, but it adds text to the score, which may not be desirable.

Updated 20 June 2009 to fix bugs

Updated 1 October 2009 to use Sib 6.1 features to allow repeat of a single note, and to reduce previous quirks.

Updated 15 August 2011. Added ability to process selection or all staves, and no-selection option settings. Added helper plugins Play Again Selection and Play Again All Staves, which run with no dialog and are stopped by using the SpaceBar.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Convert Legacy Chord Symbols

Version 01.44.20
Added 23 Jun 2009 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Converts legacy text chord symbols to Sib 6-style chord symbols, or Sib 6 chords to legacy text chord symbols. __Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 dialog control changes __Updated 8 September 2012 adding option to use plain text rather than formatted text when converting to Legacy chord symbols. __Updated 1 February 2016. Added code to retain the horizontal and vertical offsets of the original text or chord symbol objects. Internally, the code was restructured to move most of the processing out of the Run routine into ProcessSelection. This should have no effect on the output. __Updated 27 November 2017. Moved check for chords symbols in selection to after the dialog so the setting for which type to look for could be set by the user. Otherwise one combination would be impossible without selecting entire score. __Updated 2 December 2018. Version 01.40.00. Add support for some new chord symbol fonts. __Updated 4 December 2018. Version 01.40.20. Added option to select all converted symbols at the end of the plugin. __Updated 23 February 2019. Version 01.40.40. Add support for some new chord symbol fonts. __Updated 23 December 2021. Version 01.41.00. Plugin can now be called externally. __Updated 10 July 2022. Version 01.43.00. Added support for some special text in Bernie's chord fonts. __Updated 18 October 2022. Version 01.44.00. Added New macro-plugin support. __Updated 24 July 2023. Version 01.44.10. Changed call to utils.IsPluginFileAvailable which did not exist, to call Rethythm.IsPluginFileAvailable, which exists in an accessible shipping plugin. __Updated 03 March 2024. Version 01.44.20. Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Mute Unmute

Version 01.06.00
Added 30 Jun 2009 (last updated 02 Feb 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Mutes, unmutes, or toggles the mute state of selected staves. This has only been practical since Sibelius 6; the changed mute status will be reflected in the mixer.

Updated 23 August 2009 to allow setting mute state to half muted

Updated 13 March 2011 to add Emphasize selected (half-solo) mode.

Updated 12 March 2012 to fix tracing bug.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Go To Next-Previous Page

Added 03 Jul 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Go to the start of the next or previous page, based on the start of the selection (you need to have a selection for this to work).

Updated 11 November 2010. Now if there is no selection you are taken to bar 1. Also fixes to Go To Previous, and it will now take you to the start of the current page if you are not on the first bar of the page, and if you are on the first bar it will take you to the previous page.

As before, the effect is similar to Go To Bar to the desired page - the target bar will have a system selection around it.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Arpeggio Lines

Version 01.00.00
Added 08 Jul 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Looks for "old-style" arpeggio lines and replaces them with a new note-attached arpeggio attached to the nearest following note or chord.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Focus Set

Version 01.90.00
Added 17 Jul 2009 (last updated 12 Feb 2021)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is a set of plugins that let you create, save, and apply groups of staves [focus sets] that can be applied to a score to cause it to display those staves in View - Focus On Staves.

You can create custom groups of staves for specific scores. You need to set up the groups for each score you work on, but you can group any staves you want.

Use the plugin Focus Set to create, save, and apply your focus sets. Use Clone Focus Set if you have a number of scores with the same instrumentation. You can set up focus sets for one score, and use Clone Focus Sets to copy the settings into another score.

Focus Set 1, Focus Set 2, .. Focus Set 10, can be assigned to keystroke shortcuts. Focus Set 1 will apply the first focus set in the list of sets, Focus Set 2 runs the second [regardless of the names]. These plugins run with no dialogs.

It is recommended that these plugins be installed into a separate user Plugins subfolder [e.g., Focus Set]. A PDF help document is included in the zip file.

Updated 21 July 2009 to improve error handling.

Updated 4 September 2009. Clone Focus Set plugin was updated because it would fail with focus sets created by the July update. The plugins should now automatically stay in sync.

Updated 29 January 2011 to update PDF document.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

Updated 26 October 2014 in put Clone Focus Set back in the zip file and update it to work in Sibelius 7.5.

Updated 25 January 2015. Set version number in Clone Focus Set to be the same as Focus Set and its children to avoid not picking up saved versions that used a different version number.

Updated 2 April 2019. Version 01.86.00. For Sibelius 7.1.3 and later, the Create or Edit Focus Sets dialog now allows you to multi-select [ctrl/cmnd-click] the big list box, which lets Delete Selected delete multiple staves. Also there is a new Add multiple staves... button that lets you add more than one staff at a time to the staves in a focus set.

Updated 4 October 2019. Updated version number of Clone Focus Set so it would work with the previously updated Focus Set plugin. Both now have version number 01.86.00, so Clone Focus Set should be able to run.

Updated 12 Feb 2021. Version 01.90.00.

Fixed Clone Focus Set to work in Sib 6. Did some layout work on several dialogs to avoid truncation in Sib 6.You should install at least Focus Set and Clone Focus Set.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Focus Families

Version 01.10.00
Added 17 Jul 2009 (last updated 16 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

The Focus Families plugins let you display, in Focus On Staves, instruments contained in one or more families of instruments. The families are predefined by Sibelius and are: "Brass", "Exotic", "Fretted", "Keyboard", "Other", "Pitched Percussion", "Singers", "Strings", "Unpitched", and "Wind".

Use Focus Families (and its 2 clones, Focus Families 1 and Focus Families 2) to display multiple instrument families. These plugins bring up a dialog, at least the first time run in a session, and save their settings across Sibelius sessions.

There is also a set of plugins that will display one family of instruments. These have no dialog, and are meant to be assigned to shortcut keys. They are Focus Brass, Focus Exotic, Focus Fretted, Focus Keyboard, Focus Other, Focus Pitched Percussion, Focus Singers, Focus Strings, Focus Unpitched, and Focus Wind.

All instruments are in one family only. So for example, though you can find a Harp in Create > Instruments in both the Strings and Pitched Percussion families, the plugin will always place a harp in Pitched Percussion.

While these plugins are less customizable than the Focus Set plugins, they do not require setup for each score, and so can be mixed and matched with the Focus Set plugins.

It is recommended that these plugins be installed into a separate user Plugins subfolder (e.g., Focus Families). A PDF help document is included in the zip file.

Updated 23 June 2010. Focus Families/2/3 were not restoring their saved settings, and this in fixed.

Updated 29 January 2011. Added Focus Families 4..9, and added an option to put harps in either the Strings or Pitched Percussion families. the PDF document was also updated.

Updated 29 August 2012 to restore the missing single family plugins, such as Focus Brass.

Updated 5 September 2012 to fix settings for including Harps in string and pitched percussion.

Updated 16 June 2015 to make the Focus Families plugins remember the settings for Wind instruments

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Slash Noteheads for Parts for Sibelius 6

Version 02.30.00
Added 06 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is an updated version of the plug-in supplied with Sibelius 5. While its original purpose (adjusting slash noteheads that transposed) is obsolete in Sibelius 6, the plugin has other uses as well. This version correctly handles slash notes for transposing instruments (which the version shipping with Sibelius 5 does not do).

Updated 8 August 2008 to restore transposing to noteheads other than slash noteheads, to make the behavior the same as in Sibelius 5.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Export Selection As Audio

Version 01.37.00
Added 12 Aug 2009 (last updated 20 Jan 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6

__Exports the selected music in the score to an audio file (unlike File - Export Audio, which always exports to the end of the score). It will only export staves that play back through virtual instruments, so it is best if your current playback configuration uses only virtual instruments, and does not use MIDI devices. __The plugin will export only selected notes, regardless of the initial position of the playback line. __The plugin creates a temporary score named TemporaryScoreForExportAudio.sib, in the default Scores folder, which it will reuse if run again. You may freely delete this score after the plugin finishes. __ Updated 24 August 2009. The plugin now deletes the temporary score, so it will no longer be left around. __ Updated 9 September 2009. The duration of the selection now appears in the dialog prior to export. __Updated 14 December 2012. Fixes bug where unselected staves were exported, and fixes crashing bug if plugin is run from a part. Also adds option to omit muted staves (previous versions always omitted them, and omit is the default, but this provides an option so you can match the way Export Audio works). __Updated 5 March 2014. Fixes problems with filenames containing embedded periods. __Updated 30 March 2016. Plugin now starts and stops playback before exporting a score, which should force the sounds to be loaded before exporting. Thanks to Kenneth Gaw for the idea. __Updated 31 March 2016 to improve error reporting. __Updated 14 August 2017. The March 2016 update caused the plugin to export the entire score, not just the selection. This update will only export the selected music. __Updated 6 August 2018.Removed call to TrimBlanks in Sib 6 to avoid crash. __19 January 2024. This has been a shipping plugin since Sibelius 7, so it is removed from the installer. Use the shipping version instead.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fill Selection With Slash Notes

Version 01.26.50
Added 15 Aug 2009 (last updated 24 Jan 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Adds notes in a chosen voice to the middle staff line in selected bars (even if they are empty). Notes are normally added in voice 1; change this if the bars contain voice 1 notes. __Only type 3 and 4 (slash) noteheads will stay on the middle line in parts for transposing instruments, though other noteheads may be added. __Added notes can be shown only in the score or the part, be hidden, or be cue-sized. __Updated 11 October 2009 to handle instruments with different clefs in concert and transposing scores. (Needs Sib 6.1 for this to work). __Updated 23 February 2018. Added option to hide existing music in selection before adding slash notes. Changed default voice for slashes to be the first voice in the selection with no notes, to avoid unintentional overwriting. Added warning when there are selected notes in the same voice as the slashes to be added. Added slashes are now selected at the end of the plugin. __Updated 9 February 2019. Version 01.20.00. Added notehead styles 27 and 28 to the list of available noteheads. __Updated 20 February 2019. Changed mapping of notehead names and notehead numbers to be able to handle earlier scores and templates that used different numbers for built in notehead styles. __Updated 29 February 2020. Version 01.23.00. Added option to fill selection with rests rather than notes, and an option to skip bars that contained music in the voice in which notes or rests are added. An option to overwrite music in such bars was formalized, and it will delete the existing music before adding notes or rests to make the result consistent. __Updated 28 March 2021. Version 01.25.00. __Mostly internal changes for being called from Drum Cues. The list of notehead styles available for slash notes now includes all the notehead styles defined in the score, including custom noteheads. This allows you to create and use custom playable slash noteheads, should you choose to do so. __Updated 24 January 2024. Version 01.26.50. New options to follow rhythm of notes in voice are available in the durations list. New options to hide existing staff text, remove articulations, and put added notes stems up. Requires most recent Move To Transposed Mid Line plugin, at least02.01.40, to activate new options.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Chord and Legacy Symbols

Version 01.06.00
Added 20 Aug 2009 (last updated 17 Aug 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters Sibelius 6-style chord symbols, legacy chord symbols (text objects with Chord Symbol text style), or both, allowing you to select or deselect the desired symbols.

Since the Sibelius 6 Filter will filter both types, the plugin defaults to filtering legacy chord symbols only.

Updated 17 August 2019. Version 01.06.00.Added ability to filter only chord symbols with no written root (slash bass chords).Works for either Legacy or New chord symbols.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter With Deselect

Version 01.71.70
Added 20 Aug 2009 (last updated 05 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters the same items as the Sibelius 6 Edit Filter menu plus Legacy Chord Symbols, but allows you to Deselect without needing to use the Advanced Filter. It also has an option to exclude user-defined text and lines. ___Updated August 29, 2009 to filter cue-sized objects. ___Updated 12 May 2010 to filter Sib 6 chord symbols separately. ___Updated 28 September 2010 to make Notes and Chords skip rests and to add a filter for Notes, Rests, and Chords. ___Updated 1 November 2011 to add filters for Appoggiatura and Acciaccatura ___Updated 8 March 2020 to add filter for Objects with altered Play on Pass Settings ___Updated 16 January 2012 to filter different symbol sizes. ___Updated 7 March 2012 to make dialog larger and add filter for Fingering text. ___Updated 1 August 2016. Added filter for notes and slurs and made note filters explicit ___Updated 2 August 2016. Added a few more options [staff lines, tuplets] and made the list multi-selectable in Sib 7. ___Updated 2 August 2016. Reduced size of dialog to work better on laptop. ___Updated 6 June 2017. Added option to filter Line objects with style Line to help separate Lines from Line style Magnetic Glisses. ___Updated 2 February 2018. Added Annotations and System Lines to filtered objects. ___Updated 27 July 2018. Version 01.46.00. Rearranged and regrouped the list entries so they would be easier to find. ___Updated 28 December 2018. Version 01.50.00. Added ability to run plugin with no dialog after the first time in a session. The list box selection(s) will also be saved across Sibelius sessions. ___Updated 7 March 2019. Version 01.51.00. Changed dialog so that initial focus is set to the list box ___Updated 25 June 2019. Version 01.55.00. Added ability to filter notes within chords and to filter chords with single notes only. The plugin already lets you select multiple entries in the list at once in Sib 7 or later only so you can not quickly select more than 1 chord member at a time. ___Updated 28 July 2019. Version 01.57.00. Added Highlights. ___Updated 14 February 2020. Version 01.58.00. Added Harp Pedal Diagrams, filtered by the contents, not text style, to what can be filtered, so they can be deselected. ___Updated 21 February 2020.Version 01.58.00. Fixed internal version number to be 01.58.00 since it had not been updated. No code changed. ___Updated 8 April 2021. Version 01.61.00. Added graphics. ___Updated 19 April 2021. Version 01.62.00. Enhanced Do not show dialog support. ___Updated 03 September 2021. Version o1.65.00. Restructured the plugin to make is a Parent plugin callable from Execute Commands using the RunPluginEntryPoint_cu command to call this plugin with no dialog and desired options specified. Trace macro button will generate an appropriate command line for the current dialog settings, including multiple list selections. ___Updated 23 December 2021. Version 01.66.00. Added filter for Rehearsal Mark Text objects. ___Updated 27 January 2022. Version 01.67.00. Added filters for clefs, lyrics, MIDI messages. Also split into 2 listboxes for visibility. ___Updated 05 October 2022. Version 01.67.01. Added slash indicators to app-acc grace note filters. ___Updated 17 October 2022. Version 01.68.00. Major code restructuring to allow plugin to be called by RunPluginEntry_cu. Added New Macro/Plugin button to generate and store RunPluginEntry_cu command lines. ___Updated 28November 2022. Version 01.69.00. Added filter notes with articulations. Added warning about multiple list boxes. __Updated 27 December 2022. Version 01.70.00. Added buttons to clear lists to show the list boxes are independent and need to be cleared separately. __Updated 22 February 2023. Version 01.71.00. Fixed crashing bug involving lyrics or legacy chord symbols. Added button Click clears other list to make it less likely to have unwanted types selected in both boxes. __Updated 24 July 2023. Version 01.71.10. Changed call to utils.IsPluginFileAvailable which did not exist, to call Rethythm.IsPluginFileAvailable, which exists in an accessible shipping plugin. __Updated 02 March 2024. Version 01.71.60. Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib. __Updated 05 March 2024. Version 01.71.70. Fixed bug in command line generation that caused its action to always be deselect. Bug did not affect normal usage.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Comments

Version 01.23.00
Added 20 Aug 2009 (last updated 31 Dec 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Filters Comments by author, date, or text. You may color or resize the filtered comments. __Updated 1 December 2023. Version 01.21.05. Updated tracing of comment text. Added a new button for different format of traced data. __Updated 30 December 2023. Version 01.23.00. Tidied up traced output and changed the order of traced comments to be staff within bar. Buffered the traces for speed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Note Arpeggios Jazz Artic

Version 01.21.00
Added 20 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters notes that contain Sibelius 6 note-attached arpeggios and/or jazz articulations (fall, doit, scoop, plop).

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Resize Bar

Version 01.36.00
Added 22 Aug 2009 (last updated 05 Feb 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Changes the length of selected bars by a fixed amount (e.g., a quarter note/crotchet) or to a given size, including the size of the current time signature. This will change the affected bars to be irregular bars in most cases.

Updated 24 August 2009 to fix some error handling code

Updated 26 August 2009 to fix problems with special barlines

Updated 11 August 2011 to change Shrink to Fit to remove both leading and trailing rests, to simplify its use for pickup bars. Sib 6 or later required.

Updated 3 December 2011 for compatibility with Sib 7 version.

Use the shipping version of this plugin for Sibelis 7 or later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Comments

Version 01.16.00
Added 30 Aug 2009 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Find next or previous Comment in the score. The zip file contains both Find Next Comment and Find Previous Comment

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Note Arp Jazz Artic

Version 01.15.00
Added 30 Aug 2009 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Find next or previous note that contains note-attached arpeggios or jazz articulations (fall, doit, scoop, plop).

Run with no selection to change options.

The zip file contains 2 plugins one for Next and one for Previous.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Export Audio Score and Parts

Version 01.66.20
Added 11 Sep 2009 (last updated 16 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Exports audio, creating .wav or .aiff files from a score, a score and each of its parts, or just the parts of a score. Will process the current score, all the currently open scores, or all the scores in a specified folder. __Updated 16 September 2009 so the options are visible even if you start with no scores open. __ 12 November 2009 there is a potential crashing problem with running this plugin on a folder of scores, and that use is not recommended until a fix becomes available. __Updated 30 March 2016. Plugin now starts and stops playback before exporting a score, which should force the sounds to be loaded before exporting. I believe this will fix the problem of crashing when running on a folder of scores. Thanks to Kenneth Gaw for the idea. __Updated 31 March 2016 to improve error reporting. __Updated 28 February 2023. Version 01.66.01. ___Added mp3 exporting and the ability to use new bit depth and sample rates in 2023.2 or later ___Added an option to export Current Score Or Part only. ___In the main dialog, the current audio settings are shown in read-only format. To change the settings, press Edit Audio Settings. Audio settings are saved across Sibelius sessions. ___Both Win/Mac can export mp3. Windows can also export wav format only, and Mac can export AIFF only. These are described as Default format. ___There are Default settings for bit rate-depth and sample rate so you do not need to specify the numbers. The default values are listed in the Edit Audio dialog. ___Parts with multiple staves or instruments will export all the staves in the part as a single file, as before. __Updated 26 August 2023. Version 01.66.10. Updated to work with score subsets. __Updated 17 March 2024. Version 01.66.20. Updated to correctly process score subsets in Sibelius Ultimate 2024.3 or later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Circle TAB Half and Whole Notes

Version 01.34.00
Added 17 Sep 2009 (last updated 06 Sep 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Circle TAB for Half & Whole Notes will find half and whole notes in a guitar (guitar only) TAB staff, and add circle or ellipse symbols to cover these notes or chords, so as to indicate their duration. This is not as good as having Sibelius support this as a feature, but it really beats doing the same thing by hand.

The symbols will be in a drawing layer on top of the notes, so to access the notes you will have to pull the symbols out of the way. However, the plugin has an option to delete all the added symbols, and another to delete existing symbols and add new ones, which works well if you are still editing the score.

The zip file includes a House Style library that must be installed in the user House Style folder. The plugin will load symbols from this House Style.

The symbols and their placement are customizable, (if tediously) using the Options… button. You can choose different symbols and specify their X and Y offsets in the dialog, and these values are preserved over Sibelius sessions. The plugin author can provide more details if you actually want to try this.

Updated 22March2015 to make it work with 5 line and 4 line TAB staves as well as 6 line guitar tab.It will not work with TAB staves greater than 6 lines, and probably never will.

Updated 22April2017 Added new set of SVG graphics symbols for Sib 7+. Also added ability to set draw order in front of or behind TAB numbers.

Updated 22April2017. Modified the graphics to be big enough to avoid the whited out blocks so the symbols can be drawn behind the numbers. You will need the updated plugin and updated house style TabHalfWholeSib7Plus.lib, which the installer should provide.

Updated 25 April 2017. Made the symbols opaque and forces them always to be behind the TAB numbers but in front of the staff lines and note stems. There are now 3 House styles that are installed (for Sib 7+, the opaque one is actually used. Fixed problems with Sib 7.1.3 being unable to read the house styles, and rearranged the dialog a bit.

Updated 9 August 2018. Version 01.33.00. Removed unwanted trace and fixed draw order in Sib 6.

Updated 4 August 2020. Version 01.33.01. Rebuilt the graphics files used to make the house style TabHalfWholeSib7PlusOpaque.lib so they would display correctly in Sib Ultimate. Thanks to Robin Walker. Users should reinstall. If you had run the plugin before and gotten bad symbols, you will need to go into Notations Edit Symbols and delete all the user defined symbols from 1Line1Digit through 6Lines2Digits and then rerun the plugin.

Updated 4 August 2020. Version 01.33.02. Recreated TabHalfWholeSib7PlusOpaque.lib from a Sibelius 7 format file so it cam be imported into scores from Sib 7.1.3 or later.

Updated 5 September 2020. Version 01.34.00. In Sib 7.5 or later, the plugin can now recognize if the main fonts in your score differ from those in the House Style that is imported to get symbols, and warns you how to deal with that. There is now a Help button that describes what you can do.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Trace Internal Bar Numbers

Version 01.02.00
Added 01 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

The bar numbers you see in a score (the external or displayed bar numbers) may not reflect the consecutive ordering of the bars. So you may have bars numbered 0 (for a pickup), 1, 2, then 1 again, 2, 3, then 10, 11, 12… in an extreme case. You could at least restart bar numbers as a section break.

Sibelius keeps an internal or consecutive bar number as well so that each bar has a unique and consecutive number. If your score has any bar number changes, the internal and external bar numbers are most likely different.

Note that in the General Pane of the Properties Window, the bar number displayed is the external number (it reflects bar number changes) while the page numbers displayed are internal page numbers (they do not reflect page number changes).

In Sibelius 6.1, the new Manual Repeats Playback feature (in Play – Repeat) requires that internal bar numbers be used.

This plugin writes the internal and external bar numbers of selected bars to the Trace window.

Updated 3 October 2009 to show range of selected bars for a passage selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Rehearsal Recordings

Version 02.55.00
Added 07 Oct 2009 (last updated 12 Sep 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6

Creates audio recordings for each dynamic part of a score, reducing the volume of the staves that are not in the current part, so that the part is louder.

This can be used for creating section rehearsal recordings for a choir or other ensembles. By default the plugin will export all parts, but you can choose which parts to export.

You may optionally pan the parts and the accompaniment staves to opposite sides.

Use half mute rather than volume scaling if your score contains MIDI messages that affect volume.

This plugin requires Sibelius 6.1.

Updated 26 October 2009. New option to generate altered scores so other plugins can generate MIDI or Scorch files

Updated 26 May 2010. New options to output each instrument in score instead of each part.

For Sibelius 7 and later, use the shipping version of this plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Print Folder Of Scores And Parts

Version 01.60.20
Added 16 Oct 2009 (last updated 16 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Prints a score and / or its parts for the current score, all currently open scores, or a folder of scores. __The plugin can display the Sibelius Print dialog, but it will appear once for each score and once for each set of parts printed, so only choose this if you really need the option. __Updated 24 November 2009. Added option to hide page numbers in printed scores. Note that the plugin cannot hide the first page number in a score, and so if these are visible they will appear in the printout. See Help for details. __Updated 8 February 2011. Fixed bug where printing a folder of scores did not properly print open scores from the folder. Now they are printed and left open. __Updated 31 August 2023. Version 01.60.10.Updated to work with score subsets. Option to bring up print dialog has not worked in ManuScript since Sib 6, and is disabled when run in versions later than Sib 6. __Updated 17 March 2024. Version 01.60.20. Updated to correctly process score subsets in Sibelius Ultimate 2024.3 or later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Tonic Sol-Fa

Added 22 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This version of the plug-in is for Sibelius 6.1, and fixes a problem whereby the sol-fa text added is moved around by Magnetic Layout.

Plug-in written by James Larcombe & Neil Sands.

Slash Notes At Midline

Version 02.21.00
Added 27 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Takes existing notes or chords and turns them into a single note at the middle line of the staff. It determines the pitch by looking at the clef in the non-transposed score.

It can move or create a number of notehead styles, but is intended for use with slash noteheads.

It allows you to turn off the display of the dialog, and will save most of its settings across Sibelius sessions.

It is an excellent companion to the Fill Selection With Slash Notes plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Convert Spaces To Units

Version 01.08.00
Added 06 Nov 2009 (last updated 13 Jul 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Convert Spaces To Units will convert fixed units like inches, mm, or points to or from "spaces" based units as used internally by Sibelius. (One "space" is defined as 1/4 of the staff height). __This plugin will probably only have niche uses, but if you are using wildcards that use space units, or are writing plugins, or are just trying to figure out how many x units in the General tab of the Properties window will make an inch, it can come in very handy. __This plugin requires Sibelius 6.1 __Updated 8 September 2010 to correct invalid conversion of points. __Updated 14 August 2016 to prepare for multiple staff sizes. __Updated 13 July 2023. Version 01.08.00. Fixed the scaled staff size to reflect the current staff units, and restructured some code so it can be called by other plugins.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Harp Arpeggio

Version 2.0
Added 0000-00-00 00:00:00 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Designed specifically for playback of arpeggios on the harp but may be used on other instruments.

Uses Live Playback data to play back an arpeggio in one or more voices and on one or more staves. The arpeggio plays before the beat. Requires that Live Playback is turned on. (If Live Playback is turned off, Sibelius's usual arpeggio will still play if arpeggio lines are present in the score).

Plug-in written by Ian Cugley.

Harp Gliss

Added 0000-00-00 00:00:00 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Designed specifically for playback of glissandos on the harp.

Select the start and end notes for a glissando on the same staff or adjacent staves, then run the plug-in. You can then set the harp tuning, control the volume (velocity) of the glissando, and choose whether to show the tuning in the score. The glissando plays back using MIDI messages, and works across two staves and across barlines.

Plug-in written by Ian Cugley.

Filter Harp Pedal Diagrams

Version 01.40.00
Added 13 Dec 2009 (last updated 27 May 2016)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters all selected harp pedal diagrams (as generated by the Add Harp Pedaling plugin).

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

Updated 9 May 2012 to filter diagrams created with a text character style rather than a font change in Sib 7.

Updated 27 May 2016 to allow harp diagrams of any text style to be recognized.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Label Harp Diagrams

Version 01.17.00
Added 13 Dec 2009 (last updated 27 May 2016)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Can add a hidden text label next to any selected harp pedal diagrams. The text consists of the pitches in the pedal diagram.

The plugin can also trace the location and pitches of any selected pedal diagrams, or any "tuning text", which is text that contains the pitches (CDEFGAB plus accidentals, in any order) in a harp tuning.

It can optionally also label tuning text with a hidden pedal diagram.

This will probably be at least as useful for occasional readers of pedal harp music, (such as composers of harp music) as for harpists.

Updated 24 December 2009. Remove unwanted traces and clean up trace of boxed text diagrams.

Updated 24 November 2012 to pick up diagrams that use character styles in Sib 7.

Updated 14 February 2016 to clarify dialog text. No code changes

Updated 27 May 2016 to allow harp diagrams of any text style to be recognized.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Harp Gliss From Pedal Diagram

Version 01.07.00
Added 13 Dec 2009 (last updated 27 May 2016)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is a "front end" for Ian Cugley’s "Harp Gliss" plugin, which must be installed before this plugin is run.

Ian’s plugin will generate pitches for a harp gliss from a tuning string that is typed in. This plugin will look for harp pedal diagrams or "tuning text", which is text that contains the pitches (CDEFGAB plus accidentals, in any order) in a harp tuning, and run Ian’s plugin using the tuning information closest to the selected pitches.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

Updated 4 September 2011 to pick up pedal diagrams that start at the same location at the first selected pitch.

Updated 24 November 2011 to pick up diagrams that use character styles in Sib 7.

Updated 27 May 2016 to allow harp diagrams of any text style to be recognized.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Number Staff Names

Version 01.02.00
Added 24 Dec 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds or removes the sequential staff number to the Full Instrument Name of a staff. It can be useful for keeping track of staves with the same name (Flute, Violin, etc.) when there are multiple such instruments.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find and Replace Multi-Filter

Version 02.03.00
Added 31 Dec 2009 (last updated 09 Mar 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

**** Lets you set up a set of find/replace/text style filter combinations that can be used to call Find and Replace Text plugin multiple times. **** Like all "global replace" schemes, it runs the risk of replacing something you had already replaced, so you need to be careful about replacing in the correct order. **** The plugin lets you set up multiple sets of replacement texts, and for each set you can specify a text style to filter on before running Find and Replace Text. The plugin remembers the original selection and restores it after each pass, so the filtering always works on the possibly altered original text. **** The list of text styles is a small subset of all styles, but there is an Add Text Style button that lets you add more styles, and these are remembered across Sib sessions. **** You can get 15 sets on a page, and can get more pages as needed, so there is no limit, except perhaps time. **** It is possible to set up and save and restore multiple "text sets", so if you want to run a certain set of replacements on one score and another set on another score you do not have to retype them all. **** Updated 19 October 2011 to use Std fonts in Sib 7. **** Updated 8 March 2022. Version 02.03.00. Changed txt style list to use styles present in the selection and added a check for double replacement.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Alternate Harp Pedaling

Version 01.09.00
Added 01 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Given some entered note pitch names, the plugin will make a list of all the harp pedalings that include these pitches.

The pitches must be defined using CAPITAL letters C D E F G A B for pitches, in any order, with b or # for accidentals, and optional X for placeholder pitches. Each pitch must be separated by at least 1 space. There can be no duplicate pitch letter names, and no more than 7 pitches. Double accidentals are not allowed.

The results will be put in a listbox. If no pitch can be found for a harp string, an X will be displayed.

Choosing an entry in the list moves a copy to an edit box from which you may copy the tuning text. The text following the tuning (font name and MLNO characters) is text for a pedal diagram. Paste this into a text item in a score to display as a pedal diagram.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Authentic Jazz Flips

Added 08 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

The default fonts, symbols and lines provided with Sibelius, including Inkpen2, do not currently contain an authentic-looking jazz articulation called a flip. A flip (sometimes called a turn) looks somewhat like half of a flying seagull and is used to indicate the pitch rising above a first note and then dropping down to a second note. The item most similar to a flip that is provided with Sibelius is the guitar bend staff line.

This plug-in allows you to bulk replace guitar bend staff lines with flips created from a provided TIF graphic. The recommended usage is to create your score using guitar bend staff lines in all the places where you want to have flips, and when the score is near completion, run this plug-in to replace the bends with flips.

By inserting flips as graphic items, it ensures that they will be preserved if your score is submitted to SibeliusMusic.com or if you send the score file to another Sibelius user (an engraver, publisher, etc.), regardless of the fonts you and the recipient have installed.

This plug-in is for visual purposes only and has no effect on sound playback.

This plug-in requires that you move the flip.tif graphic included in the archive you download to your user's application data folder, which is by default C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\flip.tif for Windows XP, C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming for Windows Vista/Windows 7, and /Users/username/Library/Application Support/flip.tif for Mac OS X. If your folder is located elsewhere or the TIF file is missing, the plug-in will advise you on how to correct the problem.

Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

Add Harp Pedal Diagrams

Added 08 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is an update to the Add Harp Pedal Diagrams plug-in that ships with Sibelius 6.

In Sibelius 6.1 or later, this updated version of the plug-in now correctly restores the appropriate text font after writing accidentals in text-based harp pedal diagrams.

Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

Harp Gliss Pitches

Version 01.93.00
Added 11 Jan 2010 (last updated 20 Feb 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Generates pitches that can be used to set the pedals of a harp for glissandos from the names of scales or chords.

It lists a number of possible scale types and chord types. You can also define your own scales (of 7 pitches or fewer), and for chords, you may type in any chord type name that Sibelius 6 will recognize. You can specify any valid root for the scale or chord.

The plugin will find all combinations of pedals that contain all the originally specified pitches. A PDF document describing the plugin is included in the zip file. Sibelius 6.1 or later is required.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

Updated 12 October 2012 to adjust dialog spacing for Sib 7.

Updated 20 February 2015 to adjust dialog spacing again, for Mac in Sib 7

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fritts Transformation

Added 12 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in uses the Fritts transformation to change interval quality (i.e. M3rd to m3rd, m7th to M7th, P4th to P5th, Tritone remains the same). The user can choose a central pitch for the transformation.

Plug-in written by Chris Shortway and Dr Lawrence Fritts.

Pitch Multiplication

Added 12 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in uses interval multiplication to change pitch content. The user can choose a central pitch for the transformation and the level of multiplication.

Plug-in written by Chris Shortway and Dr Lawrence Fritts.

Pitch Counting

Added 12 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in counts the number of each individual pitch in a selection. It is first displayed with octave numbers and then by pitch class. (One note on this: In order for a tied pitch to be counted, it must be selected through the end of the tie.)

Plug-in written by Chris Shortway and Dr Lawrence Fritts.

Consolidate Ossia Staves

Version 01.12.00
Added 22 Jan 2010 (last updated 22 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Looks for multiple ossia staves above or below a staff and copies the contents of the ossias into a single staff if possible. It then deletes any empty ossia staves.

Updated 9 April 2013 to fix a crashing bug and to handle empty ossias better. Also added dialog to allow tracing without consolidating.

Updated 4 February 2017 to again deal with empty ossias. Now empty bars (those with bar rests only) will always be hidden, and if a combined ossia staff is completely empty it will be deleted. This was always the intended design, but it was not completely implemented before.

Updated 13 May 2018. Fixed some bugs involving empty ossias. Also added option, on by default, to convert ossia bars that contain only rests to have bar rests, which allows these bars to be consolidated.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Select Range

Version 01.05.00
Added 22 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Makes a selection from specified bar numbers (“external” numbers, as displayed in the score) or Rehearsal Marks. It is intended for making a selection over a long range in a large score.

If any bar numbers appear in more than one place in the score, the plugin will let you specify which location to select.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Export Document Layout Style

Version 01.11.00
Added 05 Feb 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Creates a text file in the (newly created) user Document Layout Styles folder containing Document Layout, Music Font, and Engraving Rules settings (all of them that are available to a plugin) from the current score.

The created file can be used by other plugins (such as Import Document Layout Style) to import these properties, similar to importing House Styles.

Updated 22 October 2010 to include score and part name and whether the generating score was a part.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Import Document Layout Style

Version 01.65.00
Added 05 Feb 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Imports selected properties from previously created (by the Export Document Layout Style plugin) Document Layout Styles files into the currently active score.

Properties include staff size, page size, and margin settings.

Requires Sibelius 6.1

Updated 13 July 2010 to fix incorrect interactions with page margins fields.

Updated 22 October 2010 to read updated file format and allow import into parts.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

String Harmonics

Version 01.09.00
Added 18 Feb 2010 (last updated 21 Apr 2021)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds diamond-shaped notes above each single notes that has a normal notehead to notate string harmonics. There is a choice of which harmonic to notate, and an option to call the Harmonics Playback plugin to set up playback for these notes.

Updated 27 December 2010. If run without running the Harmonics Playback option, both the original note and the diamond notes are now silenced (since neither is the actual sounding pitch).

Updated 3 November 2018. Version 01.06.00. Added ability to not silence notes, which is useful for Note Performer, which cam properly play such dyads as harmonics.

Updated 14 March 2019. Version 01.08.00. Added 1/6 Harmonics, which are are not supported in Harmonics Playback, but which Note Performer can play.

Updated 21 April 2021. Version 01.09.00. Can now hide dialog and outside plugins can force plugin to run without showing a dialog.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Save or Restore Selection Outline

Version 01.10.00
Added 18 Feb 2010 (last updated 09 Oct 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Saves a passage (blue box) selection so that it can be restored later. May be useful if you are performing multiple operations on the same materials, and filtering.

Note that only the location of the selection (which bars and staves are selected) is saved and restored. The contents of those bars and staves are neither saved not restored. Restoring just draws a box around whatever is in the bars at that moment.

Updated 18 Feb 2010 to make Restore the default button if enabled.

Updated 4 April 2011 to allow it to handle discontiguous selections. Also renamed it and changed the description in the dialog to make its purpose more obvious.

Updated 9 October 2017 to make it easier to quickly restore an outline if you assign the plugin to a sshortcut by reducing the need to have the dialog appear.

The dialog will now appear in 3 cases:

* the first time in a session

* if there is no saved selection AND the current selection is not a passage selection

* if there is a saved selection AND the current selection is a passage (so you can change the saved selection.

otherwise

* if there is a saved selection AND the current selection is not a passage, immediately restore the saved selection.

* if there is no saved selection AND the current selection IS a passage, immediately save the selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Previous Ties and Remove Final Tied Notes

Version 01.06.00
Added 23 Feb 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

These plugins offer different ways of dealing with notes tied across a barline after using the Sibelius 6 R (Repeat) command.

Given a single selected note or chord that is tied to:

Remove Previous Ties removes ties from the previous note or chord in the same voice, if any, and leaves the note or chord following the barline selected.

Remove Final Tied Notes deletes the note or chord after the barline, removes the tie from the previous note or chord, and selects the previous note or chord

In both cases, the final note is selected and is ready for further note input, so if you assign the plugin to a shortcut (I found shift-R to be handy), you can remove the tie or tied note with one keystroke and continue inputting notes without having to reselect a note.

Either plugin may be used; your workflow can determine which method you prefer.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Simplify Tied-To Notes

Version 01.14.00
Added 30 Mar 2010 (last updated 28 Feb 2022)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

**** Selects notes that are tied to: notes that are immediately preceded by a note of the same pitch, in the same voice, with a tie, and removes any articulations and cautionary accidentals on these notes. **** Notes tied to from different voices or notes tied to but separated by other notes, will not be detected or processed. **** Updated 15 August 2011 to remove brackets accidentals as well as cautionaries. **** Updated 18 January 2012 to remove articulations in chords only if all the notes are tied to. **** Updated 9 May 2016. Reworked the way tied to notes are calculated for better results and faster execution. **** Updated 29 July 2017 Removed debug traces which slowed it down greatly **** Updated 28 February 2022. Version 01.14.00. Removed respositioning to start of select at end, and changed result notification from a message box to a trace.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Verse Styles For Lyrics

Version 01.15.00
Added 10 Apr 2010 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Combines selected lyrics that are of approximately the same vertical spacing into a single lyrics text style, aligned at the same position.

It will not work well if there are overlapping lyrics, or the heights of lyrics in a verse have greatly different vertical positions, or there are different numbers of verses in different parts of the score. You can run the plugin on sub-selections of the score to get around some of those problems.

It can create up to 5 lines of lyrics, with styles Lyrics Line 1 to 5. Only lyrics below the staff are processed.

This plugin may be particularly useful after using Photoscore to read in a score with multiple verses of lyrics, as Photoscore puts all lyrics in the style Lyrics Line 1. It is intended to be used to prepare a score for running the Fix Photoscore Lyrics plugin.

Please proofread carefully after running the plugin.

Updated 2 December 2014 to allow plugin to run in Sibelius 5.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Go To Comment

Version 01.07.10
Added 26 Apr 2010 (last updated 31 Dec 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Provides a list of all comments in a score, optionally filtered by author, and lets you navigate to one of them. __There are 2 modes of operation. In the default mode (with the checkbox on), clicking in the listbox closes the dialog and takes you to the chosen comment. It is very fast if you use the mouse. __If you uncheck the checkbox, changing the selection in the list box brings that comment into view but the dialog stays up until you choose the Go To button. It is what you want if you navigate with arrow keys, and it lets you preview the comments. __The checkbox setting is remembered across Sibelius sessions. __Updated 29 September 2017 Reworked code for better speed in large scores. Also added positioning data to each list entry and added Trace button to write list to trace window. __Updated 10 January 2021. Version 01.05.00. Fixed problem with Line feeds in comment text. Needed to be in a list box and they messed it up. Now replace line feed/carriage return characters with spaces. __Updated 9 July 2021. Version 01.06.00. Fixed bug where the original selection as always restored at the end of the plugin. Now the original selection is restored on Cancel, but otherwise the last comment chosen will be selected at the end. __Updated 9 July 2021. Version 01.06.10. Make a change so that the score will reposition even if score position.follow selection is unchecked. __Updated 1 December 2023. Version 01.07.00. Added tracing of filtered comments. __Updated 30 December 2023. Version 01.07.10. Improved tracing and buffered traces for more speed in large scores.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Music Only

Version 01.01.00
Added 26 Apr 2010 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Deletes all notes, tuplets and slurs in any fully selected bars, replacing them with a bar rest, but leaving any text attached to the bars.

Note that if there are lyrics attached to the resulting bar rest, they cannot be dragged. You need to have notes or rests in a bar for lyrics to be moveable.

Updated 21 March 2015 to rename the plugin which was formerly called Delete Notes Only, which was misleading.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Make Page 1 of Part(s) Left Facing

Added 01 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Allows you to designate one, some or all parts to start on a left facing page 1, without affecting the normal page number positions of the undesignated parts or the score. This is particularly useful for parts with a length of two pages and for situations where starting a part on a left page offers the performer simpler page turns.

Thanks to Bob Zawalich for providing the base code for the dialog box and for general advice.

Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

Add Note Names

Added 02 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is an update of the plugin that ships with Sibelius 6.2 and earlier. The update allows it to process notes selected with a multiple (non-passage) selection. Earlier versions would select the entire score if there were not a passage selection. So now you can filter notes and run the plugin on the result.

One small quirk is that if you select only some notes of a chord, the chord will be processed as if it were completely selected. However, unselected single notes in a bar will not be processed (unlike earlier versions).

Updated by Bob Zawalich.

Plug-in written by Sibelius Software.

Split Score Into Movements

Version 01.15.00
Added 05 May 2010 (last updated 29 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin requires Sibelius version 6.2

Splits the current score into a number of separate movement scores, based on the location of bars marked as Section Ends. There are options to break if the section end is followed by Title or Subtitle text.

The movement scores will be named using a base file name plus the numbers 1, 2, 3,...

Updated 28 December 2012. Fixed bugs. Can now handle path and file names with periods and will ask to create a folder that does not already exist.

Updated 28 May 2018. Bug Fixes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Start of Movement

Version 01.16.00
Added 05 May 2010 (last updated 29 May 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__These plugins require Sibelius version 6.2. Two files are present in the zip file. Use both it you want to assign shortcut keys to either direction, or use one and change the direction option as needed. __Find Start of Movement moves the selection to the start of the movement that contains the start of the current selection. If you are already at the section start it will stay there. __Find Start of Next Movement moves the selection to the start of the movement following the one that contains the start of the current selection. If you are already at the section start it will go the the next section, wrapping to the start of the score as needed. __ Run with no selection for options, including changing direction __ The start of a movement is defined as the bar following a bar marked as a Section End. There are some options to allow extra criteria for start of movement. __Updated 23 June 2017. Added options to have end of movement marked by Section End or Final Barline. __Updated 28 May 2023. Minor code cleanup.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Install New Plugin

Version 02.03.00
Added 08 May 2010 (last updated 09 May 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Moves a Sibelius plugin file, which is typically downloaded and unzipped from the Sibelius Plugin Download page, into a subfolder of your user plugins folder.

The intention is that the file is unzipped to a convenient location (the same one every time), and the plugin will get the list of available subfolders, and let you choose which folder should get the plugin. You can also create a new subfolder.

The plugin does itself need to be installed before you can use it, so you will still need to follow the instructions on the Sibelius Plugins Download page to install it (in Sib 7 use the plugin installer).

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

Updated 29 February 2012 to clarify the fact that it installs .plg files and not .zip files.

Updated 14 April 2014 to fix incorrect folder names in Sib 7.5

Updated 26 February 2016 to greatly improve file copy speed.

Updated 12 March 2016. It will now let you install a folder of plugin (.plg) files, checks for duplicate plugins, and by default copies rather than moves the original plugin file.

Updated 15 March 2016. If the plugin finds a plugin that is already installed it will issue a warning but will not replace the installed plugin.

Updated 3 July 2018. Added option to allow overwriting if installing into the same plugin subfolder. Installing if the plugin is already in a different subfolder is still disallowed to prevent duplicates.

Updated 09 May 2021. Version 02.03.00. Fixed intermittent crashing bug.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Highlights To Comment Color

Version 01.05.00
Added 17 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Makes a list of the colors for any comments in the score, and lets you choose a color which can be applied to any selected highlights. This can be useful for easily matching highlights and comments to the same user in a collaboration.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Divide Durations

Version 01.66.00
Added 19 May 2010 (last updated 19 Jun 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6

__Will split selected notes and chords, rests, or bar rests into smaller pieces. __Divided notes can be tied together or left separate. Notes or rests within tuplets can be split. __The plugin lets you filter for a specific duration, or for a range of durations. __There are special options for dividing dotted notes and measured tremolos __ A PDF file explaining how to use the plugin is included. __ Updated 14 June 2010 to distribute any Live Playback duration and start position among the split notes. __Updated 17 Feb 2011 to handle grace notes preceding notes to be split and to avoid splitting double tremolos. __Updated 2 March 2011. Added the ability to divide notes by 3, creating triplets. __This plugin ship with Sibelius as of version 7.1.3, so you should use the shipping version rather than installing this one. __Updated 10 April 2016 to make it easier for other plugins to call into it. Split notes now retain color as well. __Updated 12 April 2016 make color into Note object property for future proofing. __Updated 11 June 2018 to properly handle both color and Magnetic Glisses in Sib 8.3 and later. Also fixed a problem dividing triple dotted notes by 3 and allowed double and triple dotted notes to be unfolded. __Updated 16 June 2018. Fixed error writing dotted notes in tuplets. __19 Junes 2023. Restricted this version to use in Sibelius 6, so it will not show up in Plugin Installer. Use shipping version instead.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Tidy Appended Scores

Version 1.1
Added 21 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in is designed to be run after appending one score to the end of another via File > Append Score. Appending scores can require a number of small fixes to things like the final barline, cautionary time signatures, redundant key changes, duplicate text, and so on.

To use this plug-in, first append the scores together, then run the plug-in, and choose the additional items you want to hide or delete in the dialog that appears. Help text is provided for each type of item.

Update for v1.1: Allows common and alla breve time signatures. (Previously these were being replaced by 4/4 and 2/2.)

Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

Backup Plug-in for Developers

Version 01.40.00
Added 09 Jun 2010 (last updated 27 Feb 2016)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in allows plug-in authors to create multiple backup snapshots throughout the plug-in development process. Snapshots are useful to have when recent code changes impair/break your plug-in, and you can't or don't wish to spend time fixing the newly introduced errors.

Thanks to Bob Zawalich for use of some code, concepts and variable names from his Export Each Staff as Audio plug-in.

Thanks to Roman Molino Dunn for Mac testing and suggestions on how to make the plug-in more user-friendly.

Updated 20 June 2010.

The .zip file now also includes a copy of Restore Plugin for Developers, by Bob Zawalich, which can restore plugins which have been backed up by Backup Plug-in for Developers.

A number of bugs in Backup Plug-in for Developers have been fixed:

* Fixed bug whereas Comment was not being checked for illegal characters.

* Comment allowable characters are now platform specific and less restrictive.

* Added new Options button and dialog to allow user to select preferred date format, time format and delimiter character (space or tilde).

* Made dialog box wider to allow more path text to be shown.

* Made this Plug-in compatible with the Restore Plug-In.

* Fixed bug whereas after 1st session plug in path was not properly retrieved for some users.

* Added a validation to ensure "File backup location" ends with a legal path separator. If missing, it is automatically added.

* Fixed a bug whereas the "Filename for backup field" was not initially displaying the correct information.

Updated 8 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

Updated 26 February 2016 to speed up file copying.

Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman / Bob Zawalich.

Delete Versions in Folder

Added 10 Jun 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in deletes all the versions from the current score, or all open scores, or all of the Sibelius scores in a folder (optionally including subfolders), leaving only the 'Current Version' in each score.

Plug-in written by Jan Kok.

Import House Style History

Version 05.01.00
Added 14 Jun 2010 (last updated 19 Oct 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Imports a House Style into the currently open score (a close imitation of House Styles - Import House Style), and appends the name of the imported House Style to the Score Info - More Information field to act as a record of imported House Styles.

It will optionally add the current date to the Score Info data.

Updated 9 May 2012 to respace dialog for Sib 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Line Between Notes

Version 01.91.00
Added 14 Jun 2010 (last updated 03 May 2021)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds a line (such as a gliss line)between 2 selected notes (skipping rests).

You can adjust horizontal and vertical offsets, and these values are remembered across Sibelius sessions. You should only have to set these up once.

If selected notes are on multiple staves, the line will be added only to the staff when the line starts; you will need to drag the other end to its destination. Use alt/opt right arrow to select the line end point.

Magnetic layout is turned off by default. For transposing instruments, a line added to the full score will be repositioned in the parts.

These is also an option to realign lines between 2 notes for situations where the notes might have changed without the lines following

Updated 17 June 2010. Handles grace notes (though the lines do not line up well when the interval is less than a 5th). The alignment option has been removed (it never really worked), and a new option to connect a selection with lines has been added.

Updated 13 October 2010. Bug fix to handle clef changes in bar 1 and another for connecting selections with an odd number of notes.

Updated 27 December 2010. Minor tweak to prevent unneeded transposing score view change

Updated 3 June 2011. Removed a trace message and changed the text on the dialog to clarify what the options mean.

Updated 9 October 2011. Extra window on main score could appear in Sib 7 if there were transposing parts - fixed.

Updated 3 November 2011.

* takes the line style names from the score, so it will work in any supported language.(It will now dirty the score even if you add no lines. If you run the plugin and make no changes, Sibelius will ask you to save changes, and you can ignore that).

* adds a new option that will add lines across multiple selected notes, restarting the line if rests are encountered.

* for the “connect the notes options, it now connects within voices and also processes notes staff by staff, so it can correctly handle a multi-staff selection.

* it will now process slurs, though they do not work with grace notes.

* if there are chords, the line will be connected to the highest selected note in the chord

* the style of any lines in the score will be added to the list of available styles. To get additional styles to use, add a line of that type somewhere in the score.

Updated 24 December 2011 to make the Do not show dialog option turn off at the start of every Sibelius session, rather than staying off until you run the plugin with no selection. No selection will still bring up the dialog even if shut off for the session.

Updated 6 October 2012. Added option to disable playback for added lines.

Updated 22 November 2015 so plugin can be run in Sibelius version 5.2.5.

Updated 27 May 2016. Internal changes made to allow part of this plugin to be called by other plugins

Updated 17 June 2016. Added ability to stretch lines across staves in the space between staves is provided. Makes glissandos much easier to deal with.

Updated 20 June 2016 Minor adjustment to line end height for cross staff lines.

Updated 4 November 2017. Fixed typo in connect adjacent code.

Updated 11 February 2018. Some internal cleanup, plus now picking up more user-defined lines, plus added the ability to add vertical lines to a single chord.

Updated 30 April 2021. Version01.90.00. Added support for Run Plugin Hide Dialog.

Updated 3 May 2021. Version 01.91.00. Removed some unused code and unwanted debug traces.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Rests Empty Voices

Version 02.01.00
Added 21 Jun 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Eliminates the rests in all empty voices, unless all the voices in the bar are empty. In that case, any rests in voice 1 will be consolidated into a bar rest, and rests in other voices will be deleted.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Next One Of These

Version 01.55.00
Added 06 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Using the properties of the first selected object, this plugin finds the next or previous object in the score that has the same properties. For example, you can select a piece of Fingering text and it will find the next piece of Fingering text.

If you run the plugin without a selection, it will bring up a dialog that allows you to change options, including the search direction and which properties to consider when finding. The options are saved across Sibelius sessions.

The zip file contains 2 plugins, each defaulting to a different search direction, and a PDF file explaining the options in more detail.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Nashville Chord Numbers

Version 01.25.00
Added 06 Jul 2010 (last updated 28 May 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Converts standard chord symbols to numeric Nashville chord symbols whose root and bass are numbers representing the pitches position in its major scale. It produces legacy chord symbols with numeric roots and bass notes. It will read Sib 6 chords or legacy chords.

It will handle any valid key changes. It uses the current key signature, treated as a major scale, for the numbering, and optionally lets you override the key for a selection.

There is an option in the dialog to convert Nashville chords to standard chords, and another to format Nashville chords with superscripts.

The plugin will only convert chords that can be interpreted by Sib for Sib 6 style chords, so there may be some legacy chords it will not handle.

For Sibelius 7 and later, use the shipping version of this plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Work Number to the Top of Page

Added 13 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in adds user-specified text to the top of the first page of the score, each part or both. Many font, placement, color and style options are available. Performing groups with many pieces in their "book" can add a unique number (a.k.a. Work or Library Number) to the top of each piece and then sort the music in the book by number. This allows leaders to create set lists by number instead of title. Numbers make it easier for musicians to locate the next piece during "sets" and to quickly find a piece the leader unexpectedly calls that is not on the set list. Also, these numbers are useful for organizing stored music.

Numbers added to parts are in approximately the correct location. Numbers added to the score will require manual vertical adjustment as that can’t be controlled through a plug-in at the moment. Please do review each before you print. If the selected text colors are not appearing on screen as expected, go to the Sibelius View menu and ensure Differences in Parts is unchecked.

JazzText and Reprise Rehearsal fonts appear within the special borders those fonts provide. Every other font appears as Sibelius boxed text.

Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

Export Text In Score

Version 01.25.00
Added 15 Jul 2010 (last updated 12 Jan 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Exports selected text or system text to a text file and/or the trace window. The text file can be opened in another application for spell checking. Lyrics are not exported; if you need them use the shipping Export Lyrics plugin.

Updated December 12, 2012 (12/12/12) to fix bugs when selection does not start at the start of the score, and added options to omit labels and to export in chronological order (by staves within bar position within bars). If text were notes, chronological order would be the order in which the notes were played.

Updated 12January2017. Fixed bug where system text was not output in staff by staff order. Will now output text that have line feeds as separate lines.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Shift Line Height

Version 01.05.00
Added 15 Jul 2010 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Shifts both ends of all selected lines vertically by a specified number of spaces. Can be useful if you have mixed text and hairpins after aligning by row.

Updated 25 July 2018 Version 01.04.00. Dialog tidying and clarification.

Updated 27 July 2018. Version 01.05.00. Rearranged dialog. Added ability to reset vertical offset in addition to modifying it. Can be very useful for adjusting slurs.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transfer Hit Points

Version 01.06.00
Added 15 Jul 2010 (last updated 05 Jul 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Since hit points cannot be copied and pasted, this plugin collects the hitpoints from one score and then creates hitpoints with these properties in another score.

This is a 2-step plugin. Run it on the score containing hit points so they hit point data can be collected, then run it on the score that is to receive the hit points.

You should ensure that the information in Play > Video and Time > Timecode and Duration is the same for both scores.

Updated 03 July 2020. Version 01.05.00. Added checkbox to allow tracing of hit points on Copy, even if they would never be transferred.

Updated 04 July 2020. Version 01.06.00. Reordered output fields, added time in milliseconds as wells as time to .1 sec.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter What Was Chosen

Version 01.10.00
Added 15 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is the filter version of Find Next One Of These. It is a 2-step plugin. Select a single object, such as a note or piece of text. Then make a selection and run the plugin again. The plugin will filter all objects that match the original object properties.

Run with no selection to change options

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Line Style

Version 01.08.01
Added 24 Jul 2010 (last updated 19 Oct 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Replaces selected lines of a specified style with lines of another style, effectively providing a mechanism to change the style of lines. __System lines can only be replaced by system lines, and staff lines by staff lines. __The plugin is in English, but it will correctly replace lines whose style names are in different languages. __Updated 31 July 2010 to pick up system lines that are the only thing in the selection. __Updated 2 August 2010 to pick up all user lines in the score, not just those in the selection. __Updated 8 October 2010 to restore custom drawing order and magnetic layout properties. Version 1.05. __Updated 18 February 2019. Version 01.06.00. Code tidying. __Updated 4 December 2019. Version 01.06.10. Removed unwanted debugging line written to the trace window. __Updated 30 January 2021. Version 01.07.00. This plugin adds a new Line and deletes the original. Added more general routine to transfer Bar Object properties to the new Line. Color, ColorAlpha, CueSize, Hidden, and other properties are now retained. __Updated 14 October 2022 (HBD) Version 01.08.00. As of Sib Ultimate 2021.9, the list of replacement line styles will include all line styles defined in the score, including all user-defined styles. Previously a list of built-in line styles was built by hand, and then any user-defined styles that were used in the current score were added to the list. This change can be useful if you have a lot of user-defined lines styles available in a score because of the House Style, but they have not been used in the current score. __This update is dedicated to Michele Galvagno. __Updated 18 October 2022. Version 010801. Fixed internal typos.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Format ManuScript Comment For Developers

Version 01.01.00
Added 03 Aug 2010 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in transforms free-form text into a nicely formatted comment box that can be pasted into other plug-ins. The plug-in handles comments of any length, and can be used for initial explanations that typically appear at the top of the "Run" method or for comments in other methods. The comment box width is user selectable, as are the horizontal and vertical borders characters. There are also several "signature line" type options available.

Any text pasted into the plug-in's input text box is truncated by Sibelius at the first encountered line break. As such, ensure there are no line breaks or carriage returns in your free-form text and then select an alternative line-break character such as the tilde (~) from the drop down menu, then type the selected line break character into your text to achieve multiple paragraphs. The formatted output is provided in the Trace window and can be pasted into your plug-in.

Updated 4 August 2010 with the following changes:

  • Added choice of left and right side border character
  • Right and/or Left borders can now be "None"
  • Right and/or Left borders can now be "//". Using // for the Left border ensures that line numbers are more accurate if syntax errors in your plug-in and that the cursor will jump to the correct error location.
  • Changed default left border to "//"
  • If options line is too wide, error message now suggests a minimum width
  • Added 110 and 120 as width choices

Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

Insert Bars with Different Time Signatures

Added 14 Aug 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in can be used to insert many consecutive bars with different time signatures in a single step. It is particularly convenient to insert many bars with alternating time signatures. The bars will be inserted before a passage selection or at the end of the score if there is no passage selection. The time signature at the insertion point is restored at the end of the inserted bars.

Plug-in written by Andrew Moschou.

Add Fingering To Notes

Version 01.41.00
Added 20 Aug 2010 (last updated 04 Jan 2016)

For use with Sibelius 6

Adds fingering numbers immediately to the left of noteheads. Type the numbers you want separating numbers with spaces or commas (or both). Numbers will be applied to selected notes in the order in which they were selected. For chords, notes are always processed from low to high pitch.

The fingering avoids accidentals if Magnetic Layout is on in Sibelius 6. You can adjust the horizontal and vertical offsets, and these values are remembered across Sibelius sessions.

Updated 22 August 2010. The original plugin is in the zip file renamed Add Fingering To Notes Sib 5, and it will run on Sib 5 or later. Add Fingering To Notes will now only run on Sib 6 or later, and the interface has changed so you see a keypad with numbers. Move the dialog so you can see the selected notes, then click a number button to add that number in fingering text to the next note in the selection.

Updated 23 August 2010. The Sib 5 plugin now allows you to specify the text style used for fingering. Some styles, like Expression, do not work well because their Magnetic Layout settings keep them out of the staff, so choose carefully. The Sib 6 version adds the ability to enter the fingering number 0.

Updated 12 September 2010. Many changes, including keyboard access to keypad for Mac users, ability to enter new text, including symbols as text. Added PDF document and helper plugin, Symbol As Text.

Updates 13 October, 2010 to fix bug involving clef changes in bar 1 of a score.

Updated 21 January 2011. Add delay loop at start for Mac users to drag Stop window off score, and fixes for custom text sets.

Updated 2 February 2011. Restored missing PDF file and Symbol As Text plugin. Moved Sib 5 plugin to its own entry in database.

Updated 13 April 2011. Minor bugfixes; also removed Load button and added Delete button to Options and rearranged keypad buttons,

Updated 11 May 2011. Added drop down list of text sets to keypad dialog. Note that in Windows, you can only scroll the drop down list using the mouse, not arrow keys, and that using it will reposition the dialog in the center of the screen. So it may or may not be helpful.

Updated 19 May 2011. Bug fixes; also now allow built-in text sets to be redefined and restored to default settings using Delete Custom.

Updated 26 October 2014 to disable in Sib 7+. It ships with Sib 7, so this version should only be used in Sib 6.

Updated 4 January 2016. Fixed bug where drop list on main dialog did not update x and y positions when changing text sets. Restored SymbolAsText plugin to zip file. Fixed version number reported here.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Use Shape Notes for Accidentals

Added 23 Sep 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Michael Israelian is a piano teacher in a musical college, and he says:

"During seven years of my work I found that many of my students encountered difficulties with sight-reading. About a year ago, after thinking hard over the problem, it dawned on me that it would be much easier to achieve good sight-reading using shaped noteheads instead of accidentals. I experimented with my students using my own system of five shape notes and the results exceeded all my expectations. Now it took considerably less practicing to attain good results than it took when using usual notation. I use five notehead shapes and no accidentals at all. Sharp notes are represented by a triangle, flats by an inverted triangle, double sharps a cross (ornate), double flats a diamond, and naturals a normal notehead.

"Though it takes a day or two for experienced musicians to get relaxed about the accidentals and use this system, the advantages of using shapes are obvious. First of all, the score looks clearer without accidentals. Secondly, each chord or passage obtains its unique appearance now, and you can remember them photographically just like a word or a phrase in a text. You don't have to calculate during sight-reading, i.e. to keep in mind the Key Signature and the previous accidentals in the bar. The chord (or passage) is written just is it must sound.

"Let's take the diatonic triad C-E-G for example. In C major key it will represent the chord C. In D major key it will be C#m-5. In A major it will be C#m and so on. Now imagine that this triad is somewhere at the end of a bar and there are some accidentals in the beginning of the bar and you will get some more combinations. Using the shape note system every different chord will look different.

"This plug-in hides the accidentals to retain the correct playback, and changes the shapes of the notes correspondingly. It can't deal with quarter tones, but I think that's not a problem as long as the piano is considered. As for me, I use this system in playing the guitar and the recorder as well.

"After transposing or adding notes to the score you will have to re-run this plug-in, as the shapes may not correspond to the accidentals."

Plug-in written by Michael Israelian.

Input Duration 2

Version 01.76.00
Added 27 Sep 2010 (last updated 29 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Input Duration 2 allows you to enter notes into a score by specifying only the duration. The pitch is automatically chosen, typically to be the note on the center line of the staff.

This plugin can be useful if you want to enter drum rhythms, or if you want to enter rhythms and pitches in separate passes, entering the rhythms with this plugin and repitching to add pitches.

A PDF file describing how to use the plugin is included in the zip file.

Updated 29 September 2010. In Windows the keypad no longer loses the focus after running Options.

Updated 4 October 2010 to fix a bug where there were multiple copies of notehead names in the list.

Updated 13 October 2010 to fix a bug if missing clef changes in some cases. Also added the ability to specify a pitch for the entered notes (in Options).

Updated 28 May 2018. Mac timing problem addressed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Show Hide Instrument Names

Version 01.59.00
Added 04 Oct 2010 (last updated 29 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin changes the settings for Engraving Rules > Instrument so that the instrument names are either all set to None (Hide) or to Full at start, Short subsequently, and Full at sections (Show).

With luck, you will never have to use this. If you happen to be given a lot of scores that are not set the way you want, this can save some time. Works on the current score, all open scores, or a folder of scores.

Updated 28 May 2018. Various improvements and bug fixes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Run Previous Plug-in (for use with Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts)

Added 16 Oct 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Have you noticed a slight delay every time you use Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts? Do you want to save even more time on Sibelius? Often you just want to rerun the last plug-in that you had selected, such as Cresc./Dim. Playback, Change Dynamics or Insert Current Dynamics. Run Previous Plug-in is the answer. It will immediately open the last plug-in you ran. Give it a shortcut similar to Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts, so if you are using F5 as suggested, why not used F6? Using Sibelius is time consuming and we need to save as much clicking and typing as we can. Even the download is quick (only 691 bytes!).

Plug-in written by Corwin Newall.

Tin Whistle Fingering

Version 01.16.00
Added 19 Oct 2010 (last updated 24 Jul 2015)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Tin Whistle Fingering adds fingering diagrams, which are characters in a special font mapped to specific pitches, under each selected note.

The font Tin Whistle Tab was designed and donated by Blayne Chastain for this plugin, and can be freely distributed.

The zip file contains the plugin, the font, and 2 PDF documents describing the plugin and the font.

Updated 29 October 2010. Now skip notes that are tied to and adds an option to use a fingering only the first time a note appears in the selection.

Updated 23 April 2015. Added more pitch range (4 octaves) and a button to reset the D whistle setting if used for another instrument.

Updated 30 April 2015 to add in a missing default preference value to restore.

Updated 24 July 2015 to add another PDF file explaining how to use the plugin with different fonts

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Harp Pedal Changes

Version 01.26.00
Added 18 Nov 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filter any text that includes a pitch name (A - G) followed by an accidental. It will filter any pedal changes created by the Add Harp Pedaling plugin, and also text such as C#4 (used for lever changes) and Pedal: Eb, i.e., text that includes a pitch name and accidental as well as other text. In such cases, the pitch name must be at the start or follow a space.

Chord symbol text will not be filtered, but all other text styles can be filtered.

Only English pitch names are supported.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Change Text Accidental Size

Version 01.06.00
Added 18 Nov 2010 (last updated 01 Dec 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Changes the size of an accidental within a piece of text, such as C#. This can be useful for increasing the size of the accidentals in pedal change text created by the Add Harp Pedaling plugin, among others.

By default it will only look at text with a font change and will skip chord symbol text.

Updated 27 February 2015 to fix bugs and have the plugin work with Sib 7 scores that use Character Styles.

Updated 30 November 2018. Version 01.06.00. Fixed sizing when replacing in unformatted text.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Convert Folder To Current Sibelius Version

Version 02.26.00
Added 02 Dec 2010 (last updated 13 Nov 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Opens all scores (created in an earlier version of Sibelius) in a specified folder and saves them as scores in the current Sibelius version format.

To use the plug-in, choose Convert Folder of Scores to Current Version, and choose the folder you want to convert.

A simple dialog appears, in which you can specify the destination folder for the exported files, and how to alter the filenames to avoid overwriting the original files. Click OK to confirm your choices.

Updated 9 November 2018. Version 02.25.00. Added an option, on by default, to make the destination folder create subfolders that match the subfolder names in the source folder, so that all the files do not end up in a single folder.

Updated 12 November 2018. Version 02.26.00. Cleanup and better error handling when scores cannot be processed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Create Add Line Plugin

Version 01.57.00
Added 14 Dec 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Lets you create and install a new plug-in that, when run, will insert a line into the score. The properties of the line are taken from a line that is selected when Create Add Line Plugin is run. If you assign a shortcut to the new plug-in, you will have, in effect, a way to assign a shortcut to an individual line with specific properties.

The generated plugin will be put by default in the Add Line subfolder of your user Plug-ins folder (the plugin may create this subfolder). The name will include the line style.

In order to assign shortcuts to the newly-created plug-ins, you must first close and restart Sibelius, so the new plug-ins will be loaded.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

Updated 22 Oct 2011 to fix Sib 7 changes.

Updated 12 Oct 2012 to reduce restrictions on user-defined lines and handle system lines.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

String Harmonics Sounding Pitch

Version 01.63.00
Added 28 Dec 2010 (last updated 21 Apr 2021)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds a bracketed, stemless, cue-sized sounding pitch note to selected chords that already have a regular notehead and a diamond-head note, indicating string harmonics.

The sounding notes are in an unused voice of the bar containing the chords. If there are not enough available voices, sounding pitches will not be added to those bars.

The sounding notes can playback or be silenced.

You are advised to run the plugin String Harmonics first, to add the diamond noteheads this plugin looks for.

Updated 29 April 2012 to fix problem with stemless notes in non-English versions.

Updated 3 November 2018. Version 01.50.00. Added ability to silence original notes and to make the sounding note hidden, unbracketed, hidden, and or diamond shaped. A diamond-shaped note at sounding pitch will produce a harmonic timbre with some sound libraries, and can be preferable to using Playback Harmonics, especially if the sounding note is hidden. This is a departure from the original use of the plugin, but this seemed a good place to put these features.

Updated 03/14/2019. Version 01.62.00. Added support for 1/6 harmonics (diamond note a minor 3rd above the primary note). Also added code to transpose sounding notes with 5 or more ledger lines down an octave, adding an 8va line to the note.

Updated 21 April 2021. Version 01.63.00. Can now hide dialog and outside plugins can force plugin to run without showing a dialog.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Bagpipes Suite

Added 01 Jan 2011 (last updated 17 Jul 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

A set of plugins, house styles, manuscript papers, and a document explaining various issues involved with notating music for the Great Highland Bagpipes.

Includes the plugins Add Pipe Ornaments and Add Pipe Ornaments 2, and Play Pipe Ornaments, among others.

The tools were developed with the help of pipers Janette Montague and Jim McGillivray, to both of whom this suite is dedicated.

Updated January 17, 2011. Updated PDF doc to include more descriptions for how to use the plugins, and fixed a bug in Repair Bagpipe Notation that caused only the first staff in the score to be processed.

Updated 25 April 2012. Fixed bug in Play Pipe Ornaments plugin that gave bad results if there were multiple ornaments in a bar and later ones started before the beat.

Updated 14 June 2012 to fix multiple keystroke bug in Sib 7 on Mac.

Updated 22 Feb 2013. Restored missing House Style and Manuscript Paper files to the zip file.

Updated 17 July 2017. Added support in Notation From Live Playback plugin for magnetic glisses in Sibelius 8.6 and later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Shift Horizontal

Version 01.08.00
Added 24 Jan 2011 (last updated 11 Oct 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Shifts all selected objects left [-] or right [+] by the specified number of spaces. You can optionally shift only selected grace notes.

To move grace notes to the right past the main note, try taking the Dx value of the leftmost grace note, making it positive, and adding 2 to it.

Updated 11 January 2013 to add text about moving grace notes to the dialog

Updated 28 May 2018 to tidy dialog.

Updated 27 July 2018. Changed user interface to add arrow buttons and Preview. Also will now shift both ends of a line at once so the entire line is shifted.

Updated 15 June 2019. Now allows system objects to be shifted.

Updated 17 September 2020. Version 01.07.00. Added new option to change spacing between notes in a group by changing the X offset of the notes. Added a Help button as well.

Updated 10 October 2021. Version 01.08.00. Fixed bug in Preview.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

What Is Where for Sibelius 6

Version 03.06.00
Added 26 Jan 2011 (last updated 18 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is a minor update to the version that ships with Sibelius 6. It adds a checkbox for Special Barlines, which can be useful when using this plugin to check for split multirests, as the Normal Special Barline can split multirests, and is difficult to detect.

Updated 30 January 2011. Minor layout corrections.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Chord Symbol No Bass

Version 01.02.00
Added 16 Feb 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Removes alternate bass notes (/bass) from selected chord names, for either Sib 6 chords or legacy chord symbols. If a chord diagram is present, the fingering will most likely change to reflect the changed chord name.

This could be useful after running the Add Chord Symbols plugin, which has no option to omit the bass notes.

Updated 16Feb 2011 to fix problems with 6/9 and 2/4 chords.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transpose Copies

Version 1.1
Added 06 Mar 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

The Transpose Copies plug-in will make transposed copies of the bars in a selected passage any specified interval Up or Down. The number of times this transposition occurs can be selected. The copies can be placed either at the end of the score or amidst the score immediately to the right of the original selected pattern.

The plug-in gives users the opportunity to choose to which key signature will be transposed regarding the following keys: B or Cb, F# or Gb, C# or Db. If the option 'Correction for octaves' is checked, the copies will, when necessary, be transposed up or down an octave to avoid too many ledger lines.

Key signature changes (except the one-staff-only ones) halfway the pattern will be processed like the key signatures at the beginning of the pattern.

'System break after pattern(s)' gives the user the opportunity, if the original (short) pattern is limited to one system, to combine a couple of copied patterns in one system.

Settings in the dialog survive Sibelius sessions.

Update 1.1:

  • Now uses double sharps and double flats to avoid wrong spelling of some accidentals that don't belong to the key signature, mainly to keep intervals in the copies the same as they are in the original.
  • Also copies time signatures that are in the original.

Plug-in written by Jan Kok.

Color Picker

Version 01.06.00
Added 17 Mar 2011 (last updated 23 Jan 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Allows you to choose a color by selecting a colored object and running the plugin. You can then apply the chosen color by selecting the objects you want to color, running the plugin, and choosing Apply color. __The picked color is normally the first colored (non-black) object in the selection, if any. You can optionally allow Black as the color to pick, which will effectively remove coloring when applied. __The color is remembered for the duration of a Sibelius session. __Updated 20 March 2011 to pick up system objects. __Updated 25 October 2011 adding feature to filter objects that match the picked color. __Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects __Updated 01 June 2019. Version 01.04.70. Fix processing colored rests __Updated 22 January 2023. Version 01.06.00. Many changes. Allowed plugin to save a list of picked colors and to edit color names.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Alternate Picking

Version 01.12.00
Added 27 Mar 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin will add downbow and upbow articulations to selected notes,based on Alternate Picking, which is often used for flatpicking fiddle tunes on guitar.

There are several options, and the rules used are explained in the main dialog.

A House Style that defines a smaller upbow symbol is included in the zip file, as is a PDF document explaining how the plugin can be used.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Articulations to Notes

Version 01.60.00
Added 01 Apr 2011 (last updated 14 Jul 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin lets you quickly add or correct articulations applied to selected notes. It has a keypad, and you can assign different articulations to the keys.

It was designed to easily edit upbow and downbow articulations, but it can have more general applications. A PDF document describing its use is included in the zip file.

Updated 24 April 2011 to fix mismapping of some keys.

Updated 30 March 2012. New code for version 7.12 or later fixes Sib 7 problems of being unable to type in keypad after using the mouse, and typing C will close the plugin.

Updated 1 June 2012 Fix problem with typing C returning False

Updated 14 June 2012 to fix multiple keystroke bug in Sib 7. Version 01.48.00.

Updated 20 Feb 2020, version 01.48.00, to fix version number.

Updated 29 May 2021, version 01.49.00. disabled unreliable keyboard input to screen keypad in Sib 7 and later. the keypad can still be used with the mouse.

Updated 14 July 2021. Version 01.60.00. Change interface in Sib 7 or later to collect input in a visible edit box with an Enter key. This will make input more reliable, if less convenient. You may type multiple characters, but you must press Enter to apply the text in the edit box to the selected notes. You can also use the mouse on the keypad buttons, or in Windows only hold down the Alt key and press the key numbers.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Copy Notes Only and Repeat Notes Only

Added 04 Apr 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Are you tired of deleting unnecessary dynamics, techniques ('pizz.' for example) and other lines every time you copy music around your score? Your days of frustration are over! Two complementary plug-ins have been created just for you: Copy Notes Only and Repeat Notes Only. They act like Edit > Copy and Edit > Repeat respectively, except that expressions, technique markings, dynamics and hairpins are ignored – just run the plug-ins and you're away!

You can choose which objects are ignored by both plug-ins in their shared Options window, which will turn up the first time one of the two plug-ins is run. To change settings later, run the plug-in with nothing selected (hit Escape a few times just to make sure).

For these time-saving plug-ins, speed and ease of use is paramount. Why not give the plug-ins shortcuts?

  • Edit > Repeat is R, so you could use Shift+R for Repeat Notes Only.
  • Edit > Copy is Ctrl+C, and Ctrl+Alt+Shift+C (or Cmd+Opt+Shift+C) could be used for Copy Notes Only.
  • Or, if pressing four keys at once feels a bit excessive, you could use Shift+X, since it is related to Cut

Also, these plug-ins are compressed twice: the code is as simple and compact as possible, meaning it does twice as much in half the file size, so Sibelius will spend almost no time loading the plug-ins.

If you have a Windows operating system, keep reading; if not, click download right now to start saving time!

In Sibelius for Windows, the Options window has hotkeys which help speed everything up: simply hold down Alt and type the underlined letter to select a check box or click a button (just like elsewhere in Sibelius!).

Update - 5 June 2011
Updated to help Fixed Shortcuts get along with these plug-ins. Only re-download if you are using Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts to call Copy Notes Only and/or Repeat Notes Only.

Plug-in written by Corwin Newall.

Deselect Hidden Staves

Version 01.07.00
Added 04 Apr 2011 (last updated 16 Apr 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plugin removes from a passage selection any staves that are hidden __* by Focus on Staves (if Focus On Staves is active) __* by Hide Empty Staves (if all bars in that staff in the selection are so hidden) __It does not deal with instruments hidden by instrument changes. (*updated later to do so - see below) __Two interesting uses are: __1. Select only the visible staves in Focus On Staves so the other staves do not play back. __2. Prevent a paste that includes hidden staves (usually hidden by Hide Empty Staves) from copying the hidden staves, and thus unhiding the destination. __If there is no passage selection, the plugin selects the visible staves throughout the entire score. (*changed later) __Updated 17 July 2020. Version 01.05.00. Fairly big changes. __ If there is no selection, the full score in no longer selected - that was a bad idea in my view. Now a dialog comes up and allows you to change how to decide whether to exclude a staff when there is a mix of hidden and visible bars in the selection. The default now is to exclude the staff is the selection includes ANY hidden bars. This is discussed in Help. __The plugin will now exclude bars hidden by an instrument change to No Instrument Hidden, if the bars contain no visible objects, which covers hidden parts of ossia staves. __Updated 31 March 2023. Version 01.06.00. No feature changes. Restructured so it could be more easily called by other plugins. __Updated 15 March 2023. Version 01.07.00. Rewrote visibility tests to be much faster for large scores.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Grace Note Durations

Added 07 Apr 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

To make acciaccaturas and appoggiaturas sound different from the default (rather short) sound, you can change the live start position and the live duration. If you want to do that, this plug-in could be helpful.

This plug-in will change the live duration and live start positions of the acciaccaturas and appoggiaturas within the selection. Also, the previous note's live duration and the following note's live duration and live start position will be processed.

The plug-in gives the choice to have the (group of) grace notes to play on or before the beat (the following note).

From a pull-down list one can pick the factor with which the written duration of the acciaccaturas and appoggiaturas will be changed (to live duration).

Of course, Play > Live playback should be switched on in order to hear the result: the plug-in does this automatically for you.

The plug-in gives the user the opportunity to reset the acciaccaturas and appoggiaturas and their surrounding notes to the default values regarding live duration and live start position.

Settings will survive Sibelius sessions.

Plug-in written by Jan Kok.

Bracket Text

Version 01.96.00
Added 08 Apr 2011 (last updated 23 Apr 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

****Puts brackets or parentheses (or any chosen character(s)) around each selected text object, or around the first and last text object matching the filtering conditions. It is especially useful for bold expressions (dynamics) entered with the ctrl or cmnd key, since those involve a font change, or for metronome marks that use noteheads.++++ ****Dialog settings are saved across Sibelius sessions.++++ ****This is a more general version of the Bracket Expression Text plugin, since it can handle more than Expression text.++++ ****Updated 21 November 2011 to handle dynamics correctly in Sib 7.++++ ****Updated 9 January 2012 to fix dialog display in Sib 7.++++ ****Updated 26 March 2014 to restore handling of dynamics correctly in Sib 7, which had been wiped out.++++ ****Updated 31 March 2021. Version 01.91.00. Added ability to hide the dialog for the remainder of a Sibelius session.++++ ****Updated 19 April 2021. Improvements for hiding dialog.++++ ****Updated 6 June 2021. Version 01.95.00. Code restructured to allow being called by other plugins. No new features.++++ ****Updated 9 June 2021. Version 01.95.00. Split dialog into main dialog and Engraving Rules dialogs to hide rarely used options.++++ ****Updated 23 April 2022. Version 01.96.00. Added comment to use square brackets for parens with legacy chord symbols.++++

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Copy Double and Copy Halve Note Values

Version 03.01.01
Added 10 Apr 2011 (last updated 17 Apr 2023)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Copy Double Note Values and Copy Halve Note Values are variants of the shipping plugins Double Note Values and Halve Note Values. These plugins double or halve the durations of the selected notes, then put their results into the clipboard, rather than into a separate score. You can then paste the results into any score with the normal Paste command. __There are several things to note: __1. There will be no dialog. You can tell when it is finished when the progress bar and Stop button go away. Do not try to paste until that happens. __2. Only notes will be copied (no text or other bar objects). No system objects will be copied, even if you start with a system (double box) selection, and bars will never be inserted - notes will always flow into the destination bars. __3. The plugin temporarily adds bars to the score you copy *from*, and so will mark that score as having been edited (it dirties the score). So if you close that score it will ask you to save changes. If you have made no other edits, it is safe to either save changes or not. __Updated 9 August 2012 to clean up some unused code. No functionality change. __Updated 10 July 2017. Support added for magnetic glisses in Sib 8.6 and later. Only Copy Double Note Values updated. __Updated 2 December 2020. Version 03.00.00. Radically rewritten to use the Note and NoteRest property routines in the separate plugin Note Properties Lib, which will need to be installed in order for this plugin to run. __The plugin Note Properties Lib centralizes routines to get and set properties so that if changes are needed they can be made in a single plugin, and all callers will automatically be updated. __There are no changes to the functions of these plugins (Double and Halve), but many more Note and NoteRest properties will be transferred to the new notes. __Updated 18 December 2020. Version 03.01.00. Fixed typo that caused tuplet processing to fail. __Updated 16 April 2023. Version 03.01.01. Fixed typo in error message and set up for adjusted calls to Note Properties Lib.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Custom Note Filter

Version 01.60.00
Added 20 Apr 2011 (last updated 22 Aug 2021)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

A filter that will filter selected Note objects. By default it will filter for notes with ties, but it is designed to be modified. Change the condition in the IsDesiredObject method. The remaining code will filter objects that pass the IsObjectDesired test.

Updated 17 April 2016 to check for empty selections as ask to select entire score.

Updated 10 October 2019. Version 01.50.00. This plugin now will run only in Sibelius version 6.2 or later. It is now completely in the public domain, so that any code within the file may be used in and other plugins without attribution (or support).

As before this plugin is intended to be a template for making your own filtering plugins. I recommend making a copy of the plugin and changing the value of the variable "_PluginMenuName" to be the new plugin name. If you install the plugin "Copy Plugin", it will make a copy of any other plugin and update _PluginMenuName if that variable is available.

In most cases all you should need to change is the code in the method "IsDesiredObject" to produce a new filter. The trick is knowing exactly what to ask for, but at least the structure of getting objects and selecting them will be taken care of by the existing code. Happy filtering!

EDIT changed. See below. The default code will filter for quarter notes from the original selection.

Updated 22 August 2021. Version 01.60.00. Made tracing of results options based on the global variable g_fTraceResults. Made results a Trace call rather than a message box. Made minor code cleanups.

Changed default action to filter for Note-object-specific properties. By default, it now filters for Notes wholse notestyle is not NormalNoteStyle. Internal documentation was also updated.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Harp Diagram from Tuning

Version 02.08.00
Added 06 May 2011 (last updated 18 Mar 2017)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Produces a harp pedaling diagram from a list of 7 pitches that you type in.

Updated 5 May 2012 to allow running in Sib 5. In Sib 5 it will always use Opus Text as the music font for the diagrams.

Updated 6Feb2015 to replace plg file with zip file

Updated 17 February 2016. Added options to also output various forms of tuning text and to allow input tuning without spaces.

Updated 22 May 2016 Output of tuning text now contains formatted accidentals.

Updated 28 May 2016. Better filtering of pasted text.

Updated 29 May 2016 Added accidentals for Natural pitches in tuning text output

Updated 15 March 2017 to put initial focus in edit box

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Convert Two Staves Piano

Version 01.03.00
Added 09 May 2011 (last updated 01 Aug 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Given 2 selected adjacent, single-staff instruments, it will convert them into a single grand staff instrument (piano, harp, marimba, or harpsichord, your choice).

Useful for Photoscore or other conversions where you end up with not exactly real pianos.

Converted staves are in the same score location as the original staves.

Updated 12 October 2012 to add option to not delete the original staves.

Updated 1 August 2014 to allow it to run in Sib 5. In Sib 5, the new grand staff will always be placed at the bottom of the score, instead of at the position of the original staves.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Timing for Selection

Version 02.21.00
Added 23 May 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Displays the time at the start and end of a passage selection and the duration of the selection. This plugin uses a different (and slower) mechanism to determine time than the Fit Selection To Time plugin uses, and will give correct timings even when the score contains repeats.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

Updated 26 September 2012. For Sib 7.1.3 and later, the plugin now recognizes the timing for each pass, and the user can specify which pass timings should be relative to. It does not need to use Hit Points for timing and more, and will be spectacularly faster than it was previously, and likely more accurate.

Thanks to Michael Eastwood for making this possible.

Updated 18 October 2012. The previous version gave the timing to the start of the last selected object, rather than to the end of that object. This update gives timing to the end of the last selected object.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Edit Part Instrument Names

Version 02.31.00
Added 25 May 2011 (last updated 29 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in allows you to edit the full and short instrument names, in the full score and parts, even if the name is empty, and difficult to click on. It creates a list of the instrument names of all staves in a score, and lets you change them.

It lets you change the instruments names of the first part that contains a staff from the full score. Changing a name for that part will cause that name to be updated in all parts containing that staff.

This is similar to Edit Instrument Names, except that you can edit names in the parts at the same time as you edit them in the full score.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

Updated 10 May 2018 to fix dialog title.

Updated 28 May 2018. Bug fixes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

LV Fake

Version 01.04.00
Added 30 May 2011 (last updated 15 Mar 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin simulates L.V (laisser vibrer/let vibrate) ties by turning a note into a triplet with 2/3 of the duration tied to the remaining 1/3. The final note and triplet bracket are hidden, so it appears as if the note original duration is tied to nothing.

This automates a manual process described by Jay Vilnai.

The plugin normally skips tied notes, but there is an option to process only notes with a dangling tie, replacing such notes with a tied triplet.

Updated 1 May 2018 to allow it to hide notes correctly when run in a part.

Updated 15 March 2020. Articulations from the original note/chord are now transferred to the first new note/chord.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Run Plugins By Name

Version 02.35.00
Added 11 Aug 2011 (last updated 06 Jan 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Run Plugins By Name lets you find plugins to run by name in a sorted list. __Recently run plugins are shown at the top of the list, in most-recently run order first, followed by all the other plugins in alphabetical order. __By default you select a name in the list, and click the Run button or type enter to run the plugin. If you want to work more with a mouse, there is an option to run a plugin by simply clicking on a list entry. That does not work for the currently selected entry [the click must change the selection to run], so to run that plugin, type Enter or click Run. __Assign a shortcut to this plugin to have a list of recently run plugins easily available. __Updated 14 December 2011 to give better file name information when there are plugins with the same menu name. __Updated 31 December 2011 for better error recovery when a plugin is renamed or deleted. __Updated 13 October 2-12 adding option to change the maximum number of recent plugins on the list. __Updated 12 August 2014 to allow specifying zero recent plugins. __Updated 6 October 2014 to speed up the list sort so it starts up faster. __Updated 16 January 2017.The option to run a plugin when the list box was clicked has been disabled for Sib 7.5 and later because the list box appeared to receive a click before a user could click on it. It is still available for Sib 6 and 7.1.3. __Updated 13 February 2017. Added a Find button so you could search the plugin list without needed to know the exact name. I am adding a PDF document to the zip file explaining some intricacies of using the find button. __Updated 15 February 2017. Some bug fixes, and rearranged dialog to fit a laptop screen better. Clicking the "Find button default" button now takes effect immediately. __Updated 17 February 2017. Rearranged dialog buttons slightly to make it easier to switch between Find and list mode. Each has advantages based on context. __Updated 9 September 2017 for some minor speed improvements. __Updated 18 October 2017. Cleaned up handling of deleted or renamed plugins showing up in the recent plugin list. __Updated 20 October 2017. Fixed some potential crashing bugs __Updated 19 February 2018. Added additional plugin Run Last Named Plugin, which will run the first plugin in the recent plugin list created by Run Plugins By Name. If you assign as shortcut to it, it is very fast to run a plugin with Run Plugins By Name, and then keep rerunning that plugin without waiting for the dialog to come up. __Updated 13 March 2018. Improved reporting of duplicate plugins. __Updated 27 April 2018. Added Run Stopwatch option will will time the plugin currently being run, putting the result in the plugin trace window. __Updated 2 May 2018. Run Plugins By Name now saves the Run Stopwatch Setting to Preferences, and Run Last Named Plugin will time a plugin if that preferences was set. __Updated 15 July 2018 Version 02.20.00. For calling plugins, Run() now returns the filename of the last plugin run. This makes it easier for a plugin that calls Run Plugins By Name to know what was run so they can call it again. Also added some API routines for callers. No specific user features, but Browse Selected Objects wants to use at least this version. __Updated 22 Feb 2020. Version 02.30.00. Mainly typo corrections in both plugins. __Updated 05 September 2021. Version 02.31.00. Change the duplicate plugin warnings that are given the first time the plugin is run in a session to correct which copy would be run, and removed the unreliable version number from the data identifying each copy. __Updated 06 January 2023. Version 02.35.00. Updated the user interface of the main dialogs to improve tab ordering and also to change the way Find Plugin works. Previously, Find would select the next matching entry in the list box. Now it will display new list box contents showing all the items that match the search criteria. This makes it easier to do something like looking for all plugins that relate to Symbols.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Recorder Fingerings

Added 12 Aug 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Based on the Add Brass Fingerings plug-in included with Sibelius, Add Recorder Fingerings adds fingerings for all of the instruments in the recorder family, from sopranino down to bass.

Plug-in written by Floyd Richmond.

Delete Special Normal Barlines

Version 01.04.00
Added 14 Aug 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin removes Special Barlines whose type is "Normal". These barlines are often created to replace other special barlines, such as double barlines, but have the undesirable side effect of splitting multirests.

Deleting these barlines will, in almost all cases, cause no visual change (except in multirests), as the default barline, which is almost always a single barline, will now be visible.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Play Loop for Sibelius 6 and Sibelius 7

Added 18 Aug 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in allows you to choose a section of the score and have it played back as a loop. This is ideal for using Sibelius as an accompanist to practice tricky passages.

Plug-in written by Brian Bargent.

Filter By Accidentals

Version 01.37.00
Added 02 Sep 2011 (last updated 02 Apr 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Lets you filter either notes or Sib6-style chord symbols (not legacy chord symbols) based on the accidentals. __It could be handy as a pre-step for converting, for example, all sharps to flats, or for processing chord symbols with double accidentals, or filtering quartertones. __It has an option to select only the notes that have visible accidentals. __Updated 14 July 2013 to use built-in test for visible accidental when running in Sibelius 7.1.3 or later. __Updated 16 June 2016. Added ability to filter note roots as well as accidentals. This is mostly useful with quartertones, as it is the only way to filter all the E-quarter-flats in a selection. __Updated 7 May 2019. Version 01.36.00. Added ability to filter Triple Accidentals (which should never appear in a Sibelius score, but do). Follow with Browse Selected Objects to find any notes with triple accidentals. __Updated 2 April 2023. Version 01.37.00. Fixed crashing bug when the "show visible accidentals only" option was chosen. Added option to filter notes whose accidentals were not visible. Added a note in the dialog to explain what visible means in a plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Empty Staves

Version 01.55.00
Added 04 Sep 2011 (last updated 29 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Deletes and/or traces staves in a score that contain no notes. This could be useful if you start a score from a template and end up not using some of the instruments.

It can process a single score, all open scores, or a folder of scores.

This plugin is dedicated to Derek Bourgeois, who had need of such a thing.

Updated 24 Oct 2011 to repair some minor control focus issues in the main dialog.

Updated 18 January 2013 to correct typos in dialog

Updated 28 May 2018. Bug fixes

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Reset Mixer

Version 01.63.00
Added 08 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin will set the mixer volume, panning, or mute/solo settings for all the staves in each processed score.

It is best if you adjust all your group and virtual instruments before using this plugin.

You can process the current score, all currently open scores, or a folder of scores. Currently open scores will neither be saved nor closed, so save if needed. Dialog settings are remembered across Sibelius sessions.

Updated 10 Novemeber 2011 to make tracing of score names optional.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Unarpeggiate

Version 01.04.00
Added 11 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin will create a single chord containing all the pitches from the notes in the selection with no duplicates. It will place the generated chord in the clipboard so it can be pasted into a score.

If the duration of the chord is chosen to be the sum of the durations of the selected notes, the duration will be limited to the size of a bar.

It can optionally add a chord symbol, derived from the selected pitches, above the chord or the first selected note.

This plugin is dedicated to the memory of Ian Cugley.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Edit Initial Instruments

Version 02.20.00
Added 14 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Allows you see view and change the initial instrument assigned to each staff in a score.

This can be particularly useful if you open a score created prior to Sibelius 4, where sometimes the conversion to newer versions of Sibelius causes instruments to be assigned to unnamed treble or bass staves, which play back as piano.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Notes And Rests

Version 01.25.00
Added 21 Sep 2011 (last updated 06 Feb 2015)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters any combination of notes and chords, rests, and bar rests.

This ability is also available in the Advanced Filter, but it may be more convenient to use the plugin, especially if you assign a shortcut.

Updated 6Feb2015 to replace .plg file with .zip version

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Tie Common Notes

Version 01.06.00
Added 27 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds ties to common notes in a passage (box) selection. Common notes are adjacent notes in the same voice with the same pitch.

Updated 27 September 2011 to add warning to be sure that both the note that starts the tie and the note tied to are included in the selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Map Hide Empty Staves

Version 01.02.00
Added 28 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

For each staff in the score tells which bars (if any) are hidden due to Hide Empty Staves

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Empty Staves

Version 01.03.00
Added 28 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Tells whether selected staves contain notes or not. It will report whether the staves are Not empty (visible notes), Not empty (notes, but all are hidden), Totally empty (no notes, bar rests only), or Partially empty (no notes, but rests, text, lines, symbols possible)

This could be useful if you have a template score where some staves may be unused but it would take a long time to look at the entire staff to figure out if there are notes present.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Hidden Objects

Version 01.28.00
Added 02 Oct 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters objects that are hidden by the Show-Hide operation, or text that includes the tilde (~) or both.

It will optionally filter system text in the range of a non-system passage selection, allows Deselecting, and saves its options (except for Do not show dialog) across Sibelius sessions.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Trace Colored Objects

Version 01.07.00
Added 25 Oct 2011 (last updated 01 Jun 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Traces the color values (name if available, RGB values, decimal and hex color values) of selected objects that have been colored something other than black.

Updated 6 March 2013. Fixed problem with White not getting recognized in Sib 7.

Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

Updated 01 June 2019. Version 01.07.00. Fix processing colored rests.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Import House Style To Manuscript Paper

Version 01.12.01
Added 26 Oct 2011 (last updated 23 Apr 2022)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x and Sibelius 21.x

****Imports a House Style into a Manuscript Paper file, creating or modifying a user copy of the Manuscript Paper file. It does not change the shipping version of the Manuscript Paper.++++ ****After importing the House Style, files created with File - New will include the House Style information.++++ ****There is an option dialog which allows you to specify which elements of the House Style are to be imported.++++ ****In Sib 6, File New will have access to the MS paper immediately after running the plugin. In Version 7 and later (you will need at least version 7.0.3), you will need to restart Sibelius to have access to the modified manuscript papers.++++ ****Updated 3 March 2012 to remove duplicate names in Sib 7.++++ ****Updated 7 February 2017 to show folder names and ship/user status of MS Papers so it reflect subfolder use in Sib 7.1.3 and later++++ ****Updated 19 October 2020. Version 01.12.00. Post Sib 2020.1 the plugin can import Document Settings and Engraving Rules separately. There are both imported by default but you can change the setting in the Options dialog.++++ ****Updated 23 April 2022. Version 01.12.01. Sib 2022.3 changed how MS papers are stored and the plugin can no longer access the files. This plugin is disabled, and will no longer appear in the plugin installer in 2022.3 or later++++

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Export Scores With No Parts

Version 01.80.00
Added 01 Nov 2011 (last updated 03 Apr 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Creates a copy of a score (or all open scores, or all scores in a folder) with all parts removed. May be useful if you want to post a score without making the edited parts available.

Updated 20 January 2015 adding option to delete versions in addition to deleting parts.

Update 31 October 2017. Corrected bug with suffix in file names.

Updated 4 November 2017 to fix typo.

Updated 21 November 2017 for another typo fix

Updated 3 April 2020. Version 01.80.00. Added option to create a new default set of parts after the original parts are deleted. This is a way to replace a defective set of parts. All the original parts will still be deleted. The changes are made to a copy of the score, so the original score is unchanged.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Pickup Bar

Version 01.93.00
Added 01 Nov 2011 (last updated 16 Sep 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Deletes the first bar in a score or the first bar in a selection after moving any system text or objects attached to that bar to the following bar. Can be useful for deleting a pickup bar and handling all the required cleanup. __Updated 2 December 2011 to retain title page when first bar is deleted. __Updated 17 Match 2011 to allow deletion of all selected bars rather than just the first in a selection. __Updated 6 April 2018 to work better in 2018.4 and later __Updated 16 September 2023. Version 01.93.00 Fixes the problems from the 2018.4 release correctly this time. Prevents doubled system text when deleting the first bar in the score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Go To Text

Version 01.56.00
Added 10 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin lets you go to the next or previous piece of staff text, in any text style, relative to the current selection.

You can run it with no selection to change search direction.

You can type arbitrary text to use as bookmarks (hidden text starting with ~ is recommended, such as ~1, ~2, ~3 for easy to enter bookmarks), and use this plugin to find those bookmarks.

Updated 11 Nov 11 to select the bar containing the bookmark and move it to the upper left corner to increase visibility.

Updated 24 November 2011 selects the text, not the bar, so next finds work.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Trace TAB Collisions

Version 01.15.00
Added 18 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Looks on a TAB staff for places where there are 2 or more notes on the same string and the same starting position in a bar, and writes the location of any such notes to the Plugin Trace window.

Such collided notes are typically not visible, and can be a surprise in playback or when you copy to a notation staff, so it is useful to know if you have any.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Banjo Resources

Added 20 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is not a plugin, but rather a document describing how to use Sibelius to produce 5-string banjo tablature.

The zip file also contains a set of Manuscript Papers, each of which has a matched notation and TAB instrument, where the TAB instrument shows its tuning, and the notation instrument is transposed (by an octave) correctly for use in Sibelius 6. (Banjo notation staves in Sibelius 7 are correctly transposed, but these Manuscript Papers will work correctly in Sibelius 7 as well.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fix TAB 5 String Banjo

Version 01.16.00
Added 20 Nov 2011 (last updated 13 Jul 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin is intended for use after music is copied from a notation staff to a 5-string banjo tablature staff.

Sibelius treats the 5th string as if it were a normal string, and any fretted notes copied to the 5th string will not be correct.

This plugin has 2 options. One is to move any fretted notes from the 5th string to the next highest string, and then try to remove collisions, when there is more than one note on the same string.

The second option ignores the 5th string, and just fixes collisions on the 4 lower strings.

Updated 13 July 2017. Support added for magnetic glisses in Sib 8.6 and later

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Banjo Play Fretted 5th String

Version 01.11.00
Added 20 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin makes fretted notes playable, above the 5th fret, on a banjo 5th string. It does this by adding a note on the same string 5 frets lower, and silencing the original note.

This should really only be used if you will not be copying the music to a notation staff, and there are other limitations and peculiarities. Clicking on Help will provide more details.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transfer Score Info

Version 01.05.00
Added 30 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin will load Score Info data from an open score and save it for future use. Once loaded and saved, you can transfer these settings into another score.

Use this to save and transfer your custom Score Info settings into a new score.

The zip file for the plugin also contains a PDF document describing how to use it to create custom Score Info data.

To set Score Info settings for a folder of scores, try the Fill Score Info plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter System Objects

Version 01.22.00
Added 01 Dec 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters objects from the System Staff, including system text, lines and symbols, Rehearsal Marks, Time Signatures, Key Signature Changes, Bar Numbers, and Special Barlines.

The plugin allows you to specify which types of object will be filtered.

This can be useful when copying the structure of a score onto a different score.

Updated 16 January 2013. Fixed a typo in the Rehearsal Mark code. Also changed the dialog to say "Bar number changes" instead of "bar numbers" and added set/clear all buttons.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Circled Number Symbols To Notes

Version 02.04.00
Added 09 Dec 2011 (last updated 14 Jul 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is a variant of Add Fingering To Notes which adds Symbols rather than text objects.

It can add any symbols you choose but by default is adds the Circled Number symbols used for classical guitar notation.

The text used for this in Add Fingering To Notes does not transfer between Sibelius 6 and 7, but the symbols will.

Note that it is harder to resize symbols than text, so choose any unusual size in the Options when you add symbols.

Updated 1 June 2012. Improved focus setting for Sib 7.1.2, also grace note symbols now correctly placed.

Updated 14 June 2012 to fix multiple keystroke bug in Sib 7. Version 01.51.00.

Updated 26 October 2014 just to update the version number on the download page.

Updated 8 May 2017. The mechanism that handles typed characters is changed because characters were lost if you typed quickly. Now you can type as quickly as you like but no characters will be added to the score until you type the default Enter key or click on any of the dialog buttons. Do not use Esc to close the dialog if you have any unprocessed characters, as those characters will be discarded. This design change is the lesser (I think) of 2 evils.

Also the list of symbols available to customizing the list now includes all the symbols defined in the score, including user-defined symbols.

Updated 10 May 2017. If a symbol assigned to a keypad key is undefined in the current score, a warning will be given and that keypad press will be ignored. This should only happen if you have customized the keypad to insert user-defined symbols and run the plugin on a score that does not include those symbols.

Updated 14 July 2021. Version 02.04.00. Change interface in Sib 7 or later to collect input in a visible edit box with an Enter key. This will make input more reliable, if less convenient. You may type multiple characters, but you must press Enter to apply the text in the edit box to the selected notes. You can also use the mouse on the keypad buttons, or in Windows only hold down the Alt key and press the key numbers.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Solo or Mute By Voice

Version 01.55.00
Added 11 Dec 2011 (last updated 20 Jul 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin lets you set the Play on Pass properties for all 8 passes to on or off for each of the 4 possible voices in a staff. It will function as a way to either solo or mute individual voices.

Updated 20 July 2019. Version 01.55.00. Added option to color muted notes gray, and unmuted notes black.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Selection Inverter

Version 01.06.00
Added 18 Dec 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Inverts the contents of the bars in the score that contain selected objects.

Previously unselected bars will not be affected.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Select All Following

Version 01.09.00
Added 18 Dec 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Makes a system (double purple box) selection of all the bars following the last bar in the current selection. This could be useful for deleting to the end of the score.

Updated 21 December 2011. Added ability to select regular passage as well as system passage, and to include the unselected end of the previously selected final bar in the new selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Title Page

Version 01.05.00
Added 01 Jan 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Deletes "special page break"-style title pages, or lets you change the number of additional blank pages associated with a title page.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Copy Plugin

Version 01.55.00
Added 02 Jan 2012 (last updated 28 Oct 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Make a clone copy of an existing plugin, with a new file name and a new menu name, in the same folder as the original plugin. This can be useful when making a variant plugin, or for creating multiple plugins that save data associated with the menu name.

It will remember the name of the last plugin you copied across Sibelius sessions, so you can set up your favorite template to reuse.

Updated 3 January 2011 to correct typos.

Updated 24 January 2012 to add default plugin names for easier cloning.

Updated 31 January 2012 to fix crashes on OSX in version 7.1.

Updated 26 February 2016 to greatly speed up file copy.

Updated 13 April 2016.By default it will increment plugin names that end in a number for default names. Also, it will allow you to create multiple copies in a single session. Now requires Sibelius 6 or later.

Updated 26 April 2016 to clarify error message that appears when the menu name is not defined using the _PluginMenuName variable.

Updated 20 October 2019. Version 01.52.00. Added ability to put copied plugin into any existing plugin subfolder. For shipping plugins a user subfolder can be created if it does not already exist.

Updated 23 October 2019. Version 01.54.00. Added ability to create new plugin subfolders that are not existing categories.

Updated 27 October 2019. Version 01.55.00.Plugin file was being created without a plg extension. Fixed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Minimum Plugin

Version 01.11.00
Added 02 Jan 2012 (last updated 14 Nov 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

A public-domain plugin that provides a basic framework for a plugin that processes objects in a score.

This plugin may be used as a template, and may be adapted, modified and distributed without attribution (and you use it at your own risk!)

Updated 3 January 2011 to correct typos.

Updated 11 February 2012 to update comments - no code changes.

Updated 12 May 2018 to tweak some text.

Updated 6 November 2020. Version 01.08.00. More cleanup. Added IsValidObject routine.

Updated 10 November 2020. Version 01.10.00.

Cleanup and internal documentation changes to support a document on using this plugin.

Updated 13 November 2020. Version 01.11.00.Added code to handle DoNotDisplayDialog.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Restore Edited Shipping Files

Version 01.15.00
Added 05 Jan 2012 (last updated 06 Aug 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Lists user copies of shipping plugins, house styles, and manuscript papers and offers to delete them or move them to a folder outside of the user subfolder.

This can be useful if you edit shipping plugins to see how they work, especially after a Sibelius update, when you cannot remember which ones you have edited, and want to enable the most recent versions.

Updated 3 August 2015. Renamed from Restore Shipping Edited Plugins to Restore Shipping Edited Files. Added tracking for edited House Style and Manuscript papers as well as plugins.

Updated 6 August 2015. Fixes Mac hanging bug.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter First Notes

Version 01.22.00
Added 02 Feb 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Starting with a passage selection, this plugin filters the first non-rest note in each visible staff in the selection. It avoids staves hidden by Hide Empty Staves, Focus On Staves, or a hidden instrument change.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Multicopy Dynamic

Version 01.34.80
Added 02 Feb 2012 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds dynamics text (such as mf) that is typed in or chosen from a list to the first bar of each visible staff in a passage (box) selection, or to the position of each selected object in a multiple selection.

In a passage selection, the text will avoid staves hidden by Hide Empty Staves, Focus On Staves, or a hidden instrument change. By default, the text will be added to the position of the first note in each selected staff in a passage selection.

You can choose the voice of the text; it defaults to ''all voices''.

Updated 6 April 2017. Multiple improvements, allowing choice of text style, whether to use music text font, adding ability to specify horizontal and vertical shifts, and allowing multiple locations for pasting.

Updated 03 March 2024. Version 0134.80. Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib

.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Bracket Chord Symbols

Version 01.08.00
Added 10 Feb 2012 (last updated 23 Apr 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

****Places parentheses around chord symbols, either legacy(text) or chord symbol objects. Doing so will convert "new" chord symbol objects to legacy chords. If the chord symbol displayed a chord diagram, both a chord diagram and a text chord symbols will be displayed.++++ **** The parentheses are not separate symbols, but text which is part of the resulting text object.++++ ****Updated 10 February 2012 to allow you to enter just and open brace or just a closing brace, for use with groups of chords.++++ ****Updates 8 April 2019. Version 01.07.00. Allow more options for bracket characters. ++++ ****Updates 23 April 2022. Version 01.08.00.Option to use unformatted square brackets instead of formatted parens. ++++

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Multicopy Object

Version 01.30.00
Added 15 Feb 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Pastes a single object previously copied to the clipboard to multiple destinations. The single object can be anything except a note, rest, tuplet, or system object (such as a special barline or Title text).

When the plugin is run:

If there is a passage selection, the object will be added in each non-hidden staff at the start of the selection.

If there is a multiple selection, the text is added to the position of each selected object (if the selection contains any system objects, the object will paste to the same bar and position on the first staff).

Compared to regular multicopy, the copied object will not be pasted to hidden staves, there is no problem with pasting when the destination selection intersects a tuplet, and you can paste to multiple targets when the destination selection is a multiple selection.

There is no ability to paste to the first note in a staff, but you could run the Filter First Notes plugin before running this one to get the same effect.

Updated 25 Feb 2012 to select all objects pasted by the plugin so they can all be adjusted at once.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Tidy After Conversion

Version 01.17.00
Added 21 Feb 2012 (last updated 22 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Tidy After Conversion undoes some things that convertors like MusicXML and Photoscore do to retain the original appearance of a score. It can unlock the formatting and reset the staff spacing, which changes the original layout but makes it easier to do your own layout.

Reset clef positions fixes a problem where clef changes at the end of a bar end up over the barline in Photoscore conversions.

Photoscore forces every visible accidental to be cautionary, so it will not disappear even if another note with the same accidental is added before it in a bar. Remove forced accidentals resets accidentals to behave as if you had entered them by hand.

Updated 18 Feb 2013. Added option to fix initial system key signatures in certain situations. Photoscore sets all key sigs to one staff only, so if the intitial key sigs for all staves are one-staff-only, the plugin will set the initial system key signature to the key signature used by notation staves, if they are all the same. It also fixes an odd case when the staves are not one-staff-only but the initial system key signature does not match the key sig in the staves.

Updated 30 April 2014 to add Optimize Staff Spacing, Reset Position and Reset Design.

Updated 16 May 2014 to include system objects when processing entire score

Updated 21 May 2018 to add flag to allow plugin to run without its dialog so it can be run better under Run Plugin On Score and Parts.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich / Jeremy Hughes.

Export Audio With Count-In

Version 01.91.00
Added 02 Mar 2012 (last updated 28 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Creates a copy of the current score, adding a specified number of "count-in" bars to the start of the score (allowing for pickup bars). This score can be used for producing audio files with a count-in.

You can have the plugin create the copy, export the result as audio, and delete the score copy, or you can create the score copy, and then export it as a separate step.

The plugin can add count-in notes to one staff only, or add them to all staves. The latter is useful if you want to take the resulting score and run Rehearsal Recordings or Export Each Staff As Audio and have count-ins for each part.

Updated 5 March 2012 to clarify some of the dialog text. Thanks, ME!

Updated 8 March 2012 for more tidying.

Updated 13 march 2012 changed to export all staves regardless of the original selection.

Updated 19 January 2014 to fix bug in handling file names with embedded periods.

Updated 21 January 2014 to add small bug fixes.

Updated 26 March 2014 to fix problems with shared dynamics in grand staff keyboard instruments.

Updated 21 April 2015 to fix problem with the wrong countin pitch in some situations

Updated 30 March 2016. Plugin now starts and stops playback before exporting a score, which should force the sounds to be loaded before exporting. Thanks to Kenneth Gaw for the idea.

Updated 27 February 2018. For exported scores, the countin bar numbers are adjusted so the first real bar retains its bar number. There is also an option to call the plugin Add Simple Click Track if it is installed.

Updated 28 May 2018 to deal with 2018.4 and moving system data.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Page Size Score and Parts

Version 01.71.00
Added 06 Mar 2012 (last updated 01 Sep 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Changes the Document Layout page size for a score and/or all its parts. This can be useful for scores created by MIDI and Photoscore imports where the parts might be created as A4 when the score is Letter. __Changing page size will also reset the page margins to their default values. __The plugin can also trace the page size and units of any scores. The plugin can run on the current score, all open scores, or a folder of scores. __Updated 28 June 2016. Fixed bug where the page size was always set to Letter. __Updated 31 August 2023. Version 01.71.00. Updated to work with score subsets.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Players Required

Version 01.08.00
Added 08 Mar 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin determines the minimum number of players required to play a selected range of bars.

It writes a report to the Plug-in Trace Window consisting of all the instruments that contain notes in the selection, and the maximum number of instruments that play simultaneously in any one bar. That is, in effect, the minimum number of players required to play the music, though not necessarily a realistic number for an actual performance. (But you could not play it with fewer performers, unless one performer plays multiple simultaneous instruments!)

There is an option to include instrument changes in the name of the instruments in the report, and a sub option to include Technique and Instrument Change text as instrument changes. The latter could produce unwanted information, but it should be relatively easy to edit out.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Beam 3 Eighths In Common Time

Version 01.10.00
Added 12 Mar 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Changes the beaming of consecutive 8th notes/quavers in common time (4/4 or C).

This only affect groups of 3 notes and a rest that start on beat 1 or beat 3, and have the rest as the first or last member of the group.

The plugin can beam the 3-8th notes together, or split 3 beamed notes into rest/single note/2 beamed notes or 2 beamed notes/single note/rest.

It should work correctly whether beam to/from rests is on or off. This plugin requires a passage (box) selection of full bars.

Updated 15 March 2012 to add ability to trace changed beam groups.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Bars Move System Objects

Version 01.90.00
Added 20 Mar 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Deletes all the bars in a passage selection of full bars, after moving any system objects attached to the first selected bar to the bar following the deleted bars. It will retain a title page if the first bar in the score is deleted.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Systems Per Page

Version 01.09.00
Added 26 Mar 2012 (last updated 29 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Lays out a score so that there are a specified number of systems on a page without changing the number of bars in a system.

If the format is not locked, the number of systems chosen may not fit on a page. Use ''Lock format'' to make the number of systems into a page.

It is simpler if the selected bars are at the start of a page; otherwise, the first changed page starts at the first bar of the original page containing the first selected bar.

Options chosen in the dialog will be preserved over Sibelius sessions.

Updated 28 May 2018. Internal cleanup; multirest handling improvements.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Pitch Values

Version 01.07.00
Added 12 Apr 2012 (last updated 29 Jan 2020)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin displays the all possible MIDI values for note names, or all possible names for MIDI pitches, including double accidentals or quartertones. This can be helpful when writing plugins. It is pretty geeky.

Updated 5 September 2017. Added ability to trace pitches by accidental type, including triple accidentals, which can be produced only by plugins, convertors or other processes, but which sometimes appear. Now you can see all the possible sharp,or flat, or double/triple accidentals in one place. Still pretty geeky.

Updated 29 September 2017 Fixes to triple accidental display.

Updated 4 January 2018. Added accidental value for traces, chiefly for use with quartertones.

Updated 29 January 2020. Version 01.07.00. Reworked most of the code to fix problems with Cb and B# and their variants. Added triple accidentals to some listings and added a new option to trace note values in all pitches in a specific octave.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Solfege

Version 01.09.40
Added 12 Apr 2012 (last updated 26 Feb 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

**** This plugin adds syllables to selected notes, similar to what Add Note Names does. The syllables come from lists of Solfege systems that provide syllables to be used for the lowered, natural, and raised forms of the seven scale positions of a major scale. **** The plugin provides a ''movable-do'' mechanism, where you specify the pitch for degree 1 of the scale. By default it assigns ''1'' to the root of the major scale used at the start of the selection, based on the key signature. **** This can use useful for ear training, and probably a bunch of other things. **** You can edit the Solfege systems, and create new ones, and these are retained across Sibelius sessions. **** It does not provide octave designations or rhythmic values, such as, for example, the Add Tonic Sol Fa does. It does adjust itself when key signatures change. **** Updated 13 April 2012 to save changed solfege systems even if you cancel from the main dialog. Also fixed a typo! **** Updated 14 April 2012 to allow text style to be typed in as well as being chosen from a list. **** Updated 19 April 2012. Corrected problems with import-export, added ability to delete a system, added a PDF file explaining how to use the plugin. Warning: this version will erase any settings made in earlier versions, so write them down before upgrading. **** Updated 16 February 2022. Version 01.09.40. Added checkbox to allow syllables created with a Lyrics text style to produce Lyrics objects rather than the usual Text objects for MusicXML export.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Position Dynamics

Version 01.72.00
Added 17 Apr 2012 (last updated 30 Jan 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin repositions Expression/dynamics text according to the text of the dynamics expression, the width of the associated noteheads, and the stem direction (in Sib 7 only), so that a dynamic will appear in an aesthetically pleasing relation to an associated note.

It comes with 4 "position sets" designed by Matthew Maslanka, with input from Jeremy Hughes, for use with Opus, Helsinki, Inkpen2 and Reprise fonts.

New positions sets can be created and existing ones edited. Position sets are saved as text files and can be shared among users.

A PDF file describing how to use the plugin is included in the zip file. I recommend looking through it before you use the plugin.

Updated 28 May 2018. Mostly grand staff fixes.

Updated 30 January 2020. Version 01.72.00. Fix to crash on grand staff when it was the final staff in the score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Unlink Objects in Parts

Version 01.05.00
Added 22 Apr 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Moves each selected object slightly in each part, then move it back to the original position. The effect is to remove the linkage between the object in the score and the object in the part.

It was designed to be used after running the Position Dynamics plugin on the entire score, so you can unlink the positioned text, and then run Position Dynamics with different settings on the score, without upsetting what was done in the parts.

It can, of course, be used anywhere that the same effect is desired.

Use Reset to Score Position to undo the effects of this plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Reset Position Independent

Version 01.06.00
Added 18 May 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Resets Position of selected objects. The trick is that it can reset the horizontal and vertical positions independently, so you can reset one without resetting the other.

So you could, for example, realign sets of lyrics vertically without losing manual horizontal adjustments.

This plugin is dedicated to Robert Puff, in part because it was so easy to do.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add LV Symbols to Notes

Version 01.47.01
Added 25 May 2012 (last updated 05 Sep 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Adds laissez vibrer/let ring/LV symbols to selected untied notes, mimicking the positioning of ties on the same notes __The plugin will determine the direction of the symbols and it provides options for adjusting the spacing of the symbols from the note positions. __This plugin requires Sibelius 7. __Updated 21 June 2012 to fix wrong version in error message. __Updated 29 May 2013 to allow plugin to work in Sibelius 6. __Updated 18 June 2018. Fixed minor bugs including not picking up extra symbols for use in list. __Updated 05 September 2023. Version 01.47.01. Updated for subset handling.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Copy Notes as Grace Notes

Version 01.09.00
Added 19 Jun 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Makes a grace note from each note in a passage selection, and copies the generated grace notes to the clipboard.

The plugin works by adding each note as a grace note to a "base" note in a temporarily added bar. All the grace notes will paste as if attached to the same note. The duration will match the original duration, or optionally, will be all 8th notes/quavers.

Notes that were in tuplets will be copied as if not in a tuplet. Selected grace notes and rests are skipped.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transpose By Interval

Version 01.10.00
Added 29 Jun 2012 (last updated 30 Jun 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Transposes selected notes and chord symbols by interval, allowing more intervals that the Sibelius Transpose function, including diminished 2nds, 3rds, 6ths, and 7ths. Some combinations, such as Major 5ths and Perfect 2nds will be disallowed when you choose OK.

Key signatures can be changed if all staves are selected. The previous key signature will not be restored at the end of the selection.

Updated 29 November 2012. To avoid possible trashing some notes, the plugin will now only work if there is a passage (box) selection.

Updated 30 June 2021. Version 01.10.00. Restructured the code so it could be called by other plugins (such as cmdutils) without bringing up the dialog.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Offtonic Note Info

Version 0.1
Added 26 Jul 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Note Info simply displays basic information about a specific note in a computer-readable format. I wrote it as a tool to help me understand how Sibelius internally represents notes, but I can imagine others wanting the same thing. Note that Sibelius's representation of a Note object is as an object inside a NoteRest object, so Note Info does not display duration or velocity, for example.

Plug-in written by Mauro Braunstein.

Remove MIDI Pitch Bends

Version 0.1
Added 02 Aug 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Remove MIDI Pitch Bends removes all MIDI pitch bend messages in your selection and optionally adds a pitch reset message at the start of each staff in your selection. MIDI pitch bend messages look like ~B47,66 and instruct the MIDI instrument to tune itself depending on the message; ~B0,64 in particular changes the pitch to default tuning. If you've used a plugin to add large quantities of pitch bend messages to your score (like Offtonic 19-TET or the quarter-tone playback plugin that ships with Sibelius), this is a quick and handy way to take them back out.

New in version 0.1.0:

  • Initial release
  • Removes pitch bend messages. You know, like it's supposed to!
  • Has the capability to add a pitch reset message (~B0,64) at the start of the selection in each staff in case previous music contains pitch bends

Plug-in written by Mauro Braunstein.

Offtonic 19-TET

Version 0.1
Added 02 Aug 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Allows playback of music in 19-tone equal temperament (19-TET). Very cool, huh? The 19-tone scale is not very different from our usual 12-tone scale. The diatonic scale can be reproduced very faithfully in 19-TET by interpreting a whole step as three 19-TET steps, and a half step as two. As a result, we can label the pitches as follows:

C C# Db D D# Eb E E#/Fb F F# Gb G G# Ab A A# Bb B B#/Cb

It's rather amazing that tonal music in 19-TET sounds so similar to tonal music in our usual 12-TET -- the only element that really breaks is enharmonic spellings, meaning that an augmented 6th is no longer equivalent to a minor 7th, for instance. We can take advantage of this fact by using our common 12-TET notation for 19-TET. No new symbols are necessary. Offtonic 19-TET adds a pitch bend message to each note in your selection, retuning your music to fit the 19-tone scale. Arbitrarily, C in 19-TET is tuned to the common C in 12-TET.

Interestingly, the 19-TET system allows some interesting sonorities. Thirds, both major and minor, are closer to their pure forms. The fifth is a tiny bit flat compared to the already narrow 12-TET fifth, but this is hardly noticeable. The augmented sixth sounds very much like a septimal minor seventh, the seventh overtone, which is a nice sonority. Leading tones are actually hampered by this system, as the diatonic half step of two 19-TET steps is wider than its 12-TET counterpart.

A major limitation of Offtonic 19-TET is that, by the nature of MIDI commands, it cannot retune chords, only single notes in each staff. Only one pitch bend command may be active at a time in a single staff, so if you need to retune multiple notes all sounding at once, they each need their own staff. This applies to chords, multiple voices, and even, more subtly, slurs, if they are set to increase a note's duration past 100%.

New in version 0.1.0:

  • Initial release
  • Removes all existing pitch bend messages from the selection and retunes the written notes to 19-tone equal temperament
  • Allows the user to specify the maximum pitch bend of the instrument
  • Includes a help dialog

Plug-in written by Mauro Braunstein.

Respell Accidentals Allow Doubles

Version 01.20.00
Added 07 Aug 2012 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Respells selected notes to their enharmonic equivalent (same sounding) spelling. Unlike the Return key in Sibelius, Respell Accidentals Allow Doubles can change a note to a note with a double accidental.

If the key signature contains flats, the plugin favors double flats when starting with a note without an accidental. For other keys (sharp, C/Am or atonal), it favors double sharps.

Quartertones are not respelled.

It is probably going to be most useful if assigned to a keystroke shortcut, so you can run it again quickly if the first respelling is not what you want.

This plugin is dedicated to Daniel Spreadbury and the Sibelius development team.

Updated 23 June 2015 to fix a bug that generated a bogus error message.

Updated 6 July 2015 to move category to Accidentals

Updated 10 July 2017. Support added for magnetic glisses in Sib 8.6 and later

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Respace Clef Change

Version 01.04.00
Added 10 Aug 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Sibelius sometimes leaves too much space in bars that contain clef changes. For all staves, for any bar that contains a clef change, the plugin hides the clef changes, then respaces the bar in all staves, then makes the clef change visible.

You may want to run it separately on the full score and in parts. I recommend running it on the full score first.

This plugin is dedicated to Daniel Spreadbury and the Sibelius development team.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Double Barline at Time Signature

Version 01.05.00
Added 10 Aug 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Given a passage (box) selection, which does not need to be a system (purple box) selection, the plugin will add a double barline before any time signature changes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Percussion Pitch Map

Version 01.95.00
Added 21 Aug 2012 (last updated 19 Jan 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Transposes selected notes, optionally changing noteheads and adding articulations according to the chosen pitch map. Specific pitches at specific octaves are transposed, as opposed to all pitches with a given pitch name.

The plugin reads data files called pitch maps, which will change a note at a specific pitch name and octave to another pitch name and octave. The new note can also be given a different notehead and articulation.

Typically this plugin could be used to remap pitches in cases where pitch mapping is not done by Sibelius on import.

Updated 13 January 2020. Version 01.93.00. Fixed bug where B sharp and C flat were mapped to the wrong octave, which did bad things. It has been noted that this plugin is capable of doing general pitch mapping, with the ability to remap octaves as well as pitches.

A PDF document describing the plugin is included in the zip file.

This plugin is dedicated to Robert Puff, who provided the built-in pitch maps.

Updated 17 July 2017 added support for magnetic glisses in Sibelius 8.6 and later.

Updated 16 January 2020. Version 01.94.00. Fixed bug where the pitches Cflat, Cdouble flat, Bx, and Bsharp were mapped to the wrong octaves. This plugin is capable of mapping any MIDI pitch in any octave to a different pitch in any valid octave, in addition to its designed use as a translator for MIDI pitch maps.

Updated 19 January 2022. Version 01.95.00.Fixed bugs where intervals or chords gave the wrong notehead or articulation.

.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Reset Spacing In Score and Parts

Version 01.94.10
Added 02 Sep 2012 (last updated 16 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Resets note spacing, resets space above and below staves, and (or) unlocks format for a full score, all of its dynamic parts, or both. __ It can process the current score, all open scores, or all scores in a folder of scores. __Updated 30 April 2014 to add Optimize Staff Spacing, Reset Position and Reset Design. __Updated 30 September 2020. Version 01.90.00. Was only working with current score. Fixed so it will work with open score and folder of scores. __Updated 30 July 2023. Version 01.91.00. Changes to support subsets. __Updated 1 October 2023. Version 01.92.00. Replaced message box asking to save each file in a folder with a dialog option to save files opened here, initialized to True. __Updated 16 March 2024. Version 01.94.10.Will process score subsets in Ultimate 2024.3 and later. Additional options for resetting note spaces to handle newer hidden note respacing.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Chord Symbols For Sib 5 Export

Version 01.30.00
Added 08 Sep 2012 (last updated 27 Nov 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Will convert Chord Symbol objects so that if they are text only they will become legacy chord symbols with plain text, and if diagrams, they will become a diagram with no text and a plain-text legacy chord symbol for the text.

The text used in the legacy chord symbols avoids the special characters used for accidentals and other characters in Sib 6 and 7.

This is intended for scores that are to be exported to Sibelius 5 and earlier, which used different text characters in chord symbols.

Updated 27 November 2017 fixed bug with chord diagram only setting

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Copy Wildcards

Version 01.05.70
Added 11 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Displays a list of wildcard text strings. You can copy a wildcard from the plugin window and then paste it into a Text item in a score.

You can also have the plugin write the list of wildcards to the plugin Trace window, and you can copy and paste from there without needing to run the plugin again.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Colored Objects

Version 01.70.00
Added 11 Sep 2012 (last updated 01 Jun 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Allows you to select or deselect all colored objects in a selection. There is an option to exclude Comments and Highlights from the filter.

Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

Updated 01 June 2019. Version 01.70.00. Fix processing colored rests

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Store Data For Wildcard

Version 01.24.40
Added 13 Sep 2012 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This is an extension of the Get Page Count plugin, adding the ability to use the score's highest Version number. __It stores the number of pages in a score, at the time the plug-in is run or the highest Version number of the score into a field of File- Score Info. __This makes the number available for use in text fields such as "Page x of y". If the $MOREINFO wildcard is used. The full text would be Page $PAGENUM of $MOREINFO with backslashes. __Updated 11 November 2017 to add additional fields including dates and file names that will be rendered as text, and could be used in cloud sharing scores using a wildcard from a Score Info field. __Updated 4 December 2017 to add File - Part option __Updated 16 December 2017 Added do not show dialog button and added Help button and dialog. Also added option to use the Title and Part name as data. __Updated 26 January 2018. Added Duration at End of Score option __Updated 5 April 2018. Added Current Sibelius Version to list __Updated 20 January 2023. Version 01.24.00. ___Added new time and date routines and Transposing Score status. ___Added New macro-plugin button to generate a command line that Execute Commands could use to run this plugin with specific dialog settings without showing the dialog. __Updated 24 July 2023. Version 01.24.10. Changed call to utils.IsPluginFileAvailable which did not exist, to call Rethythm.IsPluginFileAvailable, which exists in an accessible shipping plugin. __Updated 03 March 2024. Version 01.24.40 Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Families

Version 01.08.00
Added 18 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters staves that belong to instrument families that you can specify in a dialog.

Filtered instruments will be selected as part of a (possibly discontiguous) passage selection. The filter can select from an initial passage selection, or it can select from the entire score.

This could be followed with Hide Empty Staves to hide only empty percussion staves, for example.

Updated 21 September 2012 to make Select All do a system selection so system objects are included.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Explode Staff To Parts

Version 01.08.00
Added 26 Sep 2012 (last updated 10 Feb 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Splits a staff into 2 or more staves, then sets the resulting staves to show only in parts. The effect is that you can have 2 violin parts as both the original combined staff in the score and parts and separate instruments visible only in the parts.

You need to make a passage (box) selection of the staff that you would like to split. You only need to select a single bar (the plugin will select the entire staff).

The plugin will call the Explode plugin to split the staves. You will choose which staves the split notes should go into. The plugin will then select the resulting staves and make all objects in those staves appear only in parts.

In Sibelius 7.1.3 or later, these staves will be hidden using Hide Empty Staves. In earlier versions of Sibelius, staves will remain selected, and you can the use Hide Empty Staves to hide the original staves in the score (the plugin was not able to invoke Hide Empty Staves).

This plugin can be run only from a full score, not from a part.

This plugin is dedicated to John Hinchey, Daniel Spreadbury, and Michael Eastwood, each of whom helped make it possible.

Updated 9 February 2018. Added code to remove whole rests in all but voice 1 in empty bars to fix problems with multirests.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Reduce Staves To Full Score

Version 01.07.00
Added 26 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Combines 2 or more staves into a single staff, then sets the original staves to show only in parts. The effect is that you can have 2 violin parts as both a combined staff visible in the score and parts, and separate staves visible only in the parts.

You need to make a passage (box) selection of 2 or more staves that you would like to combine into a single staff. You only need to select a single bar (the plugin will select the entire staff), and the selected staves do not need to be adjacent.

The plugin will call the Reduce plugin to combine the staves. You will choose which staff the combined notes should go into. The plugin will then reselect the original staves and make all objects in those staves appear only in parts.

In Sibelius 7.1.3 or later, these staves will be hidden using Hide Empty Staves. In earlier versions of Sibelius, staves will remain selected, and you can the use Hide Empty Staves to hide the original staves in the score (the plugin was not able to invoke Hide Empty Staves).

This plugin can be run only from a full score, not from a part.

This plugin is dedicated to John Hinchey, Daniel Spreadbury, and Michael Eastwood, each of whom helped make it possible.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Show Staves In Parts Only

Version 01.06.20
Added 27 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Sets selected staves to show only in parts.

You need to make a passage (box) selection of the staves that you would like to hide. You only need to select a single bar, as the plugin will select the entire staff.

The plugin will make all objects in the selected staves appear only in parts. In Sibelius version 7.1.3, the staves will be hidden with Hide Empty Staves. In earlier versions of Sibelius, they remain selected, and you can the use Hide Empty Staves to hide the staves in the score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (English)

Version 04.02.00
Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (French)

Version 04.02.00
Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (German)

Version 04.02.00
Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (Italian)

Version 04.02.00
Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (Japanese)

Version 04.02.00
Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (Simplified Chinese)

Version 04.02.00
Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (Spanish)

Version 04.02.00
Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Lyrics To Expression Text

Version 01.05.00
Added 12 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Converts all selected lyrics to staff text in Expression style, maintaining any horizontal or vertical offsets of the the original lyrics. It does not combine lyric syllables into words.

The can be used in the likely unusual case where someone entered Expression text, such as dynamics, as Lyric objects, whcih cannot otherwise be easily converted to staff Text objects.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Dotted Minim Rests

Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 08 Jan 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Dotted Minim Rests only operates in 12/8, looking for any sequence of rests on the first or third beats of the bar and turning them into a single dotted minim rest. The plug-in will thus convert two dotted crotchet rests into a single dotted minim rest, a convention that some people prefer.

Plug-in written by Michael Eastwood.

Decrease and Increase Dynamics

Version 1.5
Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 25 Mar 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Decrease and Increase Dynamics

Version 1.5

Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 25 Mar 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1 and Sibelius 7.5

These decrease or increase dynamic levels within a selection. They are designed for speed and do not use dialogs. I suggest assigning to keyboard shortcuts such as Alt++/Alt+- on the numeric keyboard.

  • 1.1 Update: General bug fixes and improvements
  • 1.2 Update: Now works with any type of selection (individual dynamics, passage selection and system selection)
  • 1.3 Update: A bug which caused it to crash when reading fp has been fixed.
  • 1.4 Update: A bug which affected midi control messages has been fixed.
  • 1.5 Update: Support for all languages.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Move or Copy to Another Voice

Version 2.3
Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 12 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin is an updated and expanded version of the 'Move top or bottom notes to another voice' plugin previously submitted and is a simple alternative filter to the Sibelius one.

It moves or copies notes, lyrics, dynamics (including hairpins) and other text from one voice to another. Unlike Sibelius' filters, it works with tuplets (including nested ones) hence you can copy or move passages with tuplets partially or wholly selected. It also allows you to move whole dotted quavers (for example) in 6/8 time without converting them into semi+quaver combinations on the 2nd and 4th dotted quaver beats.

Furthermore it allows you to copy/delete the top or bottom notes of tuplets by moving them into another voice and then filtering and pasting/deleting that voice.

It works best when the destination voice is either empty or has the same rhythm as the source voice and is designed to complement the existing Sibelius filters. Where the rhythms of the source voice and destination voice are different, only the rhythm of the source voice is preserved.

1.1 Update: Improvements have been added in the way it handles destination voices which are not empty, copies note and rest properties to the destination voice and deals with the beam property in rests.

1.2 Update: This update contains various bug fixes which apply where the destination voice already has material.

Updated 12 May 2018. 2.3 Update.

Coloured notes are supported in Sibelius 8.3 and higher.

Slide Styles are supported from Sibelius 8.6 and higher.

Note styles in grace notes are now supported although multiple grace notes before notes are still not.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Paste to Chord Symbols

Version 1.2
Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 12 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is designed for educational and general use.

This plugin copies an accompaniment pattern in accordance with given chord symbols.

To use it:

  • Add chord symbols to any instrument in a passage of music.
  • Write the accompaniment of the first bar or two, making sure that this matches the chord symbols you have written. (The bars following should be empty.)
  • Select the accompaniment bars and extend the selection to the point where you want the accompaniment pattern to end.
  • Run the plugin, click OK in the dialog and the accompaniment pattern will "fill out" the selection, following the given chord symbols.

Dialog Options

  • Chord Instruments/Bass Instruments - The plugin uses the initial clef to determine how an instrument is treated. You can override this here.
  • Staff Containing the Chord Symbols - The lowest stave which contains chord symbols is automatically selected. This can be changed here if you want you try out alternative harmonisations etc.
  • Put added bass notes into chord instruments - When this is selected the bass notes of chords such as C/D are included in chord (treble clef) instruments.
  • Omit root of the chord in chord instruments - This omits the root of a chord from a chord (treble clef) instrument when the chord has a certain number of notes. This option can be useful for improving the voice leading when the number of notes per chord varies (e.g. triads followed by 7ths or 9ths). Also, 9th chords and above often sound better when the root is confined to bass instruments.
  • Voice leading in chord instruments - This governs the extent to which parallel 5ths and octaves are avoided.
  • Max amount of drift - In some situations when "Best" voice leading is selected the register of the chords will move unacceptably. This setting determines the maximum amount allowed before a correction factor is applied.
  • Range of notes used - This prevents the plugin writing unplayable notes. (The setting refers to the original instrument so Ignore instrument range might be more appropriate if you have inserted an instrument change.)
  • Return to Panorama View (Sibelius 7 only) - Because of a bug in the Manuscript language the plugin has to switch to Normal View when run in Sibelius 7. If you are using Panorama View and want to the plugin to switch back then tick this box. (This setting has no effect when using Sibelius 6.)

For best results

  • Make sure that the voice leading is as good as possible in the initial accompaniment pattern. (Use only one chord if you wish.)
  • Make sure the chords have similar numbers of notes, (e.g. triads, 7ths, 9ths). This tends to be true for most styles of music. Check also that chords with the maximum number of notes are present in the initial accompaniment or else create an extra bar at the beginning of the selection to create a match between your accompaniment pattern and chord symbols. (The Omit root option can compensate for this.)
  • If the results are not satisfactory, press undo, change some of the option settings and try again.

Updated 12 May 2018. Coloured notes are supported in Sibelius 8.3 and higher; Slide Styles are supported from Sibelius 8.6 and higher;

This plugin can run very slowly when the mixer window is open. A suppressible warning dialog has been added to remind the user to close it.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Left Align First Lyric In System

Version 01.14.00
Added 24 Oct 2012 (last updated 09 Apr 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Left-aligns the first word or syllable in a lyric line, leaving the alignment of other syllables unchanged. This is to support a common technique in hymnals.

The plugin accomplishes this by forcing the first lyric syllable in a system for each text style in that bar to act as though it covers at least 2 notes. This forces left alignment.

An unfortunate side effect is that syllables that generate hyphens will not show their hyphens. To get around this, the plugin appends 2 non breaking spaces and a hyphen to the text of syllables that would normally show hyphens.

Since this could cause unwanted layout changes, this zip file also includes the plugin Adjust Fake Lyric Hyphen, which will find adjusted syllables and let you choose the number of non breaking spaces to use for each such syllable.

Updated 23 March 2020. Version 01.10.00.

This update fixes a problem where only lyrics in the first bar in a system would be processed. Now the first bar in a system that contains lyrics will be processed.

An earlier problem involving syllables that would generate hyphens has also been fixed. Robin Walker came up with a way to avoid the problem, and his suggestion is implemented, so such syllables are no longer treated differently.

In previous version of this plugin, the plugin Adjust Fake Lyric Hyphen was included in the plugin zip file, so it would also be installed. It would find adjusted syllables and let you choose the number of non-breaking spaces to use for each such syllable. This is no longer needed, but for scores created in earlier versions of Left Align First Lyric In System, Adjust Fake Lyric Hyphen is now available to be installed separately.

Updated 24 March 2020. Version 01.11.00.Previously uploaded files was corrupted. Uploaded corrected file.

Updated 30 March 2020. Version 01.12.00.Changes to allow handling of verse numbers implemented as independent lyric syllables.

Updated 8 April 2020. Version 01.14.00. Hyphen handling has been reverted so that the plugin adds 2 non breaking spaces and a hyphen to the end of adjusted middle-of-word syllables. The gives less flexibility but is the only way I have yet found to prevent hyphens from vanishing in normal use.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Voices 1-4

Version 1.2
Added 11 Feb 2013 (last updated 09 Sep 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Delete Voices 1-4

Version 1.2

Added 11 Feb 2013 (last updated 13 Aug 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1 and Sibelius 7.5

Filtering out a voice and deleting it in Sibelius can take up to six steps if tuplets are involved. These plugins allows you to delete a voice with one command.

They are designed to be run from keyboard shortcuts, hence four plugins rather than one with a dialog and they will also work on selected passages that intersect tuplets.

Tip: Define Ctrl+Shift+Alt+F1-4 for these plugins respectively. This corresponds to the default Alt+1-4 (create or move to voice) and Ctrl+Shift+Alt+1-4 (filter voice) shortcuts.

  • Update: General bug fixes and improvements
  • Update to version 1.2 for Delete Voices 2, 3 and 4: Voice 1 is now never left empty in a bar. If no voice 1 notes or rests are present a bar rest is added.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Add Interval

Version 01.18.03
Added 14 Feb 2013 (last updated 07 May 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Add an interval above or below selected notes. Describe intervals using a fixed number of semitones, or add named intervals to the selection. This is similar to the Sibelius Interval Above/Below, except that Sibelius allows only diatonic intervals to be added.

The plugin remembers its settings and can be invoked without its dialog. Other plugins call call into it to produce a specific interval. Plugins that do this can be assigned a separate shortcut. Two sample plugins that generate up and down diatonic tenths can be found at Add Interval Diatonic 10th in the category Notes and Rests. These plugins require Add Interval to be installed, and can be used as templates for plugins for other intervals.

Updated 13 July 2017. Support added for magnetic glisses in Sib 8.6 and later.

Updated 24 April 2021. Support for Run Plugin Hide Dialog added.

Updated 25 April 2021. Version 01.18.00.

Fixes for obscure bugs, better support for outside calling plugins, more Note properties retained.

Updated 26 April 2021. Version 01.18.01. Removed debug traces.

Updated 3 May 2021. Version 01.18.02. Minor redraw change.

Updated 7 May 2021. Version 01.18.03. Reinstated warning when there is no selection and dialog comes up.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Interval Diatonic 10th

Version 01.15.00
Added 14 Feb 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is a pair of plugins, one for adding a diatonic 10th above the top selected note, and one for adding a diatonic 10th below the bottom selected note.

This is similar to the Sibelius Interval Above/Below which does not provide 10ths.

This plugin calls the Add Interval plugin, which must be installed (available for installation from the Notes and Rests category). If you would like plugins for other intervals, these would serve well as templates.

I would expect that these plugins could be assigned a shortcut, such as the usually unused 0/shift-0 keys.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Retract Line Ends

Version 01.08.01
Added 19 Apr 2013 (last updated 08 Aug 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Pulls back the right end of lines that end at the start of the next bar. The line will then terminate at the end of the previous bar. The plugin can process all selected lines, or just lines of specified types.

If the selection is a passage selection, any system lines in the selection range will be processed; otherwise only selected lines will be processed.

Updated 2 September 2019. Version 01.07.00. Updated to handle Highlights, and added checkboxes to hide the result message box and to hide the dialog so you can run without interruptions.

Updated 7 August 2021. Version 01.08.00. Added ability to specify an offset in ticks, which are 1/256 of a quarter note. The default offset, which is also the minimum offset and the previous fixed offset, is 1 tick, which picks up lines that just barely overflow the barline. If you specify 256 ticks it will retrace line ends up to a quarter not from the start, and 512 will pick up lines up to a half note out. This gives more flexibility to handle scores where something went wrong.

Updated 7 August 2021. Version 01.08.01. Included Max retractable offset in the saved preferences.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Symbol

Version 01.09.00
Added 25 Apr 2013 (last updated 30 Jan 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Replaces one symbol with another, which is normally not possible in Sibelius.

You can choose the name of a symbol that is in your score to be replaced, the type the name of the replacement symbol. If the replacement symbol is also defined in the score, you can use the Copy text button to avoid retyping.

The symbol name is case sensitive and must be typed exactly as defined in the Insert Symbol dialog. Note that some symbols have the same name, and this plugin cannot differentiate between such symbols.

Updated 2 May 2013 to make the dialog button larger to avoid truncating text.

Updated 30 January 2021. Version 01.07.00. This plugin adds a new Symboland deletes the original. Added more general routine to transfer Bar Object properties to the new Symbol. Color, ColorAlpha, CueSize, Hidden, and other properties are now retained.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Duplicate Pitches

Version 01.10.00
Added 05 May 2013 (last updated 29 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Removes duplicated notes in a selection. It is similar to the shipping plugin Remove Unison Notes, except that it will also process notes in tuplets. Its main intention is for cleaning up piano reductions in large scores.

The plugin processes a selection in two passes. The first looks only at chords in a single voice in a single bar, and it removes duplicate notes from those chords. Duplicate notes must have the same pitch and note spelling. The plugin treats notes with special noteheads, tied notes, and quartertones separately, so it will remove a quartertone, for example, only if there are multiple quartertones with the same pitch.

On the second pass, it looks at chords at the same position in a bar across all staves and voices. Again, the pitch and note spelling must be the same, and quartertones and special noteheads are dealt with separately. Notes are only considered duplicates in this pass if the starting position and duration are the same. It will not delete overlapping notes that start or end at a different time.

In the second pass, tied notes will be deleted if there are other tied notes with the same properties at the same location and duration.

This plugin is somewhat more cautious about removing notes than Remove Unison Notes. If there are still too many, you might try running that plugin as well.

Updated 28 May 2018. Bug fixes and speed up in dictionary code.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Respell Chord Symbols

Version 01.13.00
Added 09 May 2013 (last updated 04 Apr 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plugin will respell chord symbol names, changing sharps to flats, and so on. Notes and key signatures are not affected. __There are options for how certain chord roots are respelled. Chord root names with accidentals (such as Eb or C#) will change to a natural or single accidental. Natural roots change depending on the option: they can be set to never change, to change to a single accidental (E, F, B, or C), or any natural root can change, possibly producing a double accidental. __Options are retained over Sibelius sessions, and the settings dialog may be hidden after it appears the first time the plugin is run in a Sibelius session. __There are options to respell as sharps and flats, and all flats as sharps. __Updated 3 April 2023. Version 01.13.00. Improved initial selection check to look for chord symbols.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Unfilter Selection and Unfilter Selection Whole Bars

Version 1.2
Added 14 May 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

These convert one or more selected objects into a selected passage. The Whole Bars version selects complete bars. They are quite useful when working with filters and I suggest assigning keyboard shortcuts to them if you use them regularly.

1.1 Update: Added ability to reverse selection e.g. notes to passage selection and the other way too. This update also includes general stability improvements.

1.2 Update: When run with a passage selected the plugin now filters out tuplets as well as notes. This is useful for cutting and pasting.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Bracket Notes

Version 01.20.11
Added 16 May 2013 (last updated 05 Sep 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Bracket Notes will add a vertical bracket line to the left of selected notes. If more than 2 notes in a chord are selected, the highest and lowest notes will be connected. __It cannot make horizontal space for added lines, so you will need to do that manually. The vertical position of the line will usually be correct, but you will likely need horizontal adjustments. __This can be very useful for adding double-stop indicators in string parts. __The code that figures out the stem direction for notes in Sibelius 6 was graciously provided by Neil Sands, and I thank him for allowing me to include it in this plugin. __Updated 18 February 2019. Version 01.20.00. In Sib 7.1.3 or later, lines added to the first note or a bar will cause the bar to be respacaed to avoid the barline. __Updated 18 February 2019. Version 01.20.10. Increased dialog size to avoid text truncation on Macs. __Updated 5 September 2023. Version 01.20.11. Updated for subset support.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Text Line Feeds

Version 01.05.00
Added 21 Jun 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin will remove line feeds separating lines in selected Text or System Text objects (replacing them with spaces if there are none in the surrounding text). At this point, the text will be a single line, and in Sibelius 7 or later you can use the size of the text box to control where the lines break.

The plugin has no dialog, and it processes selected Text and System Text objects. It does not process lyrics.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Word Wrap Text

Version 01.10.00
Added 21 Jun 2013 (last updated 28 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Add lines breaks to selected text or system text, splitting lines at word boundaries. Lyrics will not be processed.

This plugin is not needed in Sibelius 7 or later, because you can word wrap lines by adjusting the size of the enclosing text box.

To split text, you must specify the size of the longest line you want. Single words will not be split. By default only unformatted text will be split. You can choose to split formatted text, but any formatting will be lost in the process.

Updated 28 May 2018. Fixed trim blanks to avoid crash in Sib 6.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Apply series

Version 3.0
Added 25 Jul 2013 (last updated 09 Sep 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin is principally designed to help with serial composition but it can be used for other purposes, including mapping the rhythm of one stave to as set of pitches contained in another.

It requires a stave to be wholly dedicated to the series (source pitches), which should be present once in its Prime form. The plugin can then be used to map selected notes in other staves to the series notes.

Options include different versions of the series (Prime, Retrograde, Inversion and Inversion Retrograde), transposition, octave shifts, labelling the version used and note numbering.

Version 2 is fully polyphonic, i.e. it works with chords and it also allows the partial selection, repetition and reordering of the notes in the series. Such techniques are quite common in post war serial music. A bug which could lead to the main dialog disappearing has also been fixed.

The series can be any number of notes.

Added in Version 3

The octave position of the series notes can now be determined by the selected notes and the series can now be applied one stave a time or across all selected staves in the order that the notes are played.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Display Accidentals In Selected Notes

Version 01.10.01
Added 22 Aug 2013 (last updated 10 Jan 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Hide, unhide, or make the accidentals in selected notes visible. The noteheads must be selected, not just the accidentals.

In Sibelius 7.1.3 or later, the plugin can hide or force only accidentals that are visible, so you can select all notes in a passage. In Sibelius 6, you must select the notes you want individually, or the plugin will change the accidental style on all selected notes.

With cross-staff beamed notes, even in Sibelius 7, Sibelius sometimes gets confused about whether an accidental is visible. If you try to change visible accidentals and they do not change, turn off the visible option and select only the notes whose accidentals you wish to change.

Updated 26 August 2013. Handles selection that include only parts of notes, such as stems, which would crash the plugin. These are now ignored. Also the plugin now respaces the selection at the end.

Updated 17 January 2017 Added option to display accidentals in parentheses.

Updated 23 January 2018 to fix typos

Updated 18 February 2019 to make version number on download page match number in file. (01.10.00)

Updated 10 January 2022 version 01.10.01 to fix dialog title.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Simplify Part Names

Version 01.30.00
Added 04 Sep 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Removes all but the first instrument name in the Part Name field in Score Info for each dynamic part in each processed score. This removes any additional instrument names which could be produced by instrument changes.

Parts containing multiple instruments will not be simplified.

You can process the current score, all currently open scores, or a folder of scores.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Merge To Voice 1

Version 01.08.00
Added 04 Sep 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin converts notes in selected bars to be in voice 1. Just selecting the notes and choosing 1 on the keypad does this, but not very well, so the plugin automates these steps, which tends to do a better job:

1. Filter and delete rests in voices other than voice 1.

2. Remove tuplets and any notes contained in tuplets from the selection (since tuplets do not merge when the voice is changed, but rather overwrite). Other objects like slurs and text that start within the range of a tuplet in the same voice are also removed.

3. Change the voice of other bar objects to voice 1.

4. Delete any duplicated text, symbols, or lines (such as slurs) that might result.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Leading Empty Bars

Version 01.80.00
Added 18 Feb 2014 (last updated 06 May 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in will delete empty bars from the start of the score up to a specified stopping point.

Before deleting, it moves any system objects, such as Title text, from the bar(s) to be deleted to the first bar that is not deleted. A title page will be preserved.

Only use the ''Delete bars before bar number'' option if bars numbers are always ascending.

There are some options to determine what the plugin will consider to be an empty bar.

This plugin was written to help with the large number of empty bars that can be added to a score when transferring from Pro Tools to Sibelius.

Updated 2 April 2018 Internal changes only.

As of 6 April 2020, this plugin has been replaced by Delete Leading or Trailing Empty Bars.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Swap or Replace Text Styles

Version 01.26.00
Added 25 Feb 2014 (last updated 30 May 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Swaps the text styles of 2 styles of text (such as Lyrics Line 1 and Lyrics Line 2). It can also replace one text style with another style.

Swapping of styles present in the current score work for all languages supported by Sibelius. Replacing with a text style not currently present in the score is only available for English and German.

Styles to be swapped should be in the same 'text style class', so swap System text with System text, Staff text with Staff text. Lyrics with Lyrics, and Blank Page text with Blank Page text. Swapping Lyrics for Staff text is allowed but be sure it is appropriate.

Updated 27 December 2015 to clarify some dialog text.

Updated 14 January 2019. Version 01.25.00. Allowed Chord Symbol text to replace other staff staff (by creating a new Text object and deleting the old, since replacing the text style did not work). This will work better changing from other staff text to Chord Symbols than the other way, but even that should work. Also separated out some Symbol type staff Text Styles which were not converted before.

Updated 30 May 2019. Version 01.26.00. Added ability to only replace and not swap,styles, even if both styles are in the selection. If that option is chosen, selected text in the style chosen in the Text Styles In Selection box will have its text style replaced by the style chosen in the Valid Text Styles box, but text with the style in Valid Text Styles will not be changed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Turbo Comment

Version 1.22
Added 18 Mar 2014 (last updated 01 Apr 2014)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Add Turbo Comment

Update: Adding white and light grey colour options.

For use with Sibelius 6 and higher

This plug-in allows you to add and format comments with more options than the native 'Add Comment' function provides.

Features

  • Ability to change Commenter Name without going into Sibelius preferences.
  • It is easier to type the comment into the provided dialog box vs. typing directly into a comment.
  • Ability to use and customize canned phrases for your comment text, which saves time and offers more consistency.
  • Ability to edit the staff names and bars affected.
  • The comment color is selected before the comment is created, with a choice of standard Post-It ® note colors and others.
  • Ability to select the font type and font color before the comment is created.
  • Can add a comment even if when they are set to "invisible"
  • Remembers the last 10 free-form comments for easy reuse

Options

  • Place comment above top staff even if commented staff/staves are elsewhere.
  • Append comment color as text within the comment itself. These is useful if you 'export' comments.
  • Highlight commented bar(s) with the same color as the comment itself. Applies only to selected bar(s), even when the selection contains non-contiguous staves.
  • Show Sibelius 'internal bar numbers' associated with the commented bars. Internal bar numbers shown in parenthesis ( ).
  • Minimize the comment size.
  • Suppress the staff name(s) and bar number(s) in the comment
  • Options are saved from the prior session to speed up your work.

Note

It is highly recommended that you assign a keyboard shortcut to this plug-in for ease of use.

Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

Filter Text

Version 01.91.00
Added 20 Mar 2014 (last updated 03 May 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plugin presents a list of text, system text, and lyrics that are present in the current selection, and allows you to filter specific styles in the selection. In Sibelius 7.1.3 and later, the list box is multi-selectable, and you can use ctrl/cmnd click to choose multiple styles for filtering. In Sibelius 6, you can only choose one style for filtering. __Checkboxes allow you to restrict the list to staff text, system text, or lyrics. __You can either Select or Deselect the chosen styles. Select will cause text with the chosen style(s) to be selected. Deselect will cause text in any styles in the list that are not chosen to be selected. __The Advanced Filter in Sibelius will also filter text, but if you have a lot of filtering to do, this plugin requires fewer steps, and makes searching for styles easier by restricting the list of styles to those that are present in the original selection. __Updated 6 May 2014 to fix bugs in dialog selection __Major update 6 December 2021. Version 01.90.00. Added features to allow the content of text objects to be filtered as well as the text styles. New features available in Sib 7.1.3 or later only. See Help in the plugin for details of the new features. __Updated 3 May 2023. Version 01.91.00. __Added checkboxes for Trace Results: shows number of changes made, off by default , and Reposition start of selection: Moves the Active View to the start of the selection after filtering, on by default. __These were previously non optional. The big change is to make repositioning at the end optional. Turning it off risks not having any evidence that anything was found, as does turning off Trace results.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Position Rehearsal Marks

Version 02.06.01
Added 02 Apr 2014 (last updated 02 Apr 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plugin centers Rehearsal Marks at the start of a system horizontally over the clef. __It works in a full score, in each dynamic part of a score, or in the currently active part in an open score. It can process a folder of scores. Open scores are neither saved nor closed. __All bars in the score are normally processed. The selection is only used when processing the active part or score in the current score. __The plugin does not affect the vertical position of the Rehearsal Mark; you can adjust this by changing the Default Position settings for the Rehearsal Mark text style, outside of the plugin.The plugin does not have access to these settings, and so cannot do it itself. __A PDF file explaining how the plugin is used is included in the zip file. __Updated 29 October 2014 to fix a bug and dialog layout when running in Sibelius 6. __Updated 20 March 2015 to allow the Open Scores and Folder options to work. __Updated 17 April 2018 to fix problem with remote respelling of transposed instruments. __Updated 28 May 2018. Bug fixes and tuning. __Updated 21 June 2019. Version 01.87.00. Text that is not attached to the first beat is now moved to the first beat before adjusting. __Updated 25 July 2019. Version 02.00.00. Does a better job by default, and it also puts a checkbox on the groups of offsets, so that you can keep the default values around without having to recalculate them when you want alignment to the barline. There is also a Reset button to restore the original settings. __It will now also optionally left align selected text, lines and symbols to the clef or barline, and handles the different spacing in bars that have just a bar rest. __As before, it will only align objects if the first bar of a system. __The PDF file included in the zip file has been updated to reflect the changes. __Updated 27 July 2019. Version 02.01.00. Minor internal changes to help other plugins calling it. Also renamed Restore Extras button Restore Spacing. __Updated 5 August 2019. Refined handling of Lines and made improvements to how Time Signatures are dealt with. Updated code that allows calling by other plugins. __Updated 12 February 2021. Version 02.05.00. __* Running the plugin on the full score will no longer affect parts. This prevents problems when Rehearsal Marks that are in the first bar of a system in the full score are not at that location in the parts, which would position the RMs incorrectly in the parts. If you want parts to be formatted you must use the option for Full Score and dynamic parts or Dynamic parts only, or process the active part when the active part is not the full score. __* The option to align objects other that Rehearsal Marks objects or System Text objects using the Rehearsal Marks text style has been removed. Only Rehearsal Marks objects or System Text objects located on beat 1 of a bar will be processed. Be careful that RM Text objects are actually attached exactly to beat 1. Text at beat 1.1 will not be processed. Look at the status bar to confirm this. This change is a side effect of the work done to prevent unwanted changes in parts. __* Rehearsal Marks or Rehearsal Mark Text will be processed in bars that are not the first bar in the system. This can be useful for interior bars with Time Signatures. Such objects will be centered over the barline by default. __* Interior bars new have their own set of horizontal adjustment values to let you approximate left-alignment of objects to a barline. Both RM objects and RMText are by default center aligned, and the plugin has to guess the width of the object to position it, and such objects have different widths. __* Moved objects will be selected when the plugin ends __Updated 14 February, 2023. Version 02.06.00. Internal changes only, to protect against bad data. Specifically it will not handle scores with empty parts, which it will ignore. _Updated 2 April 2023. Version 02/06.01. Fixed typo in dialog offsets where the first offset was set to -10 instead of 0.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Slurred Notes - Simple

Version 01.40.10
Added 07 Apr 2014 (last updated 13 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin selects most notes that are covered by slurs. It selects notes that are in the same staff and voice as a slur, and start at or later than the slur, and end at or before the end of the slur. It will select notes even if the slur itself is not selected, or if a covering slur starts before the first selected note.

All notes in a chord are selected if any note in the chord is under a slur.

This can be useful for doing things like changing Live Playback settings for slurred notes.

If you create slurs and extend them with the space key, it should catch notes at both ends. If you drag the ends of the slur, it may miss notes at the edges. It will not find notes if the slur crosses staves.

Updated 13 March 2024. Version 01.40.10. Added dialog to allow it to filter either slurred notes or unslurred notes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Go To Staff and Bar

Version 01.04.00
Added 06 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Displays a list of the staves in the score, and another list showing all the (displayed) bar numbers in the score. Select a staff, and select a bar number, and the plugin will select the the destination bar or first note, rest, or bar rest in the destination bar, and make the selection visible.

One can often just choose a staff and hit OK. The plugin chooses the first bar in the selection by default, but the bar number may be changed.

This provides a navigation facility similar to that provided by the Sibelius 7.5 Timeline.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Disguise Score

Version 01.63.10
Added 06 May 2014 (last updated 16 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Makes a copy of a score, or of the music contained within a passage selection, deleting previous versions. It then optionally randomizes the pitches and text of the score and all the parts, effectively hiding the music while retaining its general structure. __It could be useful for posting a score on a web page so that someone can debug problems. __Updated 8 May 2014 to add ability to skip randomizing Technique Text. __Updated 3 July 2014 to change dialog text to use Disguise rather than Randomize or Shuffle, for clarity. __Updated 14 April 2023. Version 01.62.00. Added Comments, and in 2022.0 and later, now randomize Staff names in staves, and Instrument and Staff names in Instrument Changes. __Updated 25 June 2023. Happy Birthday, Trevor. Version 01.10.70. Changed to work correctly with score subsets in Sibelius Ultimate 2023.6 or later. __Updated 17 March 2024. Version 01.63.10. Updated to correctly process score subsets in Sibelius Ultimate 2024.3 or later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find System Objects

Version 01.11.00
Added 07 May 2014 (last updated 04 Jan 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is one of a group of plugins designed to provide sight-impaired users with access to Sibelius score objects.

It displays a list of system objects (Titles, copyright, tempo, and other text, barlines, key signatures, time signatures, and more) present in the score.

When an object type is chosen, another list is filled with the objects of that type present in the score, with their bar locations noted. Choosing OK will select the object, and bring the selected object on screen.

There is an option, off by default, to have the plugin function as "Find Next System Object". If the option is chosen, and the selection in the score contains only a single system object (such as a special barline), the plugin will not bring up the dialog, but will select the next system object of the same type in the score.

This plugin will be installed by default into the Other pane of the Home tab Plug-ins menu on the Ribbon.

Updated 3 January 2020. Version 01.11.00.Added option to system select entire bar for found object to increase visibility. Also changed handling of Key Signatures. Previously, due to a plugin problem where a key signature object in the system staff cannot be selected, if a key sig was chosen its entire bar would always be system selected. Now the plugin looks for the first matching non-one-staff-only key signature in the normal staves and selects just that object. After the plugin runs, using Delete with that key sig selected will delete all the matching non-one-staff-only key signatures.

The intention is to make key signatures behaves as much as possible the way other system staff objects do.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Go To Staff

Version 01.04.00
Added 07 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is one of a group of plugins designed to provide sight-impaired users with access to Sibelius score objects.

Displays a list of the staves in the score. Select a staff, hit TAB and type a bar number, and the plugin will select the first note, rest, or bar rest in the chosen bar, and make the selection visible.

The user can often just choose a staff and hit OK. The plugin fills the bar number edit box with the first bar in the selection by default, but the bar number may be overwritten.

This plugin will be installed by default into the Other pane of the Home tab Plug-ins menu on the Ribbon.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Initial Key Signatures And Clefs

Version 01.07.00
Added 07 May 2014 (last updated 10 Dec 2016)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is one of a group of plugins designed to provide sight-impaired users with access to Sibelius score objects.

This plugin provides a list of the initial key signature and clef in each staff of the score; this is for use by the screen reader; the plugin provides no navigation ability.

The first line of text in the dialog states whether the score is transposing or concert pitch (important for the interpretation of the key signature, which is the current written key signature), and there is a line of text explaining whether or not all the staves have the same key signature, so the user need not look at every staff to see if there are any differences.

There is a Trace button which will write the contents of the list to the Plugin Trace Window, for later reference. Unfortunately, the NVDA screen reader does not read the Plugin Trace Window, but the contents can be copied and pasted into another application, such as WordPad, that can be read by NVDA.

This plugin will be installed by default into the Other pane of the Home tab Plug-ins menu on the Ribbon.

Updated 10 December 2016 to include the part name of the score, so you can easily find the score file name, the transposing state of the score, and whether it is a part or the full score, in addition to the key and clef information.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Map Pages

Version 01.41.00
Added 14 May 2014 (last updated 12 Jan 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Makes an overview of a score, creating a list of the bar numbers for each page, the bars in each system on the page, and the number of visible staves in each system and each page.

A "View" button will bring the first bar of a chosen page or system into view, so you can inspect various pages from the plugin dialog.

This can provide a sense of which pages are densely populated, and which ones are light.

Updated 17 Feb 2015. Fixed bug where hidden system was reporting 0 staves when really 1 was showing. Added score name and part name to data.

Updated 17 December 2015. Added score total and ability to hide dialog so that all output is traced. Plus made dialog smaller to fit laptop screens better.

Updated 19 December 2015 to make the plugin work more smoothly when run from Run Plugin On Score and Parts. A few more options were added.

Updated 27 February 2016 to include total pages and blank pages in score totals and add explanations.

Updated 12 January 2016. Fixed bug where View for last page went to page 1. Improved View placement so entire pages should be visible unless the final few bars are chosen.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Negative Bar Number Change

Version 01.03.00
Added 23 May 2014 (last updated 06 May 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds a bar number change at the start of a selection. Unlike bar numbers added with Create > Bar Number Change, these bar numbers can be negative (such as -7). The plugin will only create the negative bar number change; to change other properties of the objects use Create > Bar Number Change.

Updated 5 May 2020. Version 01.03.00. Fixed crash in Sib 6 due to call to Trimblanks. Also added option to include text before or after bar numbers.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Breaks

Version 01.20.20
Added 24 May 2014 (last updated 08 Jan 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Adds system or page breaks, and in Sibelius 7.5 or later, split system breaks, without requiring you to select a single barline, which cannot be done without using a mouse. __ In this plugin, to add a break to a barline, make a selection in the bar to the left of the barline (either select the entire bar or select a note or other object in the bar), and then run the plugin. It will apply a break to the barline on the right side of the selected bar. __You cannot add a break to the last bar in the score. __There are other resources besides this plugin that let you use breaks without selecting a single barline. Remove system and page breaks by selecting the bar containing the barline with the break and using Layout - Format - Unlock Format. Create a title page with Layout - Document Setup - Create Title Page. Use the downloadable plugin Delete or Update Title Page, category Other, to delete title pages and blank pages. Use the downloadable plugin Create Blank Page, category Layout, to create blank pages. __Updated 11 February 2015 to correct version and allow plugin to run in Sib 6. __Updated 6 March 2018. Changed all commands to toggle breaks, not just create them. Added support for Section End and Split Multirest. Added Confirm messagebox. __Updated 1 November 2019. Version 01.17.00. __You can now turn breaks on or off explicitly, in addition to toggling their states. __Special page breaks can be modified. __The break type of the first selected bar is displayed below the list box. __The list box will select the current break if possible for easier toggling. __Split system breaks are handled better and can be easily deleted. __A PDF file describing the changes is included in the zip file. __Updated 15 December 2021. Version 01.18.00. Internal changes made to allow Child plugins to call certain features without bringing up the dialog. No features of the plugins have otherwise been changed. The zip file now includes the plugins Breaks, Toggle System Break, Toggle Page Break, Toggle Section End, Toggle Split Multirest. The Toggle plugins will allow you to toggle the presence of the named break without showing a dialog, which may make some workflows faster. Some of the plugin features still require running breaks directly, and Breaks must be installed to use any of the Toggle child plugins. __Updated 28 November 2023. Version 01.19.00. The Breaks plugin was updated in November 2023 to make breaks added to multirests apply the break to the last bar of the multirest, this keeping the multirest intact. Previously, the break was added to the first bar of the multirest, which split off the first bar from the rest of the multirest. __Updated 20 December 2023. Version 01.20.10. Better support for Special Page Breaks and blank pages before the first Bar. You can now change the number of blank pages before the first bar, or the number of blank pages after any bar without having the delete and add a new break. As always, you can use this to add breaks without having to select a barline. __Updated 8 January 2024. Version 01.20.00. The setting "Match list selection to current break" is now saved across Sibelius sessions.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Dangling Ties To Slurs

Version 01.05.00
Added 29 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin replaces dangling ties with slurs, for use in scores where someone has mistakenly entered slurs as ties. It cannot replace the ties with slurs at the same location with the same length, which is what is desired.

Instead, it automates this process, for each note with a dangling tie:

* remove the tie

* add a slur to the note, as if the note were selected and you typed "s".

There are issues and compromises here. If the ties had been dragged, the duration will not be maintained. All slurs extend only for the duration of the initiating note. Slurs added to chords will go to the top and bottom of the entire chord, not at the note location. It works pretty well for single notes slurred to the following note.

Ties are considered to be dangling if the following note or chord in the same voice does not have a note of the same pitch as the previous note with a tie. Cross-voice ties are not processed correctly.

Using this plugin is a bit like having a drug with side effects. It will most likely not give you a finished result, but if you have this situation, it should speed up the process of fixing it. Use only as directed, and keep a copy of the original score to help set the slur lengths.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

There It Is!

Version 01.52.00
Added 09 Jul 2014 (last updated 05 Oct 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is one of a group of plugins designed to provide sight-impaired users with access to Sibelius score objects. It displays a list of types of objects present in the current selection. If the selection is a system selection (purple box), the list will include system objects, such as Title text, Rehearsal Marks, and Special Barlines. When an object type is chosen, another list is filled with the objects of that type present in the selection, with their staff, bar, and position in bar locations noted. Choosing OK will select the object, and bring the selected object on screen. Objects can be displayed sorted by Bar (the default), so you can see all the objects in a single bar for all the staves, or you can sort the objects by Staff, so you can see the objects across all the bars in each staff. A View button can be used to browse to objects without taking the dialog down. This would probably be useful only for sighted users. This plugin is similar to the What Is Where? plugin, with navigation capabilities. There is a Help button and an Options button. Some objects tend to be slow to gather and display, so the Options dialog has options to skip such objects, or to ask if you want to display them. By default, the plugin asks to show staff text, and skips slurs, notes and rests, and bar rests. Updated 30 July 2014 minor bug fix Updated 19 December 2014 to allow non-passage selections, so the results of a filter could be navigated to. Updated 13 December 2016.Added articulations to notes, added Trace button, added score file name, part name and transposing score state to dialog title bar. Also added duration to Note/Rest listing. Updated 28 May 2018. Speed up via progress bar and other code. Updated 12 June 2018. Cleanup, separate listing for trills, wider dialog to avoid text truncation. Updated 8 December 2018. Version 01.49.00. Added log file with new options. Added Trace All command to trace all lists at once, optionally tracing to the log file. Optimized tracing, both for log file and trace window, so it is significantly faster. Improved handling of Time Signatures. If there are Bar Number changes, both the Displayed (external) and Consecutive (internal) bar numbers are shown, since the external bar numbers may not be unique. Updated 29 March 2022. Version 01.50.00. All notes in a chord are now listed and non-normal noteheads are listed for notes. Updated 12 July 2022.Add instrument names to data describing Instrument Changes. Updated 05 October 2022. Version 01.52.00. For Ultimate 2022.9 or later, Instrument Names in Instrument Changes reflect any user-editing of the names. Previously only the default names from the Instrument Type associated with the Instrument Change could be displayed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hide Staves and Music

Version 01.86.00
Added 31 Jul 2014 (last updated 30 May 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Hides the staves for all selected bars in a passage selection by creating an instrument change to Hidden no lines. It can also hide staff objects. By default it will hide the music in the staff (notes, rests, bar rests, tuplets, slurs, trills, and arpeggio lines), while leaving other text visible.

The plugin allows text attached to a staff to be visible while the staff itself is hidden, allowing the text to retain the spacing of the attached notes. It can be useful for tonic-sol-fa notation, or solfege, or for showing chord symbols and lyrics without notes.

This plugin is dedicated to Mary McGuyer.

Updated 8 December 2017. In Sib 7.1.3, you can now use Hide Empty Staves to hide the staves instead of an instrument change. You will need to hide all staff objects for this to work.

Updated 30 May 2019. Version 01.86.00. Added option to hide Lyrics separately, and option to hide staves with barlines shown.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Format Tempo and Metronome Mark Text

Version 01.01.03
Added 03 Aug 2014 (last updated 21 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

For use with Sibelius 6 and higher

This plug-in allows you to specify the music font for the Beats Per Minute (BPM) characters in 'Tempo' text and 'Metronome mark' text (e.g. q = 120), with options to format associated equal signs, dashes and parentheses.

Features

  • Specify the font for the note and numbers that collectively specify the beats per minute (BPM) text, including tempo ranges and “circa” tempos
  • Maintain, add or remove spaces next to the equal sign and/or dashes in BPM text
  • Maintain, add or remove spaces after the left parenthesis and before the right parenthesis in BPM text
  • Maintain, add or remove parenthesis around BPM text. When the “Add Parenthesis” option is selected, parenthesis are only added when there is text before the BPM. For example, it will change "Moderato q = 100" to "Moderato (q = 100)", but doesn’t change q=111 to “(q=100)”.
  • Removes leading spaces before the text and lagging spaces after the text
  • Option to replace multiple spaces with single spaces
  • Option to “Reset Design” Tempo and Metronome Mark Text, which can fix a number of issues, particularly for imported scores.

Improvements in 1.1.3

  • Updated "ProcessSelection" method to use "\fFONT NAME..." instead of "\f FONT NAME". Removing the space between f and FONT NAME allows it to work in v6 which is less forgiving than v7
  • Improved the dialog box formatting for v6
  • Implemented Rules Engine type approach for ChangeFont method for greater readability, simplicity and extensibility
  • Updated trace function to work with v6
  • Enhanced algorithm to be able to handle "8ths" "16th" "32nd" "64th" "128th", q=h, q.=h., etc.
  • Fixed bug whereas something like q=h would format last char as a letter, not as a note
  • Check box added to set circa, ca. and c. as italic
  • Adding period formatting options for Maelzel's Metronome markings (MM to/from M.M.)
  • Rounds BPM to closest traditional value - 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 63 66 69 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 126 132 138 144 152 160 168 176 184 192 200 208. Handles individual tempo or a range.
  • Gives a warning if a tempo range has the same starting and ending value
  • Leaves tempo and metronome mark objects alone that appears to be a metric modulations. These contain a font with "Metronome" in the name such as "Opus Metronome"

Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

Export Midi or Audio with Standardised Settings

Version 1.0
Added 11 Aug 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Exports the score as a midi and/or audio file with the same level of volume and/or pan in all staves. This can be useful when exporting to a DAW for instance.

The original settings are restored after export.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Tidy Score

Version 1.1
Added 11 Aug 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin runs a number of Sibelius options which tidy up and optimise the appearance of a score.

It may be necessary to drag the first stave down to make space for the title after running it, but overall it should improve the overall appearance. If the effect is not what is desired, then it is, of course, undoable.

It does the same as the following commands in Sibelius 7 (and their equivalent in Sibelius 6):

  1. Layout > Reset Space Above
  2. Layout > Reset Space Below
  3. Appearance > Reset > Position
  4. Appearance > Reset Note Spacing
  5. Layout > Optimize
1.1 Update: minor improvements

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Paste Rhythm to Pitches

Version 3.2
Added 11 Aug 2014 (last updated 12 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Paste Rhythm to Pitches

Version 2.1

For Sibelius versions 6 to 8.

This plugin superimposes a rhythm of the notes on the clipboard on to a selected passage of music.

To use it:

  1. Select the rhythm to be pasted and copy it to the clipboard.
  2. Select the passage containing the pitches to paste the rhythm to.
  3. Run the plugin

Options

Paste the rhythm from voice

If the clipboard contains more than one voice, hence more than one rhythm, then the rhythm to be pasted can be selected.

Rhythm (source)

These options allow the rhythm to be pasted to pitches of the rhythm voice only (leaving the pitches in the other voices unaffected), the pitches of all voices as separate voices or the pitches of all voices as the rhythm voice. I suggest trying these out since it is much easier to convey these visually than verbally.

Pitches (destination)

This governs which pitches are used when new rhythm does not exactly coincide with them. The best option will depend on the musical context.

Text and Dynamics (source)

Since lyrics, dynamics and some other objects are often linked with rhythm, there are options to paste these also. Note that if these options are ticked they will replace the corresponding objects in the selection of pitches.

If “Paste from the rhythm voice only” is selected then only text, dynamics etc present in the rhythm voice are pasted.

Notes

If the selected rhythm on the clipboard and selected pitches differ in length, the shorter of the two always applies.

If more than one staff is copied to the clipboard only the top staff is used. The top notes of the rhythm voice are used to determine the rhythm (where ties are involved etc), the type of notehead used and other note properties.

The plugin only works for selections of 126 crotchet beats or less. This is for technical reasons, i.e. it makes it much easier to write!

There is a bug in the manuscript language which means that the direction of note stems can be wrong when combining grace notes, tuplets and multiple voices.

Added in version 3.1

This fixes a bug where pasted notes could disappear if Paste Note Pattern was selected and the pattern contained one note.

Added in version 3

Paste Note Pattern

This option allows both the rhythm and the Note Pattern (up and down movement of the notes) to be pasted. It allows the plugin to be used as an arpeggiator by creating one bar of the broken chord/arpeggio pattern, copying it to the clipboard, selecting some bars containing block chords then running the plugin with the option selected.

Demonstration Videos

Four short videos demonstrating the basic use of this plugin and some of the options have been posted here.

  • https://youtu.be/PQjlQKL_ppw
  • https://youtu.be/uBL36-SzDio
  • https://youtu.be/8v51zmSpsPk
  • https://youtu.be/NcuAxjZNE3o
Dialog

The wording of some parts of the dialog has been changed to make it more user friendly.

Bugs

A number of bug fixes have been added, in particular one that affected selections beginning with rests.

Added in version 2.1

Bug fix added to prevent the bar after the selection being affected when more than one stave is selected.

Added in version 2

Multipaste

When this option is checked the rhythm will repeated as many times as the selection will allow. (This can also be used for multiple copying of lyrics, dynamics, articulations and slurs on to passages which have the same rhythm as the clipboard.)

Offset

If “Use the pitches before the rhythm notes” is selected, this will use the pitches after the rhythm note when it is the specified number of beats from it. If “Use the pitches after the rhythm notes” is selected then it will use the pitches before the rhythm note for the specified number of beats. This is much easier to visualise than describe, so I suggest copying eight quavers (eighth notes) to the clipboard, and using the plugin to paste it over two minims (half notes) with different pitches. Trying out the options, with the offset switched off at first and then set to various numbers of quavers should clarify this function.

This option is particularly useful in for pasting Jazz/Pop type rhythms which often anticipate a beat by a quaver or semiquaver. Although large values are available the smaller ones are generally more useful.

Updated 12 May 2018 Version 3.2. Coloured notes are supported in Sibelius 8.3 and higher, Slide Styles are supported from Sibelius 8.6 and higher.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Add Chord Notes Below Melody

Version 1.2
Added 11 Aug 2014 (last updated 12 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in adds chord notes below a melodic line. It is designed to fill out a melodic line that already has an accompaniment.

To use it, select some notes and make sure some chord symbols are present in the same bars though not necessarily in the selected stave(s).

When run, the plug-in will add two or three chord notes below the melody line.

Updated 12 May 2018. Slide Styles supported in Sibelius 8.6 and higher.

The “Stave containing the chords” option defaults to the lowest stave that has chords symbols. This can be altered here if desired.

The “Passing Notes” allows the user to double passing notes (non-chord melody notes) a 3rd or a 6th below. The best option depends on the musical context and some alterations to the plug-in’s output may have to be made.

With the “Omit Root” option the user can miss out the root from the added notes. This often sounds better in complicated chords and assumes that a bass part is present elsewhere.

Please note:
  • If a change of key-signature occurs in the middle of a bar then the doubled passing notes may be incorrect until the beginning of the next one.
  • Chord notes are only added to single notes. If a stem contains more than one notehead no chord notes are added.

Updated 12 May 2018. Slide Styles supported in Sibelius 8.6 and higher.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Cresc Dim Lines as Text

Version 01.07.00
Added 01 Sep 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Places a text string consisting of a character, a space, and another character (by default ''< >'') centered on a notehead. The text will not affect playback. You can add hidden lines for playback.

The text is in Technique Text style. You can specify the font and font sizes of the characters and the space separately, and can specify the vertical and horizontal offsets of the text so it is centered to taste.

Settings are saved across Sibelius sessions.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Plugin Set

Version 01.53.00
Added 01 Sep 2014 (last updated 11 Jan 2016)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin assigns shortcuts for running a fixed set of plugins. The plugins are stored in an internal list and cannot be changed except by editing the plugin.

This provides a way to run a set of sight-impaired plugins without needing to assign a Sibelius keyboard shortcut for each plugin. This simplifies installation of the Sight-impaired tools.

The plugins in the list will need to be installed before they can be run with this plugin. A warning will be given if the plugins are not installed.

The initial set of plugins are Breaks, Find System Objects, Go To Staff, Initial Key Signatures And Clefs, and There It Is!

You can make a copy of this plugin and edit the variable _lstPluginsToRun to give yourself a list of plugins that will give you fixed shortcuts for any installed plugins that you want to set up. The first 9 plugins get the shortcuts 1 - 9, and then the next 26 will get A - Z (case insensitive). More plugins that that are ignored. See Run Plugins By Name or Fixed Plugin Shortcuts if you are dealing with large groups.

Updated 25 April 2015 to make the file easier to edit in a text editor. There will be no change at all from the user point of view.

Updated 23 November 2015 to allow it to run in Sibelius 5.2.5. No significant code was changed.

Updated 11 January 2016 to fix a small shortcut bug that would only show up if more plugins were added to the list. Current users should not need to update.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Import and Export Mixer Settings

Version 1.0
Added 09 Sep 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Export and Import Mixer Settings

Version 1.0

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1 and Sibelius 7.5

These plugins export/import the volume and pan setting of each stave in the current score. This can be useful when more than one playback device is used. The data is saved as a text file.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Flip Tie Symbols

Version 01.06.00
Added 07 Dec 2014 (last updated 19 Jun 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Swaps the symbols "l.v. up" and "l.v. down". The effect is that the "ties" appear to flip direction.

This can be helpful if you have many such symbols used to represent ties, as happens if you are using the plugin Add LV Symbols to Notes, which creates ties using these symbols.

Updated 26 August 2015 to restore a missing zip file.

Updated 19 June 2018. Added dialog with lists of available symbols to swap. The plugin now selects any changed symbols at the end.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Pickup Bar With Deleted Rests

Version 01.08.00
Added 23 Dec 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin produces a pickup bar in the first bar of the score. It will either convert the first bar to a pickup bar, or add a new pickup bar to the score (See Help... for how to specify the new pickup length).

Unlike conventional pickup bars, the ones produced by this plugin will be full-sized bars, with leading rests deleted. The advantage of using deleted rests rather than using smaller irregular bars (the usual mechanism) is that pickups created this way that start on an off-beat will play back rhythmically correctly.

There are some issues with how Sibelius handles copying and pasting bars with leading deleted rests. This is discussed in the Help... dialog.

The automates a process suggested by Adrian Drover, to whom this plugin is dedicated.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Align Notes

Version 01.09.00
Added 23 Dec 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin aligns notes in selected bars by removing any rests that follow the last (right-align) or precede the first (left-align) chord, or tuplet in the bar.

It does not delete any rests; it shifts the note data and adds rests to the front or back of the bar. The size of the bar does not change.

Entire bars are always processed; if any part of a bar is selected, the entire bar is processed. All voices in selected bars will be processed.

The plugin can be run by a user, or other plugins can call RightAlign(score, bar) or LeftAlign(score, bar) to accomplish note alignment.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Plugin Info

Version 01.13.00
Added 30 Jan 2015 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin displays a list of all the plugins currently installed on your machine. Selecting a plugin in the list will display its full file pathname, Category (on the current machine), User or shipping plugin status, Version if available, Plugin number, and Date Installed. The dialog will also display the number of plugin installed on the current machine.

The can be useful for seeing if you are running a modified version of a shipping plugin, or to compare the version number with the one on the download page, so as to see if you have the most recent version of a plugin.

Updated 24 November 2015 to add a trace button.

Updated 8 February 2016 to add Locate All Copies to find copies of shipping plugins in all languages.

Updated 18 October 2017. Added ability to list only user or shipping plugins, and ability to trace plugin info for all plugins in list, so you can get a list of all installed shipping plugins.

Updated 1 February 2018. Added Find box so it can find plugins bases on any bits of a word in the name. Also added plugin menu name to the data list so you don't need to look back and forth to the list box to see everything.

Updated 4 January 2019. Version 01.10.01. Disabled Locate All Copies for Mac because it was crashing.

Updated 18 February 2019. Version 01.10.01. Updated version number in plugin file to match download page.

Updated 3 March 2024. Version 01.13.00. Added a Find-Search edit and button for the plugin list.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Articulation Symbols

Version 01.70.00
Added 30 Jan 2015 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Replaces Articulations entered as Symbols from the Articulations row of the Insert Symbols dialog with the corresponding articulation for any such symbols whose position matches that or a note.

It can save a lot of work if you receive a score from another user who does not understand how articulations work in Sibelius, and so entered them all as symbols. It will also replace jazz scoops and falls.

To replace Arpeggio lines with note-attached Arpeggios, use the plugin Replace Arpeggio Lines (category Lines).

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Scale Notehead Sizes

Version 01.60.00
Added 03 Mar 2015 (last updated 20 Jan 2016)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin changes selected notes to be a scaled version of the normal size. It does this by copying data from a file called the data score. This inserts an appropriate Notehead style into the active score and applies it to the selection.

You may see the data score open before the dialog box comes up. Please do not delete or modify the data score, as that will most likely cause the plugin to stop working. If it remains open at the end of the plugin, please close it without saving changes.

You can choose a different data score (if you have created one) using the More Noteheads button.

Updated 4 March 2015 to change the distribution of files to work better with the Sibelius 7 plugin installer.

Updated 19 January 2016. Added 45% size (cue grace) and 3 new stemless sizes. Code reworked and PDF updated for easier modification in the future.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Select Staves

Version 01.30.00
Added 25 Mar 2015 (last updated 16 Apr 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Lists the names of all the staves in the score. __Click on a staff name in the list box to check or uncheck it. Checked staff names will be selected when the plugin ends.There is no keyboard access to the list, so you will have to use a mouse. __This can make selecting staves in a large score easier, since less scrolling will be required, and can be useful if you are going to use Focus On Staves. __Updated 22 February 2018. Change Select Staves to use a conventional multi-selectable list box, which allows forkeyboard selection, in Sibelius 7.1.3 and later. For Sibelius 6, the original plugin, which uses a special checkbox-style listbox that can only be used with a mouse, is also available and is now called Select Staves for Sibelius 6. __Updated 22 February 2023. Version 01.28.00. There is now a choice to select all bars or, if there is a passage selection, to take the range of bars from the selection. This can be used to extend a selection vertically when many of the staves are offscreen. If there is a passage selection, any staves in the selection will be chosen when the dialog comes up, but you must specify every staff you want in the resulting selection, so if you want the originally selected staves to be included be sure they remain chosen in the list box. __ The “Bars in passage selection” radio button is the default option if there is a passage selection. If there is no passage selection only “All bars” will be available. __ The partner plugin Select Staves for Sibelius 6 has not been updated. __Updated 3 April 2023. Version 01.29.01. Added option to skip hidden staves in the selection. This feature requires the most recent version of the plugin Deselect Hidden Staves. __ The partner plugin Select Staves for Sibelius 6 has not been updated. __Updated 15 April 2023. Version 01.30.00. Added option to show only visible staves in the list box. This feature requires the most recent version of the plugin Deselect Hidden Staves. __ The partner plugin Select Staves for Sibelius 6 has not been updated.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Repeated Dynamics Text

Version 01.15.00
Added 28 Mar 2015 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Looks for repeated dynamics text (expression text with a font change to the music text font or a character style change to the music text font). The intention is to help clean up dynamics that get pasted into a place they are not needed.

The plugin looks along each staff in a selection to see if a dynamics text object is the same text as the previous such object in the same staff. It puts up a dialog of pairs that match, and you can select a text in the list and view it on screen. You can also trace the contents of the list box.

This is a simple plugin, and only attempts to provide some information to help determine if a dynamic is is duplicated.

It makes no attempt to determine if a repeated text object should be deleted. It pays no attention to hairpins (so a non terminated hairpin might be the same dynamic as a text but that will not be caught). It does not trace cresc/dim lines or text. It does not deal with repeat structures. It does not look before or after the selection.

You can't delete the duplicates from within the plugin, or manipulate the score at all, though the plugin can move to score to make a piece of text visible. It can be useful to use View - Bar Numbers when you want to look around.

It can show you where problems are likely to occur, especially when you get scores from someone else. It should catch all repeated text that is unwanted, even if it also will mark valid repetitions.

Updated 28 March 2015 to make the descriptions in the list box clearer.

Updated 1 April 2015 adding optional Comments, score scroll arrows, and a Help button.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Copy and Paste Across Tuplets

Version 1.1
Added 26 May 2015 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin enables copying and pasting across tuplets in Sibelius 6 and 7 and improves performance in Sibelius 7.5.

To use it:

  1. Select a passage that crosses a tuplet. (It must be a passage selection, not individual notes and it must have a note or a rest [not a bar rest] in the first bar of the top stave.)
  2. Run the Copy Across Tuplets plugin. (It converts the selection to a group of notes, rests etc.)
  3. Click on the first note or rest in the top stave of place you wish to paste to.
  4. Run the Paste Across Tuplets plugin to paste your material.

Please note the following:

  1. The tuplets and the position within the tuplets at the beginning and end of the selection in the source staves must match the corresponding tuplets and positions in the destination staves. Otherwise a multitude of tiny rests will appear which requires Edit>Undo to fix. (Basically the beginning and end tuplets must line up.)
  2. Copy Across Tuplets stores information about the copied selection which Paste Across Tuplets uses. It is not recommended, therefore, to mix these plugins up with the normal copy and paste functions, i.e. copying a selection with Ctrl+C and them pasting using Paste Across Tuplets.
  3. Because the plugin only works with passage selections, I've added a few filters for voices and notes/rests.
  4. If more than one voice is present, data from the end of the bar that the selection is pasted to can, in some circumstances, be lost. This can be fixed by undoing the paste and copy until the original selection reappears, and then using the filters in the copy plugin to copy and paste one voice at a time.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Easy Drum Kit Notes

Version 1.1
Added 26 May 2015 (last updated 28 Sep 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plugin is designed to simplify basic drum kit note entry and works correctly on the default rock drum kit (drum set) instrument.

To use it:

  1. Create one or more notes in the drum kit part, and select them. (A bar rest will not work.)
  2. Run the plugin and choose the desired drum, cymbal or other part of the kit.
  3. Click OK and the selected notes will be changed to the correct line/space and notehead.

If a note is selected, the plugin will convert that note into the required drum kit note. If a note stem is selected, it will add a drum kit note to the stem.

Version 1.1

Bug fix added so that ties are not removed from the original notes.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Move Selection Left/Right

Version 1.2
Added 26 May 2015 (last updated 12 May 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

These plugins are designed to make certain editing operations in Sibelius more efficient.

Copying objects is easy in Sibelius with shortcuts like "r" for repeat and Alt-click to paste but moving them can take many more steps.

These plugins will move one or more objects left or right to the next contextually sensible location. Selections containing notes and rests can be moved, as can selections containing lyrics, dynamics etc without notes. Most system objects (e.g. tempo indications, repeat signs) can also be moved.

They are designed to be assigned appropriate keyboard shortcuts (Ctrl+Alt+Home/End for instance) so that they can easily be run repeatedly in order to move the selected objects to the desired position.

Please note:

  • The plugin will run slowly if large selections are being moved. Cutting and pasting is a better option in this case. It may also run slowly in very large scores.
  • Time-signatures can be moved but the bars will not be rewritten.
  • Partially selected tuplets cannot be moved.
  • Notes are not split when moved. A crotchet (quarter note) will not become two tied quavers (eight notes) across a barline.

Updated 12 May 2018. Now compatible with Sibelius 2018.4 and Higher.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Color Enharmonic Pitches

Version 03.52.60
Added 15 Jun 2015 (last updated 23 Jan 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Allows you to specify a color for individual pitches, using separate colors for enharmonically equivalent pitches (such as F#/Gb). You can use it to apply a rainbow of unique colors for each pitch, or use it for proofreading and analysis. __Double sharps and flats can be colored the same as an enharmonic pitch (Gx -> A), or the same as the corresponding single accidental (Dx -> D#), and quartertones are colored as the nearest flat or sharp. You can, however, select a color from the double/quartertone lists, and all double accidentals or quartertones will get the same color, regardless of pitch. __One significant feature is the ability to edit the RGB values of any of the named colors in the color list. So if you like a different shade of red or yellow, you can have it. __The plugin saves its settings (in the plugin Preferences database), so your rainbow and your RGB edits and be set up once and retained across Sibelius sessions. __Note that, as with all coloring in Sibelius, all notes in a chord will be given the same color, unless the notes are in different voices. __Updated 2 June 2006 to allow it to use Colored Notehead Styles to color notes, so that notes in a chord can have separate colors (Feature available in Sib 7.1 and later). __Updated 15 June 2015 to remove any application of specific colors to specific pitches. A user may create their own color scheme and save it to be used as the default colors. Googling on color music scales will yield some historical coloring schemes. __Updated 15 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects __Updated 24 April 2016 for minor tweaks. __Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects __Updated 12 November 2016. Now handles the color White, both for applying and for editing colors, and will also now work with the updated Colored Notehead Styles plugins. __Updated 22 January 2024. Version 03.52.60. Added ability to color lyrics, internal code changes to share RGB editing code with Apply Named Color

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Move Time Sig Repeat Barline

Version 01.20.00
Added 17 Jun 2015 (last updated 01 Apr 2016)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

When you have a bar that has both a start repeat barline and a time signature, Sibelius put them in the wrong order. The time signature should appear before the barline, but the barline appears first.

The usual way to fix this is to shift the positions of the time signature and barline using horizontal offsets, as in the Inspector. This plugin automates this process, and it can perform the shift i the main score and/or in all the parts.

The shifts will be lost if you perform Reset Position on the bars that have been modified. so do not do that if you can avoid it.

Updated 1 April 2016 to fix missing TrimBlanks for Sib 6.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Align to Beat

Version 01.17.00
Added 23 Jun 2015 (last updated 23 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Moves selected text (staff text and non-page aligned system text, but not lyrics) or lines horizontally to a specified beat in the bar. The objects will be moved to the first or last beat if the target would be out of range.

This can be useful for users who receive scores from other users.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Batch Transpose 12 Keys

Version 01.26.00
Added 18 Jul 2015 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Makes copies of a score or the scores in a folder of scores where the resulting scores are transposed into up to 12 different keys. The generated scores will have the major key name appended to the file name, as in "Score1_Eb". By default the scores will be transposed into 12 keys; you can pick which keys to transpose to.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Style Sheet

Version 01.93.00
Added 23 Oct 2015 (last updated 06 Nov 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Displays which text styles, line styles, symbols, and notehead styles are being used in a score. In Sibelius 7 and later the font named and size for text items will be displayed.The main music font, document layout data, and some engraving rules data can also be displayed.

A PDF file describing the data produced is also contained in the zip file.

Updated 5 November 2015 to add Instrument Names and Ranges to the output.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

All Symbols Labeled

Version 01.81.00
Added 30 Oct 2015 (last updated 23 Jan 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Makes a copy of the currently open score and adds each symbol defined in the score, used in the score, or selected in the score to a bar in the score. It labels each symbol below the staff with its index in the symbol table, its relative index in its row in the symbol table, and its name.

Updated 20 January 2019. Version 01.80.00.Added ability to find symbol by typing any part of its name after the copy of the score is created.

Updated 23 January 2019. Version 01.81.00.Added ability to close and delete clone score after Find is complete.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Identify Selected Symbols

Version 01.09.00
Added 30 Oct 2015 (last updated 30 Oct 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Information about each selected symbol, including the name, index and relative index in a symbol table row, will be put into a list box. You can select a list box entry and choose View, and that symbol will be brought into view on the screen. You can also write the list of symbol identifiers to the plugin Trace window.

The fields in the description are separated by tildes (~). You can save the traced data to a text file, and then open it in a spreadsheet to get a more nicely formatted list.

There is an option to display and filter only selected unnamed symbols, which are often invisible. This can be a good way to delete such symbols if any are present.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Run Plugin On Folder of Scores

Version 02.60.10
Added 20 Nov 2015 (last updated 01 Jan 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plugin allows one to run a plugin, chosen from an alphabetized list of plugins, against the current score, all open scores, or a folder of scores. __By default, it will not save any scores processed; if you wish to modify and save scores, especially when processing a folder of scores, you should choose Save scores after plugin is run. If a folder is processed, all previously unopened scores will be closed and optionally saved. Previously open files will be left open, and may be saved. __Most plugins, especially those that bring up a dialog every time, will not be well suited for being run in this manner. Some, such as Find and Replace Text, have an option to hide a dialog after the first time it is run, and these can make good use of this plugin. Scores opened in a folder will always be fully selected with a system passage selection when passed to the called plugin; previously opened scores can be made to be fully selected. __The plugin can be used by plugin developers to write a simple plugin, taking advantage of the framework this plugin provides to have it process a folder of scores. __Updated 17 December 2015. Added additional plugin Run Plugin on Score And Parts which lets you choose a plugin to be run on the full score and all the parts of the current score. This plugin is suitable for being run from Run Plugin On Folder Of Scores. __Updated 19 December 2015 to allow better interaction for the plugins. You can now turn off the progress bar in Run Plugin On Score and Parts so the progress bar in Run Plugin on Folder of Scores will be retained, among other tweaks. __Updated 19 March 2016. Updated Run Plugin On Score And Parts to process parts in same order as the Sib parts list, which is different from the order they are given to a plugin __Updated 16 December 2017. Updated Run Plugin On Score And Parts to include a Find Plugin edit and buttons. Also changed order of processing so the full score, if processed, is processed after the parts so that changes to the score do not affect the parts. __Updated March 13, 2018. Fixed problem in the Open Scores option where running a plugin that generated new scores would cause those scores to also be processed. Thanks to Dick Jackson for pointing this out. __Updated 29 November 2018. Version 02.20.00. Updated Run Plugin on Folder of Scores to have a Find Plugin button, making it easier to pick the desired plugin. No changes made to Run Plugin On Score and Parts. __Updated 22 January 2020. Version 02.50.00 for Run Plugin on Folder of Scores, and 02.10.00 for Run Plugin on Score and Parts. Added routine CloseQuietly, which is a substitute for the disfunctional Close-False command. This will close scores that the plugin opens without saving changes or asking you to save changes, which makes running a batch process much nicer. __For plugin developers: Run Plugin on Folder of Scores is in the public domain. Code can be reused or modified without need of attribution or permission. There is no support for any modified code, so its use is entirely at your own risk. __Updated 24 January 2020. Version 02.51.00 for Run Plugin on Folder of Scores, and 02.10.00 for Run Plugin on Score and Parts. Modified the CloseQuietly routines to attempt to prevent backup scores being written for scores processed in a folder. If the Backup Scores folder is in the default location with the English name, the plugin will remove unwanted backup scores, otherwise they can either be ignored or manually removed as needed. __Updated 1 February 2020. Version 02.52.00 for Run Plugin on Folder of Scores, and 02.10.00 for Run Plugin on Score and Parts. Cleaned up list box handling to prevent having to explicitly select a list box entry to choose a plugin. Now the first entry in the list is always selected when the dialog comes up, but after the first time run in a session the last plugin run will be at the top of the list, and you can just type Enter to run it again on a folder of scores. __Updated 10 February 2020. Version 02.54.00. Cleanup for cases where a called plugin might close the passed in score. __Updated 16 February 2020. Version 02.55.00 For Run Plugin on Folder of Scores, and 02.10.00 for Run Plugin on Score and Parts. Fixes for issues with saving scores. __Updated 9 July 2020. Version 02.56.00 for Run Plugin on Folder of Scores, and 02.10.00 for Run Plugin on Score and Parts. New simpler CloseQuietly routine implemented __Updated 9 July 2020. Version 02.60.00 for Run Plugin on Folder of Scores, and 02.10.00 for Run Plugin on Score and Parts. Changes were made only to Run Plugin on Folder of Scores. __CloseQuietly was again improved.You can now specify whether the full score or the current active part of a score should be passed to the called plugin, and whether scores that had been opened by Run Plugin On Folder of Scores should be closed by the plugin. The ability to save preferences (implemented by calling the plugin Add Plugin Preferences Lib) is now available if Add Plugin Preferences Lib is installed.There is also a Help dialog that explains some of the issues in more detail. __Updated 16 April 2021. Version 02.60.01. No code change, but changed the zip file to only contain Run Plugin On Folder of Scores, with Run Plugin On Score And Parts getting a separate entry. __Updated 1 January 2023. Version 02.60.10. Updated to sync with changes made to Add Plugin Preferences Lib.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Bar Before Special Barline

Version 01.06.00
Added 22 Nov 2015 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Add Bar Before Special Barline does what Home - Bars - Add Bar At End or Home - Bars - Add Single Bar does, except that if the bar at the end of the selection ends with a Special Barline, that barline is moved to the added bar. If there is no selection, the added bar is appended to the score. If there is no special barline, the plugin behaves the same way Sibelius does. It can act as a replacement for these Sibelius commands.

The visual effect is that the added bar slips in before the special barline, whereas, when adding a bar in Sibelius itself, an added bar will always be added after the special barline, even at the end of the score.

No system data except the special barline is moved; the added bar is always the size that corresponds to the time signature. The plugin runs with no dialog.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Unfold Repeat Bar Rests

Version 01.06.00
Added 24 Nov 2015 (last updated 24 Nov 2015)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Replaces repeat bar rests with the contents of the appropriate bars. It will always copy notes, rests, tuplets, slurs, and non-hairpin staff lines. Chord symbols, dynamics, and some staff text may optionally be copied. Lyrics and other staff objects will not be copied.

If the "2 or more present in the source bars" option is used, hairpins will be copied if there are 2 or more hairpins or if there is 1 hairpin and 2 or more pieces of dynamics text.

If ''Copy all voices'' is unchecked, objects are copied only if they match the voice of the repeat bar rest.

For 2- or 4-bar repeats, the first bar that contains the repeat rest must be selected.

Unfolding affects both score and parts. If you make a copy of the score then run the plugin on the copy, you can use the copy for the unfolded bars, and the original score for the repeated bars.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

My Plugins

Version 02.18.11
Added 26 Jan 2016 (last updated 19 Jun 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Provides a list of plugins that can be run using the shortcuts in the list. The list can be edited by the user without editing the plugin itself, using the Customize feature. This lets you add plugins to a list in a specific order which will remain until you customize again. Each of the up to 35 plugins will have a specific one character shortcut (1-9 and a-z) so it should make having a working set of plugins easier to manage. __It is suggested that you assign a keyboard shortcut to this plugin, and then use this plugin to run the other plugins you commonly use. __Updated 10 Feb 2016. Now there will be a set of default shipping plugins that will appear in the list until the list is customized so there will be a starting point. __Updated 3 March 2016. Changes default shipping set. Added options to trace list and import list from a file and sort the list. __Minor change to allow blank lines in the text import file __Updated 16 March 2016 to widen some dialog buttons. __ Updated 31 March 2016 to always check for duplicates at startup, not just when customizing __Updated 3 April 2016 to improve an error message __Updated 18 January 2017. Dialog was laid out differently to allow all 35 possible plugins to be listed without scrolling. New option to run plugins just by clicking in the list box or typing a letter was added for Sib 7.1.3 or later. __Updated 8 September 2019. Version 02.10.10. Fixed the option Run Plugin if List Box Changes, which had immediately run the first plugin in the list if run from a keyboard shortcut. There is now a placeholder entry at the start of the list to support that feature. If you assign My Plugins to a keyboard shortcut, you can run any plugin in your list with 2 keystrokes. __Updated 1 July (O Canada) 2021. Version 02.12.00. Fixed unwanted warning message when using the Customize option. __Updated 22 July 2021. Version 01.16.00. Removed "Run if list box changes options, so you will need to press Enter or Run Plugin after selecting from the list. This was changed to avoid rare but dangerous crashes. __ The first list box entry (index zero) was once a placeholder which could not be run, but now it is a normal plugin index. There are now 36, rather than 35, available plugins. __Updated 06 August 2021. Version 02.17.00. Improved some error handling. __Updated 12 August 2021. Version 02.18.00. Internal restructuring or code to make it callable by Rerun My Plugins. __Updated 14 June 2023. Version 02.18.10. Fixed number of plugins available to really be 36: 0-9 and A-Z rather than 35. __Updated 18 June 2023 to remove a debug warning message.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add repeat with 1st and 2nd time bars

Version 1.0
Added 18 Feb 2016 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Add repeat with 1st and 2nd time bars

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8

Version 1.0

This simplifies adding an end repeat barline with a first and second time bars.

To use it, select the bars to be placed under the first time bracket and run the plugin.

It also helps to correct a bug in Sibelius where the 1st time bracket extends into the next bar.

The 1st and 2nd time brackets will be correctly placed if they contain notes or if notes are subsequently added. They may need some adjustment if they contain only bar rests.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Delete top/bottom notes

Version 1.0
Added 18 Feb 2016 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Delete Top/Bottom Notes

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8

Version 1.0

These are a pair of workflow plugins designed to speed up the removal of the top/bottom notes of a chord if it contains more than one note. They are intended to be assigned to appropriate keyboard shortcuts. (Alt+[ and Alt+] are possible ones.)

To remove all notes either press the Delete key or download the Delete Voice plugins for voice specific removal.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Harp Gliss and Octave Notes

Version 01.90.00
Added 07 Mar 2016 (last updated 18 May 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Given 2 selected notes (the main notes to be glissed between) and a 7-note harp tuning, this plugin generates a set of 6 small silent stemless grace notes representing, with the first main note of the gliss, the first octave of a harp glissando. The notes will be added in an unused voice if one is available, and their positioning is stable if Reset Note Spacing is used.

If the plugin Line Between Notes is installed, it can be called to draw a line between the last of the generated octave notes and the second note in the glissando.

There is an option to generate all 7 pitches of the octave.

For playback, the Harp Gliss plugin may be run separately, after selecting the 2 main notes.

Updated 27 May 2016 to fix crash when notes selected were not included in tuning.

Updated 28 May 2016 to fix handling of Cb and B#.

Updated 30 June 2016. Can now call into Harp Gliss Playback plugin to get tuning and to output MIDI messages for playback.

Updated 9 July 2016. Fixed some bugs and updated calls into Harp Gliss Playback to work better.

Updated 10 July 2016. Added option to hide rests between selected notes if both notes are in the same staff and voice.

Updated 05 May 2021. Version 01.80.00.

Added option to run without adding octave notes to act as a front end for calling Line Between Notes and Harp Gliss Playback.

Updated 18 May 2021. Version 01.90.00.

Move the "hide rests" options out of the "Create Octave Notes" block so it can be used even when no octave notes are created.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Dot Undot Rhythm

Version 01.50.00
Added 18 Apr 2016 (last updated 10 Jul 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Given a passage selection, the plugin determines that certain adjacent notes are pairs. If the pairs have the same duration, the plugin will dot the first note and divide the duration of the second note in half. If the notes are a dotted pair, it will make the notes the same duration, thus undotting the pair.

There are some restrictions. Do not run the plugin if your selection contains cross staff beamed notes, because the plugin cannot detect them and if they are changed the notes will lose their cross staff beamed property. (The same limitation is true for any plugin. A plugin can neither detect nor create cross staff beamed notes).

The plugin processes a bar at a time and it will skip any bars that contain tuplets, grace notes, quartertones or double tremolos.

There is no dialog. Just make a selection and run the plugin.

This plugin was inspired by, and is dedicated to, Daniel Spreadbury

Updated 19 April 2016. Rewritten to not use the Divide Durations plugin. You will only need to install this plugin to make it work.

Updated 26 April 2016. Added settings accessible when running the plugin with no selection. Settings allow you to toggle dotted state, change undotted to dotted only or change dotted to undotted only. The settings are in effect only for the current Sibelius session.

Updated 30 April 2016. Bug fix for odd positions plus Scotch snap option and show dialog option.

Updated 4 May 2016. Options are now saved across Sibelius sessions and there are new options that will dot/undot if you select a single note at any position in a bar.(Thanks to Bernie Cossentino for the ideas to do that!)

Updated 10 July 2017. Support added for magnetic glisses in Sib 8.6 and later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hide MIDI Messages

Version 01.30.00
Added 20 Apr 2016 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds the Hidden attribute to selected text that starts with a ~ and is structured as a MIDI message. This allows Sibelius to use Hide Empty Staves on staves containing MIDI messages.

The code will not hide any other text, so it is generally safe to select an entire score and run the plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Clipboards

Version 01.30.00
Added 09 May 2016 (last updated 30 Mar 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Clipboards lets you store the contents of selections into up to 30 numbered clipboards, and to paste from those clipboards into a score.

It is in many ways a much-scaled-down version of Sibelius Ideas, and if you want something like this, I suggest you first have a look at Ideas. One of the few advantages of Clipboards over Ideas is that you can assign shortcuts to specific numbered clipboards by using the ClipCopyx and ClipPastex plugins, and you cannot assign keys to Ideas.

Clipboards is a suite of several plugins.

Clipboards is the main plugin, and it lets you copy a selection into a numbered clipboard or paste from a filled clipboard to a selected area in your score. The data in these clipboards only lasts for a single Sibelius session. If you copy from a different score, that score must remain open while you are using the data. The data is not held in an actual clipboard, but when you paste the plugin uses internal Sibelius clipboards. If you paste between scores, even between a score and a part, the system clipboard will be used, so data you might have put there will be overwritten.

ClipCopy1 and ClipCopy2 will copy the selection to clipboards 1 and 2 respectively. ClipPaste1 and ClipPaste2 paste from clipboards 1 and 2, assuming there is something to be pasted. It is intended that you assign keyboard shortcuts to these plugins. There are instructions in the PDF document for creating more of these plugins to access more clipboards.

Load Clipboard Presets lets you create a Sibelius score containing bits you want to copy. You delimit the bits with Rehearsal Marks, and you can add Tempo Text starting with "DESC:" to the same bar as a Rehearsal Mark and it will become the description for that clipboard.

These plugins are described in more detail in the included PDF file.

Updated 18 December 2016 to prevent Paste adding duplicate slurs

Updated 22 December 2016 to do a better job preventing duplicates, thanks to a technique by Kenneth Gaw, which he gave me permission to use.

Updated 7 January 2017. Reworked the way passage selections were handled and how duplicates were prevented.

Updated 25 January 2020. Version 01.27.00. Fixed a bug in the paste code

Updated 30 March 2020. Version 01.30.00. Restored missing Load Clipboard Presets plugin to the zip file. Updated all files so they have consistent version numbers, and made Clip Copy 4 and 5 more consistent with 1 - 3. The basic code is unchanged, and this is really just housekeeping.

Updated 30 March 2020. Load Clipboard Presets version number had not been updated. Updated to 01.30.00 to align with other files.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Trace MIDI Messages

Version 01.37.00
Added 19 May 2016 (last updated 25 Aug 2018)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Writes the text and score location of selected MIDI messages (that start with ~) to the plugin trace window. For Note on (~N) and Note Off (~O) messages, it also translated pitch numbers to note names.

This can be useful when you have a "cloud" of MIDI messages, as when you use the Harp Gliss or Cresc/Dim plugins.

Updated 19 May 2016 to add a blank line between blocks

Updated 16 August 2016. Added blank line between messages for each bar.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Harp Gliss Playback

Version 01.98.00
Added 27 Jun 2016 (last updated 05 May 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Harp Gliss Playback generates MIDI messages to produce correct playback for harp glissandos using a specified 7-pitch harp tuning.

It is a rewrite and enhancement of the downloadable Harp Gliss plugin, which was written by the late Ian Cugley. In addition to the playback, it can write out a harp pedal diagram, and/or tuning text describing the tuning. Like Harp Gliss, you can select 2 notes and have the plugin generate MIDI messages for that gliss from a typed-in tuning. It is also capable of calculating the tuning based on key signatures, notes, and tuning indications, and can process multiple glissando lines at one time.

Details and limitations of the plugin are described in the document The Harp Gliss Playback Plugin, included in the plugin zip file.

The zip file also includes the plugin Trace Harp Tuning, which calls code in Harp Gliss Playback to calculate and trace the harp tuning at the start of a selection. This can be useful when running other harp plugins that require a tuning as input.

Updated 9 July 2016. Restructured to make callers like Harp Gliss and Octave Notes work better.

Updated 18 November 2017. Updated plugin file and PDF file to warn that the plugin does not work with Magnetic Glisses in a passage selection in Sibelius 8.6 and later.

Updated 22 Feb 2020. Version 01.97.00. Tidying the warnings about magnetic glisses.

Updated 05 May 2021. Version 01.98.00. Moved the warning about Magnetic Glisses later and tidied some code.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Beamed Note Groups

Version 01.07.00
Added 18 Jul 2016 (last updated 28 Jun 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Makes selected notes (8th notes and smaller) into a beamed group. It interrupts the groups at rests, barlines, long notes, or tuplets.

It skips notes under tuplets and notes with feathered beams.

The plugin cannot set the ends of groups to stop at rests. When the plugin concludes, the rests will be selected. Without changing the selection, go to keypad layout 3 and click the No Beam button.

Updated 27 December 2019. Version 01.06.00. Added options to beam in tuplets and across barlines and rests. The plugin will usually be able to beam across deleted rests, which is not usually allowed. These new features will not always work, for unknown reasons, but they are probably worth trying if you cannot get beaming to work.

Updated 28 June 2021. Version 01.07.00. For Ultimate 2021.2 or later, the plugin will apply the No Beam command to the selected rests at the end of the plugin if Beam Over Rests is unchecked. This will cause the beam of the last note before the rest to be effectively an End Beam, which the plugin was previously unable to do. This provides more consistent results than using the End Beam command on the last note in the group.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Guitar Capo Notation

Version 01.50.00
Added 07 Aug 2016 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is a set of resources for notating guitar music that uses a capo, when you want to be able to see the music in the “played” key and hear it in the key that would result from using a capo. If you wanted to have a capo on the 2nd fret and sound in D major, you could write the music as if it were in C major.

THis suite replaces an earlier suite which was written in Sibelius 4 and whose definitions no longer worked for Sibelius 6 and later.

A simple approach, if you don’t mind playing back in the played key, is just to write the music in the played key (C major in the example), and add text instructing the player to put a capo on fret 2. If you want to see the music in the played key but hear it is the sounding key you need to make changes to both the notation and tab staves, and they are different changes.

In either case you create new instruments based on guitar staves. For notation staves, you change the transposition for where middle C sounds. For TAB staves you need to change the notes assigned to each string in Edit Instrument Edit Staff Type. If you have a notation instrument transposed in this way, you will likely want to enter notes in the Transposing Scores rather than the Concert score. Tab scores with different notes will not care if you are in a transposed or concert score.

This package provides some tools to help in the process.

1. The Acoustic Guitar Capo house style includes instrument definitions for guitar notation staves capoed from fret 1 to 12, which some sharp and flat variations when there is a choice of keys at a given fret.

2. It also contains definitions for TAB staves capoed from frets 1 to 12 for these tunings:

a. · Standard, no rhythms

b. · Standard, with rhythms

c. · DADGAD with rhythms

d. · Dropped D with rhythms

3. To use the house style, import it into your score. When you add instruments you will see several groups of instrument definitions under the Acoustic Guitar group, and you can choose the notation and tab staves from these groups.

Note that a notation instrument has an associated TAB staff which lets it know the fingering to use when copying from the notation staff to the tab staff. The notation instruments are set to use the standard tuning tab with rhythm, but you can change that setting in Edit Instruments to be your desired TAB staff.

4. The Capo Notation plugin takes an initial key and guitar tuning and calculates the tunings at various capo positions. It also calculates the transposition interval, final key, and transposition change setting for notation staves. This can be useful if you have to create more of these by hand.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Impose Sketch onto Template

Version 3.02
Added 17 Aug 2016 (last updated 30 Jan 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Impose Sketch onto Template

For use with Sibelius 6.x, 7.x and 8.x.

This plug-in will impose the structure of a piano vocal score, sketch score or any score that you need to extract the structure from, onto a template file, transferring time signatures, key signatures, tempo text (tempo, repeat, metronome mark, etc.), bar number changes, special barlines (double, repeat, dashed, final, etc.), system symbols, system lines (rit, 1st endings, etc.), and rehearsal marks.

The plug-in will not work on a file which starts with an irregular first bar. In this case, you will need to make the bar regular again by deleting its’ contents before running the plug-in. Once the information has been transferred to the template score, you can use the plug-in ‘Add pickup bar’ to add the irregular bar back to the template score, and then go back to the original file and reinstate the irregular bar and its’ contents by performing edit > undo.

Usage

1. Setting up the template file

The template file must:

  • have only one bar
  • have no key signature (open key)
  • have no time signature (set up as 4/4, then manually delete)
  • use a title wildcard (\$title) to transfer the sketch title
  • use a subtitle wildcard (\$subtitle) to transfer the sketch subtitle

Title, header, composer and any other system text that forms part of the template file should be attached to the first bar, as it would be usually.

Tip: If you are adding the contents of the sketch staves to the template file, setting ‘auto system breaks’ to every 4 or 8 bars (depending on the content density) gives better page distribution of material which can then be tweaked as necessary.

For ease of navigation to the template file, it seems to help if it is located in the same folder as the sketch file. This will shortcut the menus to the relevant folder when opening and saving the template. It can also help to set the default saving location to the folder that contains the sketch file and the template file. This path can be set by going to Sibelius > Preferences > Saving and Exporting > Saving Scores.

2. Running the plug-in

  1. Open the file you want to extract the bar structure from.
  2. Run the plug-in and follow the on-screen instructions.

The plug-in may be found (by default) in the following locations:

  • Sibelius 7.x, Sibelius 8.x: Home tab > Plug-ins
  • Sibelius 6.x: Plug-ins menu > Other

For a video showing how the plug-in works, click the link: https://youtu.be/8b-RzPx7H5I

Thanks to Neil Sands for his support and advice on the creation of this plug-in.

Version history

Version 2.01 adds the option to include the sketch staves on the bottom of the template, and also the option to add their contents.

Version 3.01 adds the option to transfer the title and subtitle of the sketch score to the template file so long as those fields are utilised in 'score info’. This update also separates the metronome mark and metric modulation text styles from the standard tempo text so that they can be selected independently, and adds the option to select Timecode. Sketch score brackets, braces and barlines will now correctly transfer to the template file if the option to add the staves is enabled. This update also offers a filename for the ‘save’ dialog box, and users are able to specify a filename extension for the template file in order to distinguish it from its sketch counterpart.

Version 3.02 fixes a bug when using the plug-in with Sibelius 8.3 and higher, which would add a stray double bar between bar 1 and 2 if Key Signatures were selected to impose.

Plug-in written by Tom Curran.

Adjust Start Repeat Barline

Version 01.14.00
Added 10 Sep 2016 (last updated 10 Sep 2016)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Looks for Start Repeat barlines at the start of a bar, which are preceded by a visible Key Signature but not a Time Signature. You can add horizontal offsets to such barlines to give more space between the barline and Key Signature. These offsets will be removed if you reset note spacing so run the plugin late in your layout process.

You can also just trace the locations of potentially mispositioned barlines without changing any.

All potentially mispositioned barlines will be selected at the end of the plugin. You can use the Selected Objects option of the Go To plugin to browse among the selected barlines.

This was written to correct key signature and start repeat barline conflicts in Sibelius 8.4.2. These are most pronounced in fonts like Inkpen2 and Reprise and in flat keys.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Create N by M Tuplet

Version 01.56.00
Added 05 Oct 2016 (last updated 24 Jun 2019)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Creates a tuplet with a specified ratio from the first selected note or rest. You can choose any positive integer values for N and M, and a wider range of values is allowed compared to creating a tuplet in Sibelius.

Updated 26 June 2018 to add a Do Not Show Dialog checkbox.

Updated 31 May 2019 by Bob Zawalich. Version 01.53.00. This plugin now stores its dialog settings in Preferences so it retains them across Sibelius sessions. Also added version to title bar.

Updated 24 June 2019. Version 01.56.00. Changed processing when there is no selection; also added controls to allow choice of bracket and number properties similar to what is available in Create Tuplet.

Plug-in written by Hans-Christoph Wirth.

Add Rehearsal Mark Plus Double Barline

Version 01.06.00
Added 06 Dec 2016 (last updated 12 Jun 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds a consecutive Rehearsal Mark and a double barline to the start or end of a selected bar. By default it will add them to the start of the bar containing the first selected object, but if you run the plugin with no selection, it will bring up a dialog that will let you change whether insertion is at the start of end of the bar.

If the bar is at the start of a system, the double barline will appear at the end of the previous system, which is actually the same location.

This would be a good plugin for a shortcut.

Upgraded 6 December 2016. The plugin will now work if you select a barline. If you select a barline for the first bar in a system it cannot tell if the leading or trailing barline is selected, and will ask you where to put the objects.

Updated 12 June 2018 to avoid crashing when adding RM to last bar in score when there was a system selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Intelligent Ties

Version 1.0
Added 14 Dec 2016 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Intelligent Ties

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8

Version 1.0

This is designed to complement the existing tie function in Sibelius and assigning a similar shortcut, such as Shift+Enter on the numeric keypad, is recommended.

It does the following:

  1. If tie is present in any of the selected notes then all ties are removed.
  2. If no ties are present then ties are added to all selected notes where a partner, i.e. an appropriate note to tie to, is also selected.
  3. If a partner is available in another voice, a suppressible dialog appears offering this option.

Because the plugin looks for a partner, this must be selected for a note to be tied to it.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Multi-paste

Version 1.0
Added 14 Dec 2016 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Multi-Paste Text Entry

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8

Version 1.0

This enables the user to input technique and other types of text into more than one place in the score in one operation.

If staves are selected, then the text is place over the first note in each stave. There is also an option to add the opposite indication to the first note after the selection. To convert a passage to “pizz.”, for example, select the appropriate bars of the string staves and run the plugin. “pizz.” will be entered on the first note of each selected stave and arco in the first note of each stave following the selection.

If individual notes are selected, the text is entered above each selected note.

Items can be added to and removed from the option list and the opposite indication can also be edited.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

No Duplicates Paste

Version 1.0
Added 16 Jan 2017 (last updated 16 Jan 2017)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

For Sibelius 6, 7, 7.5 and 8

This plugin pastes a selection without doubling lines and text when bars are partially selected.

It supersedes the Complete Copy and Paste plugins which are now deprecated.

It has the following advantages over them:

  • Conventional copying is used. No copy plugin is required.
  • It does not affect the draw order of notes, lines or text in any way.
  • It supports multipaste, ie copying a passage as many times as possible in a selected passage.
  • By default, Sibelius has two shortcuts for pasting. Shift+Insert is the least used of the two, so it can be assigned to this plugin if desired.

Many thanks to Bob Zawalich for his encouragement and technical contributions to this plugin.

Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

Add Fake Barlines to Bars

Version 01.28.00
Added 25 Jan 2017 (last updated 01 Jul 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds one or more vertical lines to each selected bar to serve as "fake" barlines. The line can span all the staff lines or only part of them by adjusting the Top and Bottom settings as viewed in the Inspector.

The line styles of any lines present in the score will appear in the list box.

You can add a "Between Staves" Special Barline at the same time.

You can divide up a bar with multiple fake barlines. No extra space is allocated for these lines.

Updated 26 January 2017. Lines are now drawn at the END of bars rather than the START. This allows lines to appear at the last bar of a system. Several other tweaks made.

Updated 20 February 2017. Added checkbox that allows you to double any fake barline and specify the gap between lines.

Updated 28 April 2018. Fixed bug that allowed number of quarters to be less than or equal to 0, which caused infinite loop. Also added ability to add to the start of a bar and a Help button.

Updated 15 May 2018. Changed the "line every n quarters" so it selects a note following the added lines rather than the line. You can then type shift+alt+right-arrow to space the notes. See Help for details.

Updated 18 May 2018. Changed routine that searches for lines in the score to look at all objects, not just a subset of lines. This appears to be fast enough, and it allows more choices. Be careful to choose a reasonable line type though. Some will not work well.

Updated 21 May 2018. The plugin will now work with non-passage selections. If will process all the bars that contain selected objects. It ignores all system objects except Special Barlines. If it finds a special barline in a bar, it will add that bar in each selected staff to the list of bars to be processed. This lets you add a line to each staff in one go.

Added lines can be automatically be colored.

Added lines can be sent to display behind the staff, so they can simulate a transparent block.

Updated 1 July 2021. Version 01.28.00. Changed colors from the highlight and command color set to the colors used in Apply Named Colors. Default X offset changed to 0. See Help for details.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

X Y Offset

Version 01.11.03
Added 06 Apr 2017 (last updated 05 Apr 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Sets the X and Y offsets of selected objects, as the inspector does (Absolute mode), or uses X and Y values to shift the position of selected objects (Relative mode). __It can serve as a replacement to the X Y positions of the Inspector in some cases, and adds the ability to shift the positions of objects. __As with any plugin, it can be assigned to a shortcut key. __It will adjust the right end of lines by the same Y amount the left end is moved so the slope of the line is unchanged. __By default, the initial focus is in the X edit box. If you run the plugin with no selection you can set the initial focus to go to the Y edit box instead. __Updated 22 April 2020. Version 01.07.00. Added ability to move just the left or right end of a line, in addition to being able to shift both ends at once. __Updated 14 September 2020. Version 01.08.00. Move both ends code was not adjusting right end. Fixed now. __Updated 16 September 2020. Version 01.09.00. Added ability to hide dialog during the Sibelius session and to retain the values from the last run in the edit boxes. __Updated 5 April 2021. Version 01.10.01. __Dialog controls were rearranged, and some new controls were added. The control to hide the dialog is now a 3-tate drop down listbox allowing you to show the dialog always, hide it for one Sib session, or hide it unless the plugin was run with no selection. The dialog will always come up if there is no selection. __Updated 17 April 2021. Version 01.11.00. __ Fixed Preview, which was net being reset. When the dialog comes up with no selection, the Previous and OK buttons are now disabled. Previously if you chose Relative and both values were zero, it was treated as an error. Now these settings will cause the selected objects to be reset to their default positions. A warning will appear the first time this happens in a Sibelius session. __Updated 18 April 2021. Version 01.11.01. Fixed crash when using the up and down buttons. Thanks to Michele Galvagno for pointing out the problem. __Updated 21 April 2021. Version 01.11.02. Added ability to have outside callers hide dialog. __Updated 5 April 2023. Version 01.11.03. No change in code. Updated version to force update. Includes helper plugins, which run without dialogs, and can be used with shortcuts for fine tuning. These require the plugin cmdutils, which must be installed: Set X Offset Left 06_CP, Set X Offset Left 03_CP, Set X Offset Right 06_CP, Set X Offset Right 03_CP.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Export All Versions

Version 01.06.00
Added 10 May 2017 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Exports each version present in a score as a separate score, comparable to what Review - Edit Versions - Export As Score does.

Versions are exported to the same folder as the original score, and the file names are the score file name followed by the version name.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Combine Text Objects

Version 01.10.00
Added 30 Aug 2017 (last updated 10 Apr 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Creates a new Text object by combining the text contained in selected Text objects or System Text objects, using the Text style and location of the first selected object.

The selected objects will be sorted in score order. You can separate each block of text with a line feed, a space, or any text characters. The original selection is maintained when the plugin stops, so you can easily delete the originals to replace them with the newly created object.

Updated 20 February 2019. Version 01.09.00. Added ability to delete original text fields, to use a breaking space as separator, and to process only groups of text at the same staff, bar, and rhythmic position in the bar.

Updated 10 April 2021. Version 01.10.00. Added code to reset the text formatting after each bit of formatted text is appended, to prevent explicit font or character style changes in the text from affecting following text. You should be able to freely combine dynamics and other text. As before,the text style used for the combined object is taken from the first object in the combined string, so formatting that came from the text style rather than being explicitly added can be lost when objects with different text styles are combined.

Also as before, lyrics are skipped, the original text objects are deleted by default, and dialog settings are not saved across Sibelius sessions.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Lock or Unlock Score and Parts

Version 02.07.00
Added 06 Sep 2017 (last updated 02 Sep 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Does the equivalent of Lock Format or Unlock Format to a full score and/or all the parts in a score, or a folder of scores. If both the score and parts are processed, the parts are processed before the score, which prevents changes in the score (especially breaks in multirests) from affecting the layout of the parts. __Like the Lock Format command it does not prevent notes from being moved, it just sets up breaks on bars to restrict layout changes. __When locking, the plugin will add breaks to bars at the ends of systems so that the current page layout is retained. __When unlocking, the plugin sets all bar breaks to default breaks. __Updated 8 December 2017. The folder and open scores options are now functional. __Updated 14 May 2018. Added ability to change page breaks to system breaks in score and parts. __Updated 6 December 2022. Version 02.06.00. Fixed crashing bug in Unlock Format. __Updated 02 September 2023. HBTM. Adapted for subsets.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Simple Click Track

Version 01.06.00
Added 18 Dec 2017 (last updated 18 Jan 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x, Sibelius 23.x, Sibelius 24.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds a wood block instrument to the bottom of the score, and adds notes appropriate for a simple click track.

Normally you can use the built-in click track from the mixer, but for Cloud Sharing and some other situations, a separate click track can be useful.

If you need a more sophisticated click track, consider purchasing Roman Molino Dunn's Click Track plugin at www.themusictranscriber.com.

If the time signature is n/d, the plugin will write n notes of duration d into the bar. For a 6/8 bar it will write 6 eighth notes, and the first note in the bar will be a different pitch than the other notes. It will adapt to changing time signatures and handles an initial pickup bar.

In Sibelius 7 and later, the added staff can be hidden.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Flip Vertical Arrow Lines And Brackets

Version 01.04.00
Added 12 Feb 2018 (last updated 12 Feb 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Swaps the start vertical position and the Right Hand vertical position for selected vertical arrow lines and bracket lines, and any user lines derived from these. The effect is to flip those lines.

For bracket lines, flipping the line will rotate the line on the vertical axis so the hooks change sides.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Rehearsal Recordings for Cloud Sharing

Version 02.60.03
Added 12 Feb 2018 (last updated 28 Feb 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is a variant of the shipping Rehearsal Recordings plug-in, intended to make it easier to use when Cloud Sharing. It can be run from Sibelius 6 on, but is likely only useful in Sibelius 8.7 or later. It addresses the issues of identifying shared scores and removing versions and parts. Here are the differences between it and Rehearsal Recordings:

1. By default, the export option is set to export scores, not audio files (you can change this in Export Options).

2. The generated scores will have any parts and versions stripped out to reduce storage size.

3. The generated scores will remain open at the end of the plug-in to make it easier to share the scores. (Plug-ins cannot currently access any of the Cloud Sharing mechanisms, so sharing will need to be done manually.)

4. To uniquely identify each generated score in the Cloud Sharing Dashboard, score.Title is modified to be the title (as described below) plus the Instrument or Part name that the plug-in adds to the generated file names.

5. The plug-in creates a non-hidden Text object with the Full Score part name followed by the Instrument or Part name that the plug-in adds to the generated file names, followed by the local date and time when the score was generated, to identify the score on-screen. The date and time are hard-coded, not using wildcards, to avoid time zone changes.

Updated 27 February 2018. Fixed crash when using the parts options. The plugin will no longer strip parts from the exported scores because they are required by the parts options. Versions are still deleted from the exported scores. If there is a staff named "Click track", it will by default be excluded from the list of exported audio or score files.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Move Text To Blank Page

Version 01.10.00
Added 03 Mar 2018 (last updated 03 Mar 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Moves or copies the contents of a single selected Text object to a blank page. You can choose a Blank Page text style and pick the blank page or title page where the text should be placed.

When the plugin ends, he resulting text object will be selected and brought into view.

This is intended to make it easier for sight-impaired users to place text onto blank pages without using the mouse.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Timecode Text

Version 01.05.00
Added 31 Mar 2018 (last updated 03 Apr 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Adds text in style TimeCode to the start of a passage selection or the the location of any selected objects. The time is for the chosen pass only, and is correct only at the moment the plugin is run.

Added text will be selected after the plugin is run.

You can use the Delete Existing option and run the plugin again if the times change.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Edit Part Names

Version 01.24.00
Added 03 Apr 2018 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plug-in allows you to edit part names.

Changing part names here will break the link between the part name and the staff Full Instrument Names. You can change part names by changing Full Instrument Names with the plugin Edit Instrument Names instead, which will not break the link.

If ''Disallow duplicate part names'' is set, it will not allow you to change screens or update the score if there are duplicate part names.

If there are more than 45 parts in the score, use the Next and Previous buttons to edit more parts. Changes made will be preserved when you edit Next or Previous parts. Choose OK to apply all changes to the score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Text By Length

Version 01.07.00
Added 04 Apr 2018 (last updated 11 Apr 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Selects or deselects text objects based on the number of characters in the unformatted text.

Leading and trailing spaces may be ignored. Line breaks count as a single character.

This plugin is dedicated to João Pais.

Updated 10 April 2018. Added ability to use longest substring of a text object containing line feeds.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hide In All

Version 01.06.00
Added 13 May 2018 (last updated 04 Jul 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This is a counterpart to the Sibelius Show In All command. It hides score objects in the full score and in all parts, whether the plugin is run in a full score or a part. __This can be useful if objects had been hidden in a part rather than in the full score, and had only been hidden in that part, or if the hidden state of objects is different in the score and in the parts. __You can hide all selected objects, all selected objects that are already hidden, or all objects that are already hidden in the full score and/or all parts. __Most of the options are intended to help repair inconsistent hidden states of objects in scores and parts. __Updated 4 July 2023 Version 01.06.00. Processes score subsets correctly in Sibelius Ultimate 2023.6 or later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Ties Into Second Ending

Version 01.25.00
Added 14 Jun 2018 (last updated 29 Mar 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin fakes ties into a second or later ending by turning a note into a tuplet with a hidden short first note tied to a note that appears to be the original duration. The first note and the triplet brackets are hidden, so it appears as if the visible note is tied from nothing. The note that starts the tie is given the notehead style HeadlessStemlessSilent, which the plugin will derive from its associated data file if it is not defined in the score.

The data file is included in the zip file, and the installer will copy it into the same folder where the plugin is installed.

At the end, the visible note(s) will be selected. To adjust the tie length use Shift+Alt/Option+Right to change the bar width. You can also adjust the horizontal position of the invisible note. Do not Reset Note Spacing on the bars with added ties.

Updated 17 August 2017. Rebuilt with slightly different tuplet mechanism so tied notes are offset less that before. You will still need to make horizontal adjustments by hand. See the PDF file at http://www.bobzawalich.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/The-Ties-Into-Second-Ending-plugin.pdf for more details.

Updated 8 November 2019. Version 01.20.00. This is a completely different implementation, using grace notes for hidden notes rather than tuplets. (Thanks to Samuel Wilson for suggesting this). Grace notes let the main notes align with similar notes in other staves, and this requires less manual adjustment.

You may still not like the wider gap at the start of the bar, and suggestions for reducing the size are given in the Help... button in the plugin, and in the PDF file noted above.

As before, there is a data file included in the zip file, which will be installed in the same folder as the plugin. It provides a source for the special notehead styles needed by the plugin.

Updated 15 January 2020 - Version 01.25.00. Changed to use a playable grace note, which often makes playback work better than it did before. In some cases playback of the tied-into notes does not work, and there are new options to silence the grace note or the visible note, or both, using Play on Pass settings.

Zip file updated 29 March 2020. The data file was not included in the previous update, and it is now present. No code changes and version number is not updated.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Save or Restore Selection

Version 01.11.00
Added 16 Jul 2018 (last updated 29 Mar 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Save the current selection or restore a saved one from the same score.

If there is a valid saved selection, it will be restored if the plugin is run without a displayed dialog. Run the plugin on a different score to get the dialog back.

Updated 29 March 2021.The zip file now includes 2 helper plugins, Save Selection and Restore Selection, which never bring up a plugin. Save Or Restore Selection must be must be installed for Save Selection or Restore Selection to work.

The helper plugins should be useful when used in sequences of Command in Sib 2021.2 or later.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Browse Selected Objects

Version 01.88.00
Added 18 Jul 2018 (last updated 07 Aug 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

****This plugin lets you navigate through a set of selected objects, typically those created by a filter.++++ ****Change the list selection with the mouse or arrow keys to bring the chosen object into view. By default the entire bar will be selected for better visibility. The score selection will only move when the bar changes.++++ ****There are a number of options for sorting the list and viewing different objects, and if Run Plugins By Name is installed you can run another plugin on the objects currently viewed in the score.++++ ****When the plugin ends, the last viewed object will be visible with options for what will be selected.++++ ****Updated 27 July 2018 Version 01.60.20. Fixed crash when canceling out of search. Some code cleanup. ++++ ****Updated 13 August 2018. Version 01.80.00. Added the ability to remove objects from the list and to make a score selection fro what remains in the list so that a plugin could be run on that selection (thanks to Tom Owen for the suggestions). I also added another, simpler dialog, for straightforward browsing. You can easily switch between the dialogs.++++ ****Updated 28 August 2018. Version 01.81.00. Added text to lyric description and put text in quotes.++++ ****Updated 30 August 2018. Version 01.83.00. Handle deleted objects better. Change text in descriptions to use [] rather than quotes for technical reasons.++++ ****Updated 3 September 2018. Version 01.84.00. Added count of objects to listbox.++++ ****Updated 11 July 2021. Version 01.85.2021. Fixed crash if run with no actual objects selected, such as bar number fields or default barlines.++++ ****Updated 30 November 2021. Version 01.86.00. Changed to have the simple browser dialog come up by default, rather than the advanced version. Also removed the call on first startup that asked if you wanted to save the selection. It saves it quietly in the background if Save And Restore Selection is available. The intention is to make the plugin less intimidating for simple browsing, while the full editing features are still available with the Show Advanced Options button.++++****Updated 21 March 2022. Version 01.87.00. Added Notehead styles to Note descriptions if not Normal.++++ ****Updated 6 August 2023. Version 01.88.00. o Simple view now has 2 close buttons, as the Advanced view had. OK will close the dialog with the currently viewed object or bar selected. Esc closes the dialog with the original selection restored.++++

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Paste To End Of Bar

Version 01.05.00
Added 20 Jul 2018 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Pastes whatever has been copied to the clipboard to the end of the currently selected bar.

This probably will only work well for right aligned text, and it is designed for adding such text to the end of a system. Don't try it with notes or lines, for example.

The zip file contains a score in Sibelius 6 format which contains several Text Styles for right-aligned Technique text. The installer will install the score as Manuscript Paper, so if you New a score with that Manuscript Paper you can copy text with the desired style into your score, then delete that text, and you will still have imported its text style. You can then close the New score without saving.

In you score you can then create text with that style, the cut it to the clipboard and use Paste To End Of Bar to place it at the end of any selected bar.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Ties With Slurs

Version 01.11.00
Added 16 Aug 2018 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Processes notes in a selection and adds slurs to the processed notes. If the processed notes were tied, the plugin removes the ties.

The intended usage is to use slurs to simulate dotted or dashed ties.

If no adjustments are made, the slurs are added as Sibelius adds them. Their duration is the length of the note to which they are added. They will be placed at the top or bottom of a chord. The plugin can also try to place the slurs close to the notes that had the ties. This is tricky to do. Magnetic Layout is turned off for these slurs. Such added slurs will need to be flipped manually in chords.

This is a blunt instrument. I suggest making a copy of the score with ties so you can compare the results at the end.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

ReInput Text

Version 01.14.00
Added 28 Aug 2018 (last updated 07 May 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin filters text of a specified Text Style and then lets you replace each piece of text by typing in an edit box, and typing Enter. The plugin then moves to the next piece of text to edit. You will need to type 2 keystrokes at least, but the focus stays in the edit box, and it is possible to type quite quickly.

ReInput Text is dedicated to Wim Hoogewerf.

Updated 31 August 2018. Version 01.13.00. Tidied up dialogs which were truncated on OSX.

Updated 7 May 2021. Version 01.14.00. Added RedrawScore = True call in case this was called by a plugin that turned that off.

File currently unavailable.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Orphan Objects

Version 01.08.00
Added 03 Sep 2018 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Orphaned objects are those which are not at the same rhythmic position of any ''parent note'' in the bar containing the object. Orphaned lyrics can cause note spacing problems, and orphaned chord symbols can generate notes that play on the wrong beat.

This plugin selects orphaned objects. It can trace the location of the objects it selects to the plugin trace window. You can run the plugin Browse Selected Objects, if installed, on the selected objects to navigate among them after the filtering is complete.

The plugin will only process these objects: Lyrics, Chord Symbols (Legacy and Chord Symbol objects), Staff Text, Lines, and Symbols. You can filter for all of these at once.

By default, objects matched with rests are considered orphans, but for some objects, like chord symbols, you may uncheck that option, so that objects that match the position of rests will not be considered orphaned.

By default, notes must be in the same voice as the objects being matched, unless the object is defined as being in all voices.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Invert Chords

Version 01.08.00
Added 12 Sep 2018 (last updated 25 Dec 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Transposes the top or bottom note in each selected chord by one or more octaves to make inversions of the chords.

Any chord with one or more notes selected will be inverted. It is recommended that only one voice should be processed at a time. If multiple voices are processed, each voice is treated as a separate chord. Chords in the same voice on multiple staves can be processed as a group if you use a passage selection. Only chords with 2 or more notes are processed.

You can select one or more notes in a chord, and that chord will be processed as if the entire chord were selected, so you can select a number of non-contiguous chords and process them at once. If you want to process notes in multiple staves as a unit, you must make a passage selection of the notes, and choose "All staves".

The zip file contains both Invert Chords, which transposes the bottom note up, and Invert Chords Down, which transposes the top note down, so you can assign each plugin to a shortcut. They are otherwise identical.

Updated 24 December 2018 Version 01.08.00 Fixed bug where multiple bars in the multiple staves option were not processed correctly.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Set Instrument Sounds

Version 01.10.02
Added 06 Oct 2018 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin lets you set all selected staves to use the same sound, as if you had changed them in the mixer. Occasionally you might want to change all the instruments to use a piano sound, for example. This can do that, and it can also restore the instrument sounds to match the default sound for the instrument type.

Its purpose is to make a certain kind of aural proofreading easier.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Compare Score Info In Score And Parts

Version 01.10.00
Added 30 Nov 2018 (last updated 30 Nov 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Compare the values of Score Info / Backstage fields in the full score and all dynamic parts, and show where there are differences. Only fields that have differences will be traced.

You can run this using Run Plugin on Folder Of Scores. In that case check the box to not show the dialog, and uncheck the box to display score names.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Capo Chord Symbols (Fixed)

Version 02.03.00
Added 08 Dec 2018 (last updated 19 Nov 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is a replacement (English only) for the shipping plugin Add Capo Chord Symbols(category Chord Symbols). It fixes 2 bugs in the shipping plugin:

1. For English Sibelius 7.5 and later, it fixes a bug where the fret numbers for D/Bm and A/F#m are swapped. In fact, though, the chords will be put in the current transposition when added to the score. This bug is not present in other language versions.

2.Fixed a bug where adding more than one set of capo chords at a time gives incorrect results.

These bugs have been reported and may be fixed in a future Sibelius version, but you can use this plugin if you have a Sibelius version where the fixes are not available. The fixes described are the only changes made to the plugin.

Replaced zip file 18 November 2019. No changes made to code.

Plug-in written by Sibelius Software.

Chord Symbols As Polychords

Version 01.20.30
Added 22 Dec 2018 (last updated 26 Dec 2018)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Takes pairs of selected Chord Symbols or legacy chord symbols and vertically stacks the first of the pair on top of the second, separated by a Text object made of underscore characters in Chord Symbol text style. If the original chord symbols are Chord Symbols objects, the resulting polychord will also be made of Chord Symbol objects. Magnetic Layout is turned off for the resulting polychords.

To use the plugin:

* Select the chord symbols that you want to pair up. Be sure the top chord is either to the left of or on top of the bottom chord.

* Run the plug-in and check that the offsets are what you want. You may need to experiment with the dialog settings if this is a different chord font than the last one you used.

* Check that the chord font family matches or is similar to the Chord Symbol text style. This will make the separator length match the chord symbols.

* If you want to process both slash chords and pairs of chords, you will need to run the plug-in twice. Process the slash chords in the first pass.

Updated 26 December 2018. Version 01.20.30. The plugin now selects any polychords created when the plugin terminates. At least in the case of creating a single polychord this will make it easier to copy the polychord and paste it to another location.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Save All Close All

Version 01.09.00
Added 16 Mar 2019 (last updated 24 Sep 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is 2 plugins: Save All Close All and Save All. Save All Close All puts up a dialog that will get you save all currently open scores and / or close them all.

Closing all will leave you in Sibelius with no scores open, as if you had closed the scores from File Close. Click the X in the upper right corner to return to Quick Start or close Sibelius.

Save All runs without a dialog, and it saves all open scores.

It takes a while to save or close each score, so please do not do anything else until it is clear that the plugins have finished their work.

These plugins were suggested by Joao Pais.

PLEASE NOTE: These plugins have limitations. It is recommended that instead of these plugins, you use the built-in Save All and Close All commands. These are not accessible on a menu, but you can assign shortcuts to them in File-Preferences-Keyboard Shortcuts-File Tab.

Updated 24 September 2020. Version 01.09.00. Cleaned up Save All Close All to perform better. There is now an option to Close All without saving changes, which is not possible with the built-in Close All command. Note that using Close All in the plugin will leave a blank new score behind, which a plugin has to do to avoid crashing as the last score closes.

In general, the built-in menu commands used with shortcuts are probably better than this plugin, unless you often open a bunch or scores and want to close then without seeing the Save Changes dialog. I have removed the Save All plugin from the zip file since it has no advantages over the built-in command.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Resize Symbols

Version 01.06.00
Added 20 Mar 2019 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Changes the size of selected symbols to one of the 4 available sizes: normal, cue size, grace note size, or grace cue note size. It can also trace selected symbols, which shows the symbol name, index, size, and location.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Align Objects To Barline

Version 01.21.00
Added 11 Jul 2019 (last updated 05 Aug 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Moves selected Text or Symbols close to a barline. Aligning right moves an object to the end of its current bar, aligning left moves it to the end of the previous bar, which is the closest it can get to a barline.

If an object is in the first bar in a system, left alignment will move it to the first beat following the left barline in the same bar to prevent it moving to the end of the previous system, unless the checkbox is set to force all objects to the end of the previous bar.

It is important to check moved objects in parts, where system breaks may be different from the full score. Check also if you change the number of bars in a system to be sure a move text does not go to the previous system. Objects already aligned will not be moved.

Only Text and Symbol objects are processed.

Updated 27 July 2019. Version 01.10.00. Minor changes to improve calling Position Rehearsal Mark plugin.

Updated 5 August 2019. Version 01.21.00. Added ability to process lines, including the ability to align both ends of a line to barlines. This can be useful when you want to use text in a line to center the text in a bar.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Box Line Fixed Width

Version 01.21.00
Added 16 Jul 2019 (last updated 25 Jul 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Gives selected Box lines, and optionally other lines, a stable width when layout changes by setting the attachment points of both ends of the lines to the same beat position in the same bar (the position of the lower left corner of the original box).

It will also set the height and width (as offsets from the lower left hand corner in spaces). You can make further adjustments in the Inspector.

A PDF file with examples of how this can be used is included in the zip file and will be available on your machine when you use the plugin installer.

Updated 16 July 2019. Version 01.20.00. In the Trace routine, width and height are now available in both space and the units used in Document Setup. This makes the trace useful as an on screen ruler when fixed width lines are used.

Updated 25 July 2019. Version 01.21.00. You can now leave the Height field blank, which will leave height unchanged. You must still always specify a width, however.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Rehearsal Marks At Intervals

Version 01.09.00
Added 25 Jul 2019 (last updated 22 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Add Rehearsal Marks to selected bars that are at the start of a system or whose bar numbers are a multiple of the interval chosen in the dialog,starting from the first selected bar.

The plugin uses the same method that Sibelius uses for bar numbers every n bars: the first mark is at the first selected bar plus the interval minus 1, and then every "interval bars" thereafter.

If the whole score is selected and the interval is 5, marks will go to bars 5,10,15, 20,... If the selection starts at bar 2, the marks will go to bars 6,11,16, 21,...

Choose your starting bar carefully to determine where the marks will go.

Set up any Rehearsal Mark options before running the plugin.

A passage (box) selection is required.

Updated 22 Feb 2020. Version 01.09.00. Added ability to add Rehearsal marks to specific bar numbers. The bar numbers are "external" numbers, as displayed in the score, which can be affected by Bar Number Changes. The plugin will warn you if you add adding to a bar number that refers to multiple locations (such as bar 1, when you have multiple resettings oif the bar number to 1 in your score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Retract Selection

Version 01.05.00
Added 02 Sep 2019 (last updated 02 Sep 2019)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

A passage (blue box) selection or system passage (purple box)selection, is considered full selected if the last bar was selected by clicking in the bar rather than on a note. When adding lines to such a selection, the lines will often extend into the following bar. This plugin move the end of such a selection to end end of the previous bar so lines will end where you expect them to.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fill With Tied Notes

Version 01.30.70
Added 17 Sep 2019 (last updated 22 Sep 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Fill With Tied Notes fills the bars between the first selected note or chord in a staff and either a second selected note,or the end of the selection,with tied copies of the first selected note, using the pitches, voice,and notehead styles of the first notes.

The added notes will have durations appropriate to the time signature of the enclosing bars. It can be especially useful when there are many time signature changes.

Updated 22 September 2019. Version 01.30.70. Fixed a bug where an unintended warning appeared if there was a stopper note at the start of a bar following the bars being filled.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Custom Simple Plugin

Version 01.50.00
Added 13 Oct 2019 (last updated 13 Oct 2019)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is a template plugin meant to be copied and modified by users. It is in the public domain, and the code can be reused or modified at your own risk without need of attribution. The first published version is 01.50.00.

It is a model for a plugin that processes selected objects.

The default code, which is intended to be replaced, will select any Line objects in the original selection.

This is minimal code, with no error checking or warning messages. Use it for quick and dirty plugins.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter By Show Hide

Version 01.50.20
Added 14 Oct 2019 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters selected objects based on their visibility in the full score and in any dynamic parts included in the initial selection.

The options match Home-Edit-Hide/Show settings plus Hide All and where objects are hidden in some but not all parts, and where an object is only hidden in the current score or part.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Custom Staff Filter

Version 01.60.00
Added 22 Oct 2019 (last updated 22 Aug 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Version 01.50.00. This plugin will run only in Sibelius version 6.2 or later. It is now completely in the public domain, so that any code within the file may be used in and other plugins without attribution (or support).

This plugin is intended to be a template for making your own filtering plugins. I recommend making a copy of the plugin and changing the value of the variable "_PluginMenuName" to be the new plugin name. If you install the plugin "Copy Plugin", it will make a copy of any other plugin and update _PluginMenuName if that variable is available.

In most cases all you should need to change is the code in the method "IsDesiredObject" to produce a new filter. This trick is knowing exactly what to ask for, but at least the structure of getting objects and selecting them will be taken care of by the existing code. Happy filtering!

The default code will filter for NoteRests that have a single note only, ignoring rests and chords.

Updated 22 August 2021. Version 01.60.00. Made tracing of results options based on the global variable g_fTraceResults. Made results a Trace call rather than a message box. Made minor code cleanups.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Create Trailing Pseudo-Grace Notes

Version 01.06.00
Added 30 Oct 2019 (last updated 06 Dec 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plugin will add "pseudo-grace notes" following a selected note or chord, using the procedure described in https://www.scoringnotes.com/tips/grace-notes-at-the-end-of-a-bar-in-sibelius/. __Specify the number and duration of the grace notes and a notehead style and size, and the plugin will create a tuplet containing the original note plus trailing "grace notes" with the same pitch as the original note. The new notes will not be grace-note sized. See the Scoring Notes post or the Note sizing button for details about note sizing. __The first new note will be selected so you can easily use Re-input pitches to get correct pitches. __Updated 21Feb2020.Version 01.50.01. Small dialog layout tweaks. __Updated 6 December 2023. Version 01.06.00. Added bracketing and silencing of notes and some bug fixes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Tuplet Over Barlines

Version 01.18.00
Added 06 Feb 2020 (last updated 06 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Tuplet Over Barlines will create tuplets that appear to cross barlines. It allows you to specify a tuplet starting position, a tuplet ratio and size, and some other tuplet properties. It will create a number of sub-tuplets across multiple bars that when combined function as a single mega-tuplet. By default, there will be a tuplet bracket and number that will span the entire mega-tuplet.

The tuplet can spread over any number of barlines, not just one. Any tuplet ratio, any tuplet unit, and any start placement allowed by Sibelius is possible. Playback is correct (providing Live Playback is enabled). Visual placement of the notes on the staff is correct, with each note aligned to its correct strike point.

If a requested tuplet can fit within a single bar, the plugin will create it as a normal tuplet.

There are limitations, described in the PDF file that is included when you install the plugin, on changing the durations of generated notes in the megatuplet, though you can easily change the pitches. Please read the PDF file, or the Help dialog in the plugin, before attempting to modify a created mega-tuplet.

Major thanks to Robin Walker for his significant contributions to the creation of this plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich and Robin Walker.

Delete User-Editable Files

Version 01.17.00
Added 18 Feb 2020 (last updated 18 Feb 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Lets you delete any .sib or .lib files in any of the subfolders of your User-Editable Files folder, including the subfolders for House Styles (.lib) and Manuscript Papers (.sib). To delete user plugins use File-Plug-ins-Edit Plug-ins. See Working With Files in the Sibelius Reference.

This plugin can only delete files you have created yourself, not files that ship with Sibelius (which is a good thing).

Choose a subfolder name, and then use Delete to delete any of the files in that folder. After deleting files you may need to close and restart Sibelius to ensure that there is no in-memory copy of any of these files still in use.

Be sure that you want to delete these files - there is no Undo available.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Adjust Fake Lyric Hyphen

Version 01.10.00
Added 23 Mar 2020 (last updated 23 Mar 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin was previously includes with Left Align First Lyric In System, but is now available to be installed separately. Version 01.10.00.

Prior to version 01.10.00, Left Align First Lyric In System processed initial lyric syllables that needed a hyphen by appending 2 non-breaking spaces and a non-breaking hyphen to the lyric text to force a hyphen to appear. This made the hyphen appear, but hyphens did not extend as usual, and the spacing may not have been desirable.

This plugin was made to allow the lyric text to be edited to add or remove spaces or hyphens.

Robin Walker found a better way to handle such syllables in Left Align First Lyric In System, so it no longer adds the non-breaking spaces and hyphen and this plugin is no longer needed, but in case you have scores processed by earlier versions, it is now available to be separately installed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Lyrics Verse Numbers and Alignment

Version 01.32.00
Added 02 Apr 2020 (last updated 09 Apr 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This plugin can add verse numbers and left align the first lyric syllable in a system. It can completely replace the plugin Left Align First Lyric in System, and it offers a different way of adding measure numbers than Add Verse Numbers. It can also convert verse numbers created in Add Verse Numbers to its own format.

Verse numbers created by this plugin are separate lyric syllables positioned to the left of the first lyric syllable for each verse in each staff in a system. Use the Help button for more details.

If you use the Left Align option after verse numbers are added, both the verse number and the following lyric syllable will be aligned.

The original version number is 01.30.00.

Updated 8 April 2020. Version 01.32.00.

Hyphen handling has been changed so that the plugin adds 2 non breaking spaces and a hyphen to the end of adjusted middle-of-word syllables. The gives less flexibility but is the only way I have yet found to prevent hyphens from vanishing in normal use. See Help for more details.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Parts With Defaults

Version 01.06.00
Added 05 Apr 2020 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Delete all the current dynamic parts, then create a set of default parts, in the active score.

This is for replacing corrupted parts or for starting over with parts. The original score is changed, and no copy is made. Any previous edits to parts will be lost. Please be sure you want to do this!

The score will be left unsaved, open, and with the full score displayed, so you can close without saving if you change your mind.

If you run it under Run Plugin On Folder Of Scores, be sure to have that plugin save the scores it opens.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

System Passage To Passage Selection

Version 01.05.00
Added 26 Apr 2020 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Converts a System Passage selection (purple box) to a staff passage selection (blue box) covering the same bars. Kind of the reverse of Home-Select-System Passage.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Delete Leading Or Trailing Empty Bars

Version 01.90.00
Added 06 May 2020 (last updated 06 May 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

This is an upgrade to and replacement of the plugin Delete Leading Empty Bars, adding the ability to delete empty trailing bars (empty bars at the end of the score). Original version 01.90.00.

The description of the original Delete Leading Empty Bars plugin follows.

This plug-in will delete empty bars from the start of the score up to a specified stopping point.

Before deleting, it moves any system objects, such as Title text, from the bar(s) to be deleted to the first bar that is not deleted. A title page will be preserved.

Only use the ''Delete bars before bar number'' option if bars numbers are always ascending.

There are some options to determine what the plugin will consider to be an empty bar.

This plugin was written to help with the large number of empty bars that can be added to a score when transferring from Pro Tools to Sibelius.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Create Tuplet Different Units

Version 01.59.00
Added 14 May 2020 (last updated 19 May 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Original version 01.58.00.

Create a tuplet at the location of a note, chord, rest, or bar rest, where the units of the left and right sides of the tuplet can be different, such as 2-quarter notes in the time of 3-eighth notes.

If the left and right sides have different units, the tuplets generated will have usually have nested tuplets, with the bracket and number turned off by default. Use the Inspector to make the nested tuplet numbers and brackets visible.

You can use this plugin to create tuplets where both sides have the same unit. In that case no nested tuplets are created.

Updated 19 May 2020. Version 01.59.00. Fix to draw unit sized rests if creating tuplet with same units. Added command to Trace the tuplet specification and copy full tuplet text to the clipboard.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter All

Version 01.60.00
Added 15 May 2020 (last updated 08 Mar 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Changes a passage selection into individually selected objects. If there is no passage selected all objects in the score will be selected. [This behavior has been changed. See below].

Original version 01.50.00.

Updated 8 March 2021. Version 01.60.00.

Changed to mimic what a Filter All Voices command would do. Does nothing if there is not a passage selection, and does not reposition selection as it did before. If gathers all selected objects in the passage selection, then selects each object separately.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Select Passage All

Version 01.06.00
Added 14 Jun 2020 (last updated 19 Jul 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Added 14 June 2020. Original Version 01.06.00.

Makes a passage - blue box- selection of the entire score. Comparable to doing Select All but with a normal passage selection rather than a System Passage selection.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Make Page Count Even

Version 01.10.00
Added 18 Jul 2020 (last updated 18 Jul 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Make Page Count Even Original Version 01.10.00 added July 18, 2020. This plugin changes the number of pages in a score as needed to make the number of pages in the score a multiple of 2, 4, or 8. This can be useful if you are printing or exporting to PDF a group of files, so scores with odd numbers of pages will be made to fill both sides of the sheets of paper.

It does this by adding or removing specially marked blank pages at the end of a score. The default, and likely most common, use is to make a score have an even number of pages. To do this leave the default settings of Multiple = 2, and the plugin will determine the closest number of pages that is a multiple of 2, and add or remove the appropriate number of trailing blank pages to make the page count match the chosen multiple.

The deletable blank pages that the plugin adds have a small hidden piece of text added with the text ~Intentionally Blank, which allows such pages to be deleted by the plugin. Do not delete this text unless you are sure you want these pages to be non-deletable. They will not show up in printouts or PDF files.

A PDF document is included in the zip file. I recommend looking it over before running the plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Adjust Grace Note Stem Lengths

Version 01.11.00
Added 28 Jul 2020 (last updated 03 Sep 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Original version 01.10.00. This plugin adjusts stem lengths for 8th- and 16th-note unbeamed single grace notes so that the slash (if any) either intersects a staff line or lies completely within a staff space.

The values given to the notes will appear as the Y offset of the note in the Inspector.

The given pitches reference treble clef staff positions rather than absolute pitches. B4 represents the middle staff line in any 5-line staff.

Updated 03 September 2020. Version 01.11.00.Changed sizes of fields in dialog and made other minor changes to work better in Sib 6. For Sib 6, the plugin Stem Direction Sib 6 must also be downloaded and installed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich and Matthew Maslanka.

Add One Symbol Per Beat

Version 01.07.00
Added 22 Aug 2020 (last updated 22 Aug 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Added 22 August 2020. Version 01.07.00. Calculates the size of a beat based on the time signature of each selected bar, and inserts a symbol with X and Y offsets at each multiple of a beat in the selected bars.

You must use the index of the symbol in the symbol table to identify the symbol. One way to find the index is to add your desired symbol to a score, and run the plugin Identify Selected Symbols.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Note Ranges for Selected Staves

Version 01.08.00
Added 30 Aug 2020 (last updated 19 Nov 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Added 30 August 2020. Version 01.06.00.

Traces the high, low, and median pitches for each selected staff in a score, and the count of the high and low pitches.

The output format is a group of comma-separated fields that can be copied from the Trace window and saved as a text file, then opened as a comma-separated file in a spreadsheet.

The output format is: "Score",score name,"Staff", staff number and name,"Low", low pitch, number of notes with low pitch, "High", high pitch, number of notes with high pitch, "Median", median pitch.

Inspired by the plugin Find Ranges, but written completely from scratch.

Updated 14 September 2020. Version 01.07.00.

There is now a dialog [which you can hide after it is first used] with a few options, most notably the ability to show ranges split out by voice.

Updated 19 November 2020. Version 01.08.00. Reworked Median calculations. Correctly handle quartertones in Ultimate 2020.6 or later. Checkbox to display internal calculations for debugging.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Stem Direction Sib 6

Version 01.06.00
Added 03 Sep 2020 (last updated 02 Oct 2020)

For use with Sibelius 6

This is code written by Neil Sands to determine stem direction of notes prior to internal stem direction support in Sibelius 7. It cannot be run directly, only called from another plugin.

Plugins should call IsStemDown(noterest) to determine if the note stem is down. This is offered as a separate plugin so all the code involved does not need to be added to other plugins, to allow plugins that need stem direction to be used prior to Sibelius 7.

Thanks to Neil Sands for allowing his code to be used in other plugins.

Updated 01 October 2020. Version 01.06.00. Internal cleanup. No code changes.

Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

Note Properties Lib

Version 01.72.00
Added 02 Dec 2020 (last updated 17 Apr 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Added December 2, 2020. Version 01.50.00 __The is a library plugin meant to be called by other plugins. Its Run method should not be called directly. It centralizes routines used to store and transfer Note and NoteRest properties when plugins add Notes. __Previously each plugins handled such transfers independently, and as properties changed, many were not updated. The intention of this plugin is to have plugins that add notes use these routines so that it properties change only this plugin needs to be updated, and any plugins that use these routines will get the updates for free. __Any plugins that call this plugin should check that is has been installed, and stop if it has not been. __Updated 13 December 2020. Version 01.60.00.Bug fixes and added routines mostly for analyzing durations. __Updated 30 January 2021. Version 01.70.00. Added routine TransferBarObjectProperties which will copy properties from one non-NoteRest Bar Object to another, similarly to how the Note Properties routines work. __Updated 16 April 2023. Version 01.72.00. Added support for the TieStyle and TieIntoStyle Note properties.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Minimum Plugin Preferences

Version 01.05.00
Added 29 Dec 2020 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Added 29 December 2020, though written in 2011. Original version 01.05.00.

This is a plugin template for use by plugin developers, containing code that can be used to make it easier to save plugin preferences to the Preferences database.

The PDF file "Preferences plugin to save plugin preferences.pdf" is included in the zip file as well, and is also available at bobzawalich.com.

This plugin is in the public domain, and is available to be used and modified freely with no need for attribution. It is for use at your own risk, and no support is available.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Plugin Preferences Lib

Version 01.09.00
Added 30 Dec 2020 (last updated 01 Jan 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Added 12/29/2000. Original version 01.07.00 __This is a library plugin designed to be called by other plugins in order to more easily add calls to the Preferences database to save and restore dialog settings across Sibelius sessions. __See Minimum Plugin Add Plug Pref for an example of this in use. There is also a PDF file available explaining its use. _Updated 1 January 2023 version 01.09.00. Updated to fix a failure in GetPreferences that was not updating its global variables.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Minimum Plugin Add Plug Pref

Version 01.09.00
Added 30 Dec 2020 (last updated 01 Jan 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Original version 01.07.00 __This is a template plugin used to show how to call into the plugin Add Plugin Preferences Lib to more easily save plugin dialog preferences to the Preferences database. __There is also a PDF file available explaining its use. __This plugin is in the public domain, and is available to be used and modified freely with no need for attribution. It is for use at your own risk, and no support is available. _Updated 1 January 2023 version 01.09.00. Updated to fix a failure in GetPreferences that was not updating its global variables.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Symbols Swap System and Staff

Version 01.07.00
Added 30 Jan 2021 (last updated 30 Jan 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Added 30 January 2021. Version 01.07.00.

Replaces symbols attached to the system staff with symbols attached to the first staff, or staff-attached symbols with system symbols. This requires that new Symbols are added and the old ones deleted. Uses the new TransferBarObjectProperties routine to transfer as many properties as possible to the new object.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Drum Cues

Version 01.11.00
Added 21 Mar 2021 (last updated 28 Mar 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Starting with a passage selection of notes in voice 1, the plugin will change the notes to a single pitch, either above the top staff line or below the bottom staff line, then add one slash note per beat in a different voice.

All the resulting notes and slashes will be silenced.

It will run in Sibelius 6.2 or later, but if you use the Cues Below option prior to Sibelius 2021.2, the voices will be reversed. As soon as the plugin ends use ''Swap Voices 1 and 2'' (shift+V) to correct the voices.

It calls the plugin Fill Selection With Slashes, in category Notes and Rests, to add the slash notes, so you will need to install that plugin as well, if you do not have it installed already.

Updated 29 March 2021. Version 01.11.00.

Fairly subtle changes made for advanced users. You can now choose to leave the cue notes playable, and to change the notehead style of either the cue notes or slash notes to be any style defined in your score, including custom notehead styles. There are additional options for how the slash notes are produced.

Dialog settings are now saved across Sibelius sessions.

If you use the default settings, the results will be the same as the previous version.

This plugin requires the plugin Fill Selection With Slash Notes version 01.25.00 or later to be installed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Run Plugin On Score And Parts

Version 02.22.10
Added 17 Apr 2021 (last updated 10 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Added 16 April 2021. Version 02.21.00 __Was originally in the same zip file as Run Plugin On Folder of Scores, but it is now a separate entry in the database. __This plugin lets you choose a plugin to be run on the full score and all the parts of the current score. It is suitable for being run from Run Plugin On Folder Of Scores. __Changes were made to allow the plugin entry point API_ProcessScore to be called from other plugins without needing to show a dialog. __Updated 25 June 2023. Happy Birthday, Trevor. Version 02.22.00. Changed to work correctly with score subsets in Sibelius Ultimate 2023.6 or later. __Updated 10 March 2024. Version 02.22.10. Updated to process score subsets in 2024.3 or later. Must restart Sibelius before using.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Run Plugin On Each Staff In Selection

Version 02.11.01
Added 18 Apr 2021 (last updated 20 Apr 2021)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Added 17 April 2021. Version 02.11.00.

Allows you to choose a plugin to run against the current active score. It gathers up all the selected objects, passage selects the objects in each selected staff one staff at a time, and runs the called plugin against that selection.

If you are writing a plugin and want to use this plugin but avoid using the dialog, you can call the method API_ProcessScore(score, strPluginMenuName) with the menu name of a plugin.

Updated 19 April 2021. Version 02.11.01. Minor typo fix.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

cmdutils

Version 01.49.60
Added 27 Apr 2021 (last updated 02 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 2.x, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Added 27 April 2021. Version 01.08.00 __This is a library of plugin routines designed to be called by other plugins. In particular, most of the routines can be executed directly from Execute Commands, or generated macros or generated plugins. __The routines are in the style of Commands - they act on the current selection in the current score, and extend what is possible to do in macros commanded to just using the available Commands and plugins. __Updated 07 May 2021. Version 01.11.00. Bug fixes. Special handling for screen redraw. __Updated 08 May 2021. Version 01.11.00. Remove debug tracing. __Updated 11 June 2021. Version 01.16.00. Major update. Many new commands. See associated documentation for details. __Updated 26 June 2021. Version 01.19.00. New commands for Apply Named Color, Export PDF and others. As before, close and restart Sibelius after updating and before running Execute Commands. __Updated 27 June 2021. Version 01.20.00. Fixed crashing bug in ToggleCase routine. __Updated 10 July 2021. Version 01.21.00. Added additional ExitIf commands. __Updated 22 July 2021. Version 01.23.00. Added AddBarsAtEnd FilterNoteDuration commands and RunPluginEntry_cu. __Updated 23 July 2021. Version 01.24.00. Support for select options in FilterNotesByDuration. __Updated 24 July 2021. Version 01.25.00.Some bug fixing in validation of command names. __Updated 25 July 2021. Version 01.26.00. Updated validation of cmdutils command string to handle trailing linefeeds. __Updated 28 July 2021. Version 01.28.00. Internal code restructuring and cleanup. __Updated 05 August 2021.Version 01.29.00.Internal changes to sync with changes in Execute Commands. __Updated 25 August 2021. Version 01.30.00. Added new commands ExtendSelection_ObjTo_Bar_cu ExtendSelection_ObjTo_Page_cu ExtendSelection_ObjTo_Staff_cu ExtendSelection_ObjTo_System_cu to simulate mouse clicks to select larger areas. __Updated 22 September 2021. Version 01.40.00. Added command SetUserInput_Heading_cu. __Updated 19 March 2022. Version 01.42.00. Added command Select_All_NonPassage_cu. __Updated 21 April 2022. Version 01.43.00. Fixed crashing bug in Add Interval_Full that crashed all Add Interval commands.Also marked it to be runnable from Sib 6.2 on. __Updated 29 April 2022. Version 01.44.00.Fixed crashes in SelectAll routines and removed some debug traces. __Updated 23 May 2022. Version 01.45.00. Made the code completely independent of Sibelius.Execute to allow it to be used in plugins in earlier Sibelius versions. __Updated 2 June 2022. Version 01.46.00. Added Copy_cu, Cut_cu, and Paste_cu for use when Sibelius.Execute is unavailable. __Updated 3 October 2022. Version 01.47.00. Added View Invisible commands for Sibelius 2022.0 or later. __You should always install or update all the plugins Execute Commands, cmdutils, and Run Command Macro whenever you install or update any of them. __You should always install or update all the plugins Execute Commands, cmdutils, and Run Command Macro whenever you install or update any of them. __Updated 23 October 2022. Version 01.48.00. Updated to provide better error handling for NewMacro/Plugin plugins use. __Updated 10 November 2022. Version 01.48.10. Added new commands ExtendSelection_Visible_Down_cu, ExtendSelection_Visible_Up_cu, ExtendSelection_Visible_XHidden_Down_cu, ExtendSelection_Visible_XHidden_Up_cu __Added Updated 28 November 2022. Version 01.48.20. ContactSelection_Visible_Up/Down commands to skip over hidden staves when contracting. __Added Updated 11 January 2023. Version 01.48.30. Corrected typo in one of the Cmdutils Selection command names __Updated 26 June 2023. Version 01.48.33. Added new commands ExportPDF_DateTime_cu(), and ExportPDF_DateTime_cu(), which export a score as PDF and append the current date and time to the filename. __Updated 14 September 2023. Version 01.48.34. Added new commands RunPluginShowDialog_cu(), and reenabled the ViewInvisiblecommands __Updated 24 September 2023. Version 01.49.10. ____ Added a new View category for commands ____ Added these new commands for use in Execute Commands ____ RunPluginShowDialog_cu (strPluginMenuName) ____ HideAllInvisibles_Toggle_cu() ____ HideAllInvisibles_Hide_cu() ____ HideAllInvisibles_Show_cu() ____ HideAllInvisibles_Store_Current_Setting_cu() ____HideAllInvisibles_Restore_Setting_cu() ____ HideAllInvisibles_Current_cu() ____HideAllInvisibles_Full(score, selection, valAction, fTrace) ___ PanoramaOff_cu() ____ PanoramaOn_cu() __Updated 23 January 2024. Version 01.49.30. Fixed bug in ExtendSelection_ObjTo_System_cu. Added Routines RunPluginEntry1Param_cu, AddSelect_Line_Plain_cu __Updated 2 March 2024. Version 01.49.60. Some internal restructuring. Improvements to Mute-Unmute. AddText now includes styleid in its parameter list.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Notes By Duration

Version 01.16.51
Added 23 Jul 2021 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Added 22 July 2021. Version 01.08.00. __Filters Note, Chords, and / or Rests by duration, similar to what is done in the Advanced Filter. Matching can be equal, less than, greater than, less than or equal to, or greater than or equal to the duration specified in the dialog. __ Durations between whole notes to 32nd notes, including dotted variants can be specified. __This plugin is designed to be called by other plugins as well as being used directly. You can hide the dialog, and it can be run using Run Plugin Hide Dialog. __To match a range, you need to run it twice, once matching greater or equal to the low value, then filter the results to be less than or equal to the high value. This can be done in a Command Macro or Command Plugin as a single step. __Updated 23 July 2021. Version 01.09.00. Added option to Select or Deselect matching objects. __Updated 24 July 2021. Version 01.11.00. Reorganized dialog somewhat. Added button to auto-generate RunPluginEntry commands for Execute Commands. __Updated 28 July 2021. Version 01.12.00.Minor bug fixes. __Updated 01 August 2021. Version 01.13.00.Added support in Trace RunPluginEntry to allow Execute Commands to insert a traced command line. __Updated 06 August 2021. Version 01.12.00. Renamed Trace RunPluginEntry button to Trace macro and made code cleanup. __Updated 03 September 2021. Version 01.15.00. Added some additional durations (long, double while, 64th, 128th) and split the dotted state out into a separate list box. __Updated 18 October 2022. Version 01.16.00. Added New macro-plugin support. __Updated 24 July 2023. Version 01.16.10. Changed call to utils.IsPluginFileAvailable which did not exist, to call Rethythm.IsPluginFileAvailable, which exists in an accessible shipping plugin. __Updated 02 March 2024. Version 01.16.40. Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib. __Updated 03 March 2024. Version 01.16.51. Fix for missing dotted state on early macros.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Notes By Position

Version 01.13.40
Added 28 Jul 2021 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Initial version 01.09.00 __Filter notes, rests, and/or tuplets at specific positions from the start of their bars or parent tuplets. __Positions are w = whole, h = half, q = quarter, e = 8th, x = 16th, y = 32nd, optionally followed by 1 to 3 periods (rhythm dots). __The special position value 0 indicates the start of a bar or tuplet: position zero. __Compare positions with the operators equal to, less than, greater than, less than or equal to, and greater than or equal to. __The operator =multiple will match all objects whose positions are a multiple of the position value. This always includes the first object in the bar or tuplet. __Positions are calculated from the start of the parent bar, except that for the within tuplets types, the position is relative to the parent tuplet. __Updated 01 August 2021. Version 01.10.00.Added support in Trace RunPluginEntry to allow Execute Commands to insert a traced command line. __Updated 06 August 2021. Version 01.12.00. Renamed Trace RunPluginEntry button to Trace macro and made code cleanup. __Updated 18 October 2022. Version 01.13.00. Added New macro-plugin support. __Updated 13 March 2023. Version 01.13.01. Text changes to clarify that bar rests are not filtered and explain the =mult+start operator. __Updated 02 March 2024. Version 01.13.40. Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Notes By Beat

Version 01.13.40
Added 28 Jul 2021 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Initial Version 01.09.00. Filter notes, rests, and-or tuplets at a specific beat position from the start of their bars. __The size of a beat is determined by the current time signature in each selected bar. Beat 1 is always the start of the bar. __This plugin is dedicated to Ilkay Bora Oder. __Compare positions with the operators equal to, less than, greater than, less than or equal to, and greater than or equal to. __This plugin treats any time signature with a numerator divisible by 3, except 3 itself, as compound time. For compound time, the beat size is 3 times the size represented by the denominator. For any other time signature, the beat size is the size represented by the denominator. __Use whole numbers or fractions that are a multiple of 2 for a beat to match: 1.5, 1.25, 1.125... __The operator =multiple will match all objects whose beats are an exact multiple of the beat size. It does not automatically match the first note/tuplet in the bar. __Updated 30 July 2021. Version 01.09.01. Reset default settings and restricted Execute Command-related features to only work in Sib Ultimate 2021.2 or later. __Updated 06 August 2021. Version 01.10.00. Renamed Trace macro button and made code cleanup. __Updated 20 January 2022. Version 01.12.00. Added option to treat compound time as simple time for easier access to partial beats. __Updated 18 October 2022. Version 01.13.00. Added New macro-plugin support. __Updated 24 July 2023. Version 01.13.10. Changed call to utils.IsPluginFileAvailable which did not exist, to call Rethythm.IsPluginFileAvailable, which exists in an accessible shipping plugin. __Updated 02 March 2024. Version 01.13.40. Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Minimum Plugin Parent

Version 01.07.00
Added 06 Sep 2021 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Added 6 September 2021. Version 01.07.00. This zip file contains both MinimumPluginParent.plg and MinimumPluginChild.plg.

The Parent-Child plugin model creates a main, full-featured Parent plugin, and any number of smaller-featured, dialog-free, Child plugins, which call the parent to perform a subset of its features.

In the Parent plugin, the dialog variables and other globals are isolated from the main processing routine. Any data required by the proceesing routine (called in this template API_ProcessSelection), are passed in a specially formatted Dictionary object. Any child plugin can similarly set up an appropriately formatted dictionary with the desired dialog settings made, and run API_ProcessSelection without needing to bring up a dialog.

The 2 plugins presented here are templates which are intended to be copied, perhaps with the Copy Plugin plugin, and modified appropriately. The code in these plugins is in the public domain and may be modified and used freely with no need to permission or attribution. They will be used at your own risk.

Each of these plugins has a routine called AA_How_To_Modify_This_Plugin, and there is a document called Parent-Child Plugins on Bob Zawalich's website that discusses the plugins in more detail.

The command RunPluginEntryPoint_cu, available in Execute Commands, can serve as a universal child plugin for calling any properly set up parent plugin

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Bars With Breaks

Version 01.51.00
Added 23 Sep 2021 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Initial version 01.51.00 added 23 September 2021.

This plugin locates and displays all bars in the score that have System, Page, Special Page, Split Multiirest breaks, and will also display bars with Gap Before Bar, including Split System Bars.

A bar may contain breaks in more than one category.

Choose a category and a bar in the category, and press Go To Bar. The chosen bar will be selected with a system passage-purple box selection, and brought into view. If the Breaks plugin is installed, you can call it immediately on the newly selected bar.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Edit Formatted Text

Version 01.07.10
Added 22 Oct 2021 (last updated 17 Oct 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Version 01.06.00. This plugin displays the formatted text string for the first selected Text or System Text object. It does not process Lyrics. If the text is very long it will be split into multiple edit boxes, which will be joined together before being used to update the selected text object. ----You can make changes to the text, and update the Text object with the updated text, but this plugin will not validate the changes you make. Use it carefully and at your own risk. You might use it on a copy of the text you want to change. ----A PDF file explaining how to use the plugin is included in the zip file. ----Updated 18 February 2022. Version 01.07.00. Added Help dialog with copyable wildcards. ----Updated 17 October 2023. Version 01.07.10. Added display of unformatted text field.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Select Note At Playback Line

Version 01.08.00
Added 15 Nov 2021 (last updated 24 May 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

****The goal of Select Note At Playback Line is to select “the note in the score corresponding to the position of the playback line”, and the plugin comes as close as it can to the goal. If there is only a single staff in the score, it works quite well. It might select a rest or bar rest instead of a note, but it should be effectively select the last note played.++++ ****If there are multiple staves, it is more complicated to determine which note/rest/bar rest to select. The plugin is given the bar number and position within that bar for the playback line, so it looks in each staff in the score at that bar number for the first note that is closest to the playback line. If there is a rest in the top staff, and a note at the same position in a lower staff, the note will be selected rather than the rest.++++ ****The plugin is in a sense the opposite of the command Move Playback Line To Selection. The command Go To Playback Line brings the location of the playback line into view, but does not change the selection.++++ ****The plugin will not force the playback line to be visible. You can do that in View_Invisibles_Playback Line, or by running the command Playback Line.++++ ****A few extreme cases:++++ ***** If a score was played to the end of the score, pressing space restarts playback at the start of the score, so the plugin will select the first note in the score that would be played, rather than the last note in the score.++++ ***** If you have a bar where there are neither notes, rests, nor bar rests, the entire bar will be selected.++++ ****Updated 24 May 2022. Fixed obscure crashing bug.++++

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Or Delete Clef

Version 01.09.00
Added 25 Jan 2022 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Initial version 01.09.00. Lets you find selected Clef Change objects with a specific clef style, and trace, filter, delete, or replace them. It was inspired by the need to be able to detect and delete Blank Clefs, which are completely invisible. The initial clefs in each staff are not processed in this plugin.<\p>

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Browse Wildcards

Version 01.09.01
Added 30 May 2022 (last updated 02 Sep 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

****Browse Wildcards finds and lists selected Text, System Text and Lyrics objects containing wildcards. Wildcards in Sibelius begin with \$ and end with \, for example, \$Title\.++++ ****If you click on an item in the list box, you will see a description block that gives its score location, and the text item will be brought into view in the score. You will probably need to move the plugin dialog out of the way to see the score.++++ ****In addition to showing the location for the wildcards, you can write the contents of the list to the plugin Trace Window, and Filter Wildcards and Close will select all the text objects the plugin found, and close the dialog.++++

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Current Instrument Name Each Page

Version 01.11.00
Added 04 Jun 2022 (last updated 05 Oct 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Current Instrument Name Each Page adds a text object containing the name of the instrument used in the first visible bar on each page of the score or part. It will adjust for Instrument Changes. The full score and each part have an independent set of instrument name text objects. Text created in the full score will be hidden in parts. Text created in a part will be visible only in that part, and hidden in the full score and any other parts that share a staff with the part. The plugin pays attention to the selection only in the Current score or part option, otherwise the entire score or part is processed. Unless you have a particular reason to format only a selection, a full selection of the score or part is recommended. If the selection is used, a passage (box) selection is required. Updated 25 July 2022 Version 01.10.00. Changed dialog to allow user to multiselect parts to be processed, and added ability to adjust X and Y offsets, similar to what Position Rehearsal Mark does. Allows system text items that can be page aligned, but this generates a huge number of hidden texts in parts so it is only recommended when using extracted parts. Updated 05 October 2022. Version 01.11.00. As of Ultimate 2022.9, the "Use Edited Names" option can pick up user-edited names that follow Instrument Changes. Previously it could find edited names from the Staff prior to the first IC, but could only get default names from the IC.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace From Clipboard

Version 01.06.00
Added 05 Sep 2022 (last updated 06 Sep 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

In Sibelius, if you have a single object selected with a non-passage selection, and then paste a copied object, the original object will still be in the score, along with the pasted object. Sometimes this is not what you want. This plugin *replaces EACH * selected object with the contents of the clipboard. You will be warned if there is nothing in the clipboard. It will only work if the copied data to be pasted is a single Sibelius Bar Object, such as Text or a Line. The selection of objects to replace cannot be a passage selection. Be very aware that the paste will replace ALL selected objects, so be sure you want all such objects replaced. The horizontal and vertical position of the pasted objects is taken from the original objects. The pasted objects will be selected when the plugin completes. If the plugin is run with no selection, an informational dialog will come up. Initial version 01.06.00 4 September 2022.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Combine Tied Notes and Combine Rests

Version 01.07.01
Added 26 Sep 2022 (last updated 29 Sep 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Combine Tied Notes and Combine Rests are child plugins that call code in the shipping plugin Combine Tied Notes And Rests in such a way that the code runs without bringing up a dialog. This can be especially useful when running such commands from macros or plugins where one wants to avoid having to respond to plugin dialogs. Running Combine Tied Notes is equivalent to running Combine Tied Notes and Rests with Combine Rests unchecked. Running Combine Rests is equivalent to running Combine Tied Notes and Rests with Combine Tied Notes unchecked. Both plugins are included in the same zip file. These plugins are dedicated to Ilkay Bora Oder. Initial version 01.07.01 added 26 September 2022.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Trace Lines

Version 01.05.00
Added 30 Nov 2022 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Added 29 November 2022. Version 01.05.00. __Writes the position and duration values of all selected lines to the plugin trace window. The fields traced are: Staff, START bar, START position in bar, END bar, END position in End bar, duration, line type, style name, style ID, START dx, START dy, END dx, END dy. __Some but not all of these values are available in the Inspector and status bar, but this plugin can trace multiple lines and includes unrounded position and duration values, which may be useful id you really need to know the exact attachment points of a line.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

System Break At Final Barline And Section End

Version 01.08.00
Added 02 Dec 2022 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__System Break At Final Barline And Section End adds system breaks at the ends of bars that contain final barlines, double barlines, and/or section ends, for a full score and/or all of its parts. __This plugin was commissioned by and is dedicated to Philip Rothman. __Originally added 2 December 2022. Version 01.08.00.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Dynamics with Hairpins

Version 01.69.20
Added 02 Dec 2022 (last updated 22 Dec 2022)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Initial version 01.68.00. Added 2 December 2022 __This plug-in adds crescendo and/or diminuendo lines and optional Expression text to a passage selection. Type an expression such as pmp into the dialog edit box and text and hairpin lines will be written below the selected notes. __This plugin has a similar function to Add Cresc-Dim lines, but with a much simpler interface. __Updated 7 December 2022. Version 01.69.00. Now skips leading selected rests, and starts with the first note/chord. Removed warning trace message when old layout algorithm was used. Minor tweaks to old layout algorithm so that it the final element following at least one hairpin is text, that text will be attached to the end of the selection, rather than to a somewhat arbitrary location. __Updated 7 December 2022. Version 01.69.10. Added ability to skip leading spaces to the old layout algorithm. __Updated 22 December 2022. Version 01.69.20. Fixed code that lets the plugin run in Sib 6.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter slurs on gracenotes

Version 1.0
Added 23 Jan 2023 (last updated 23 Jan 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

Filters slurs in a selection that are attached to grace notes. Slurs that extend beyond the main note (like nachschläge after a trill) are not filtered.

Plug-in written by Emil Wojtacki.

Delete Empty Parts

Version 01.08.00
Added 10 Feb 2023 (last updated )

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Initial version 01.08.00 Added 10 February 2023. __ Deletes empty parts (parts that have no staves) from score. __Such parts could be inadvertently created in Ultimate 2022.12 if staves are deleted from a score. Check the + list before and after running this plugin. __Does not save or close the score. __Run this plugin under RunPlugin On Folder Of Scores to process a group of scores. That plugin can save and close scores.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Current Tempo As MM Text

Version 01.09.40
Added 12 Mar 2023 (last updated 02 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__This plugin processes the first bar object (note, text, line, etc.) in a passage selection, or each bar object in a non-passage selection. It gets the time signature and current tempo in beats per minute, figures out the size of the beat under the current time signature, and adds a formatted metronome mark at the location of the selected object. __If there is an existing tempo or mm text at the location where the plugin wants to write its text, it will ask you to replace the existing text or skip writing a new text. __There is no dialog, and no options. __You can add a correct mm text anywhere in the score. As with manually added mm text, the text will not change automatically if you change the tempo elsewhere in the score. The tempo value is fixed when you create the text. __Updated 13 March 2023. Version 01.09.01.Did Reset Position on added text, which was being added too high by default. __Updated 03 March 2024. Version 01.09.40. Some restructuring to make it easier to be called by another plugin.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Replace Notehead Style

Version 01.10.30
Added 19 Aug 2023 (last updated 03 Mar 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Replace Notehead Style lets you filter all the notes with given styles, or replace notehead styles with another notehead style. It can serve as the equivalent of Notations-Noteheads-Type, but it was intended to let you make invisible noteheads visible by changing the notehead style. __There are options to allow you to replace hidden notes or rests with invisible notes. The Help dialog offers instructions, and a PDF tutorial is available. __The data score Invisible and Show Invisible Noteheads Styles is included in the zip file. It defines special notehead styles to make notes invisible or visible and contains notes with these styles. Copying the notes to your score will transfer the notehead definitions. The plugin installer will place it in the user Manuscript Paper For Plug-ins subfolder, and you can use File New to open the data score for copying. __Updated 03 March 2024. Version 01.10.30. Updated to support New Plugin button. Needs updated Execute Commands, cmdutils, and New Plugin Lib.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Chord Symbols By Name

Version 01.06.00
Added 20 Oct 2023 (last updated 20 Oct 2023)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

-- Original version 01.06.00. Added 20 October 2023. --Makes a list of the names of all the chord symbols in the selection. Choose a name and whether to filter all chord symbols, "new" chord symbols, or legacy chord symbols.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Filter Notes Matching Chosen Note

Version 01.10.30
Added 02 Feb 2024 (last updated 07 Feb 2024)

For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5, Sibelius 8.x, Sibelius 18.x, Sibelius 19.x, Sibelius 20.x, Sibelius 21.x, Sibelius 22.x, Sibelius 23.x and Sibelius 24.x

__Initial version 2 February 2024. Version 01.10.20 __ This is a 2-stage plugin. The first stage is to select a single note in a score, to provide properties to which other notes will be compared. __The second stage, which can be repeated, is to select more than 1 note, and then run the plugin. __The plugin will then find or filter any selected notes that are determined to match the originally selected note. __If the plugin is run with no selected notes, it will put up a dialog that will let you change which properties will be compared when matching notes. __Filter Notes Matching Chosen Note is dedicated to Bernie Cossentino. This was all his idea. __Updated 6 February 2024. Version 01.10.30. Added option to match pitches in all octaves. The default is unchecked, meaning the pitch matches the selected pitch only in its current octave.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.